LCOV - code coverage report
Current view: top level - src/backend/utils/adt - selfuncs.c (source / functions) Coverage Total Hit
Test: Code coverage Lines: 89.9 % 3478 3127
Test Date: 2026-01-26 10:56:24 Functions: 96.3 % 81 78
Legend: Lines:     hit not hit
Branches: + taken - not taken # not executed
Branches: 74.0 % 2181 1614

             Branch data     Line data    Source code
       1                 :             : /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
       2                 :             :  *
       3                 :             :  * selfuncs.c
       4                 :             :  *        Selectivity functions and index cost estimation functions for
       5                 :             :  *        standard operators and index access methods.
       6                 :             :  *
       7                 :             :  *        Selectivity routines are registered in the pg_operator catalog
       8                 :             :  *        in the "oprrest" and "oprjoin" attributes.
       9                 :             :  *
      10                 :             :  *        Index cost functions are located via the index AM's API struct,
      11                 :             :  *        which is obtained from the handler function registered in pg_am.
      12                 :             :  *
      13                 :             :  * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2026, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
      14                 :             :  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
      15                 :             :  *
      16                 :             :  *
      17                 :             :  * IDENTIFICATION
      18                 :             :  *        src/backend/utils/adt/selfuncs.c
      19                 :             :  *
      20                 :             :  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
      21                 :             :  */
      22                 :             : 
      23                 :             : /*----------
      24                 :             :  * Operator selectivity estimation functions are called to estimate the
      25                 :             :  * selectivity of WHERE clauses whose top-level operator is their operator.
      26                 :             :  * We divide the problem into two cases:
      27                 :             :  *              Restriction clause estimation: the clause involves vars of just
      28                 :             :  *                      one relation.
      29                 :             :  *              Join clause estimation: the clause involves vars of multiple rels.
      30                 :             :  * Join selectivity estimation is far more difficult and usually less accurate
      31                 :             :  * than restriction estimation.
      32                 :             :  *
      33                 :             :  * When dealing with the inner scan of a nestloop join, we consider the
      34                 :             :  * join's joinclauses as restriction clauses for the inner relation, and
      35                 :             :  * treat vars of the outer relation as parameters (a/k/a constants of unknown
      36                 :             :  * values).  So, restriction estimators need to be able to accept an argument
      37                 :             :  * telling which relation is to be treated as the variable.
      38                 :             :  *
      39                 :             :  * The call convention for a restriction estimator (oprrest function) is
      40                 :             :  *
      41                 :             :  *              Selectivity oprrest (PlannerInfo *root,
      42                 :             :  *                                                       Oid operator,
      43                 :             :  *                                                       List *args,
      44                 :             :  *                                                       int varRelid);
      45                 :             :  *
      46                 :             :  * root: general information about the query (rtable and RelOptInfo lists
      47                 :             :  * are particularly important for the estimator).
      48                 :             :  * operator: OID of the specific operator in question.
      49                 :             :  * args: argument list from the operator clause.
      50                 :             :  * varRelid: if not zero, the relid (rtable index) of the relation to
      51                 :             :  * be treated as the variable relation.  May be zero if the args list
      52                 :             :  * is known to contain vars of only one relation.
      53                 :             :  *
      54                 :             :  * This is represented at the SQL level (in pg_proc) as
      55                 :             :  *
      56                 :             :  *              float8 oprrest (internal, oid, internal, int4);
      57                 :             :  *
      58                 :             :  * The result is a selectivity, that is, a fraction (0 to 1) of the rows
      59                 :             :  * of the relation that are expected to produce a TRUE result for the
      60                 :             :  * given operator.
      61                 :             :  *
      62                 :             :  * The call convention for a join estimator (oprjoin function) is similar
      63                 :             :  * except that varRelid is not needed, and instead join information is
      64                 :             :  * supplied:
      65                 :             :  *
      66                 :             :  *              Selectivity oprjoin (PlannerInfo *root,
      67                 :             :  *                                                       Oid operator,
      68                 :             :  *                                                       List *args,
      69                 :             :  *                                                       JoinType jointype,
      70                 :             :  *                                                       SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo);
      71                 :             :  *
      72                 :             :  *              float8 oprjoin (internal, oid, internal, int2, internal);
      73                 :             :  *
      74                 :             :  * (Before Postgres 8.4, join estimators had only the first four of these
      75                 :             :  * parameters.  That signature is still allowed, but deprecated.)  The
      76                 :             :  * relationship between jointype and sjinfo is explained in the comments for
      77                 :             :  * clause_selectivity() --- the short version is that jointype is usually
      78                 :             :  * best ignored in favor of examining sjinfo.
      79                 :             :  *
      80                 :             :  * Join selectivity for regular inner and outer joins is defined as the
      81                 :             :  * fraction (0 to 1) of the cross product of the relations that is expected
      82                 :             :  * to produce a TRUE result for the given operator.  For both semi and anti
      83                 :             :  * joins, however, the selectivity is defined as the fraction of the left-hand
      84                 :             :  * side relation's rows that are expected to have a match (ie, at least one
      85                 :             :  * row with a TRUE result) in the right-hand side.
      86                 :             :  *
      87                 :             :  * For both oprrest and oprjoin functions, the operator's input collation OID
      88                 :             :  * (if any) is passed using the standard fmgr mechanism, so that the estimator
      89                 :             :  * function can fetch it with PG_GET_COLLATION().  Note, however, that all
      90                 :             :  * statistics in pg_statistic are currently built using the relevant column's
      91                 :             :  * collation.
      92                 :             :  *----------
      93                 :             :  */
      94                 :             : 
      95                 :             : #include "postgres.h"
      96                 :             : 
      97                 :             : #include <ctype.h>
      98                 :             : #include <math.h>
      99                 :             : 
     100                 :             : #include "access/brin.h"
     101                 :             : #include "access/brin_page.h"
     102                 :             : #include "access/gin.h"
     103                 :             : #include "access/table.h"
     104                 :             : #include "access/tableam.h"
     105                 :             : #include "access/visibilitymap.h"
     106                 :             : #include "catalog/pg_collation.h"
     107                 :             : #include "catalog/pg_operator.h"
     108                 :             : #include "catalog/pg_statistic.h"
     109                 :             : #include "catalog/pg_statistic_ext.h"
     110                 :             : #include "executor/nodeAgg.h"
     111                 :             : #include "miscadmin.h"
     112                 :             : #include "nodes/makefuncs.h"
     113                 :             : #include "nodes/nodeFuncs.h"
     114                 :             : #include "optimizer/clauses.h"
     115                 :             : #include "optimizer/cost.h"
     116                 :             : #include "optimizer/optimizer.h"
     117                 :             : #include "optimizer/pathnode.h"
     118                 :             : #include "optimizer/paths.h"
     119                 :             : #include "optimizer/plancat.h"
     120                 :             : #include "parser/parse_clause.h"
     121                 :             : #include "parser/parse_relation.h"
     122                 :             : #include "parser/parsetree.h"
     123                 :             : #include "rewrite/rewriteManip.h"
     124                 :             : #include "statistics/statistics.h"
     125                 :             : #include "storage/bufmgr.h"
     126                 :             : #include "utils/acl.h"
     127                 :             : #include "utils/array.h"
     128                 :             : #include "utils/builtins.h"
     129                 :             : #include "utils/date.h"
     130                 :             : #include "utils/datum.h"
     131                 :             : #include "utils/fmgroids.h"
     132                 :             : #include "utils/index_selfuncs.h"
     133                 :             : #include "utils/lsyscache.h"
     134                 :             : #include "utils/memutils.h"
     135                 :             : #include "utils/pg_locale.h"
     136                 :             : #include "utils/rel.h"
     137                 :             : #include "utils/selfuncs.h"
     138                 :             : #include "utils/snapmgr.h"
     139                 :             : #include "utils/spccache.h"
     140                 :             : #include "utils/syscache.h"
     141                 :             : #include "utils/timestamp.h"
     142                 :             : #include "utils/typcache.h"
     143                 :             : 
     144                 :             : #define DEFAULT_PAGE_CPU_MULTIPLIER 50.0
     145                 :             : 
     146                 :             : /*
     147                 :             :  * In production builds, switch to hash-based MCV matching when the lists are
     148                 :             :  * large enough to amortize hash setup cost.  (This threshold is compared to
     149                 :             :  * the sum of the lengths of the two MCV lists.  This is simplistic but seems
     150                 :             :  * to work well enough.)  In debug builds, we use a smaller threshold so that
     151                 :             :  * the regression tests cover both paths well.
     152                 :             :  */
     153                 :             : #ifndef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
     154                 :             : #define EQJOINSEL_MCV_HASH_THRESHOLD 200
     155                 :             : #else
     156                 :             : #define EQJOINSEL_MCV_HASH_THRESHOLD 20
     157                 :             : #endif
     158                 :             : 
     159                 :             : /* Entries in the simplehash hash table used by eqjoinsel_find_matches */
     160                 :             : typedef struct MCVHashEntry
     161                 :             : {
     162                 :             :         Datum           value;                  /* the value represented by this entry */
     163                 :             :         int                     index;                  /* its index in the relevant AttStatsSlot */
     164                 :             :         uint32          hash;                   /* hash code for the Datum */
     165                 :             :         char            status;                 /* status code used by simplehash.h */
     166                 :             : } MCVHashEntry;
     167                 :             : 
     168                 :             : /* private_data for the simplehash hash table */
     169                 :             : typedef struct MCVHashContext
     170                 :             : {
     171                 :             :         FunctionCallInfo equal_fcinfo;  /* the equality join operator */
     172                 :             :         FunctionCallInfo hash_fcinfo;   /* the hash function to use */
     173                 :             :         bool            op_is_reversed; /* equality compares hash type to probe type */
     174                 :             :         bool            insert_mode;    /* doing inserts or lookups? */
     175                 :             :         bool            hash_typbyval;  /* typbyval of hashed data type */
     176                 :             :         int16           hash_typlen;    /* typlen of hashed data type */
     177                 :             : } MCVHashContext;
     178                 :             : 
     179                 :             : /* forward reference */
     180                 :             : typedef struct MCVHashTable_hash MCVHashTable_hash;
     181                 :             : 
     182                 :             : /* Hooks for plugins to get control when we ask for stats */
     183                 :             : get_relation_stats_hook_type get_relation_stats_hook = NULL;
     184                 :             : get_index_stats_hook_type get_index_stats_hook = NULL;
     185                 :             : 
     186                 :             : static double eqsel_internal(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS, bool negate);
     187                 :             : static double eqjoinsel_inner(FmgrInfo *eqproc, Oid collation,
     188                 :             :                                                           Oid hashLeft, Oid hashRight,
     189                 :             :                                                           VariableStatData *vardata1, VariableStatData *vardata2,
     190                 :             :                                                           double nd1, double nd2,
     191                 :             :                                                           bool isdefault1, bool isdefault2,
     192                 :             :                                                           AttStatsSlot *sslot1, AttStatsSlot *sslot2,
     193                 :             :                                                           Form_pg_statistic stats1, Form_pg_statistic stats2,
     194                 :             :                                                           bool have_mcvs1, bool have_mcvs2,
     195                 :             :                                                           bool *hasmatch1, bool *hasmatch2,
     196                 :             :                                                           int *p_nmatches);
     197                 :             : static double eqjoinsel_semi(FmgrInfo *eqproc, Oid collation,
     198                 :             :                                                          Oid hashLeft, Oid hashRight,
     199                 :             :                                                          bool op_is_reversed,
     200                 :             :                                                          VariableStatData *vardata1, VariableStatData *vardata2,
     201                 :             :                                                          double nd1, double nd2,
     202                 :             :                                                          bool isdefault1, bool isdefault2,
     203                 :             :                                                          AttStatsSlot *sslot1, AttStatsSlot *sslot2,
     204                 :             :                                                          Form_pg_statistic stats1, Form_pg_statistic stats2,
     205                 :             :                                                          bool have_mcvs1, bool have_mcvs2,
     206                 :             :                                                          bool *hasmatch1, bool *hasmatch2,
     207                 :             :                                                          int *p_nmatches,
     208                 :             :                                                          RelOptInfo *inner_rel);
     209                 :             : static void eqjoinsel_find_matches(FmgrInfo *eqproc, Oid collation,
     210                 :             :                                                                    Oid hashLeft, Oid hashRight,
     211                 :             :                                                                    bool op_is_reversed,
     212                 :             :                                                                    AttStatsSlot *sslot1, AttStatsSlot *sslot2,
     213                 :             :                                                                    int nvalues1, int nvalues2,
     214                 :             :                                                                    bool *hasmatch1, bool *hasmatch2,
     215                 :             :                                                                    int *p_nmatches, double *p_matchprodfreq);
     216                 :             : static uint32 hash_mcv(MCVHashTable_hash *tab, Datum key);
     217                 :             : static bool mcvs_equal(MCVHashTable_hash *tab, Datum key0, Datum key1);
     218                 :             : static bool estimate_multivariate_ndistinct(PlannerInfo *root,
     219                 :             :                                                                                         RelOptInfo *rel, List **varinfos, double *ndistinct);
     220                 :             : static bool convert_to_scalar(Datum value, Oid valuetypid, Oid collid,
     221                 :             :                                                           double *scaledvalue,
     222                 :             :                                                           Datum lobound, Datum hibound, Oid boundstypid,
     223                 :             :                                                           double *scaledlobound, double *scaledhibound);
     224                 :             : static double convert_numeric_to_scalar(Datum value, Oid typid, bool *failure);
     225                 :             : static void convert_string_to_scalar(char *value,
     226                 :             :                                                                          double *scaledvalue,
     227                 :             :                                                                          char *lobound,
     228                 :             :                                                                          double *scaledlobound,
     229                 :             :                                                                          char *hibound,
     230                 :             :                                                                          double *scaledhibound);
     231                 :             : static void convert_bytea_to_scalar(Datum value,
     232                 :             :                                                                         double *scaledvalue,
     233                 :             :                                                                         Datum lobound,
     234                 :             :                                                                         double *scaledlobound,
     235                 :             :                                                                         Datum hibound,
     236                 :             :                                                                         double *scaledhibound);
     237                 :             : static double convert_one_string_to_scalar(char *value,
     238                 :             :                                                                                    int rangelo, int rangehi);
     239                 :             : static double convert_one_bytea_to_scalar(unsigned char *value, int valuelen,
     240                 :             :                                                                                   int rangelo, int rangehi);
     241                 :             : static char *convert_string_datum(Datum value, Oid typid, Oid collid,
     242                 :             :                                                                   bool *failure);
     243                 :             : static double convert_timevalue_to_scalar(Datum value, Oid typid,
     244                 :             :                                                                                   bool *failure);
     245                 :             : static Node *strip_all_phvs_deep(PlannerInfo *root, Node *node);
     246                 :             : static bool contain_placeholder_walker(Node *node, void *context);
     247                 :             : static Node *strip_all_phvs_mutator(Node *node, void *context);
     248                 :             : static void examine_simple_variable(PlannerInfo *root, Var *var,
     249                 :             :                                                                         VariableStatData *vardata);
     250                 :             : static void examine_indexcol_variable(PlannerInfo *root, IndexOptInfo *index,
     251                 :             :                                                                           int indexcol, VariableStatData *vardata);
     252                 :             : static bool get_variable_range(PlannerInfo *root, VariableStatData *vardata,
     253                 :             :                                                            Oid sortop, Oid collation,
     254                 :             :                                                            Datum *min, Datum *max);
     255                 :             : static void get_stats_slot_range(AttStatsSlot *sslot,
     256                 :             :                                                                  Oid opfuncoid, FmgrInfo *opproc,
     257                 :             :                                                                  Oid collation, int16 typLen, bool typByVal,
     258                 :             :                                                                  Datum *min, Datum *max, bool *p_have_data);
     259                 :             : static bool get_actual_variable_range(PlannerInfo *root,
     260                 :             :                                                                           VariableStatData *vardata,
     261                 :             :                                                                           Oid sortop, Oid collation,
     262                 :             :                                                                           Datum *min, Datum *max);
     263                 :             : static bool get_actual_variable_endpoint(Relation heapRel,
     264                 :             :                                                                                  Relation indexRel,
     265                 :             :                                                                                  ScanDirection indexscandir,
     266                 :             :                                                                                  ScanKey scankeys,
     267                 :             :                                                                                  int16 typLen,
     268                 :             :                                                                                  bool typByVal,
     269                 :             :                                                                                  TupleTableSlot *tableslot,
     270                 :             :                                                                                  MemoryContext outercontext,
     271                 :             :                                                                                  Datum *endpointDatum);
     272                 :             : static RelOptInfo *find_join_input_rel(PlannerInfo *root, Relids relids);
     273                 :             : static double btcost_correlation(IndexOptInfo *index,
     274                 :             :                                                                  VariableStatData *vardata);
     275                 :             : 
     276                 :             : /* Define support routines for MCV hash tables */
     277                 :             : #define SH_PREFIX                               MCVHashTable
     278                 :             : #define SH_ELEMENT_TYPE                 MCVHashEntry
     279                 :             : #define SH_KEY_TYPE                             Datum
     280                 :             : #define SH_KEY                                  value
     281                 :             : #define SH_HASH_KEY(tab,key)    hash_mcv(tab, key)
     282                 :             : #define SH_EQUAL(tab,key0,key1) mcvs_equal(tab, key0, key1)
     283                 :             : #define SH_SCOPE                                static inline
     284                 :             : #define SH_STORE_HASH
     285                 :             : #define SH_GET_HASH(tab,ent)    (ent)->hash
     286                 :             : #define SH_DEFINE
     287                 :             : #define SH_DECLARE
     288                 :             : #include "lib/simplehash.h"
     289                 :             : 
     290                 :             : 
     291                 :             : /*
     292                 :             :  *              eqsel                   - Selectivity of "=" for any data types.
     293                 :             :  *
     294                 :             :  * Note: this routine is also used to estimate selectivity for some
     295                 :             :  * operators that are not "=" but have comparable selectivity behavior,
     296                 :             :  * such as "~=" (geometric approximate-match).  Even for "=", we must
     297                 :             :  * keep in mind that the left and right datatypes may differ.
     298                 :             :  */
     299                 :             : Datum
     300                 :       62051 : eqsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
     301                 :             : {
     302                 :       62051 :         PG_RETURN_FLOAT8((float8) eqsel_internal(fcinfo, false));
     303                 :             : }
     304                 :             : 
     305                 :             : /*
     306                 :             :  * Common code for eqsel() and neqsel()
     307                 :             :  */
     308                 :             : static double
     309                 :       64797 : eqsel_internal(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS, bool negate)
     310                 :             : {
     311                 :       64797 :         PlannerInfo *root = (PlannerInfo *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
     312                 :       64797 :         Oid                     operator = PG_GETARG_OID(1);
     313                 :       64797 :         List       *args = (List *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(2);
     314                 :       64797 :         int                     varRelid = PG_GETARG_INT32(3);
     315                 :       64797 :         Oid                     collation = PG_GET_COLLATION();
     316                 :       64797 :         VariableStatData vardata;
     317                 :       64797 :         Node       *other;
     318                 :       64797 :         bool            varonleft;
     319                 :       64797 :         double          selec;
     320                 :             : 
     321                 :             :         /*
     322                 :             :          * When asked about <>, we do the estimation using the corresponding =
     323                 :             :          * operator, then convert to <> via "1.0 - eq_selectivity - nullfrac".
     324                 :             :          */
     325         [ +  + ]:       64797 :         if (negate)
     326                 :             :         {
     327                 :        2747 :                 operator = get_negator(operator);
     328         [ +  - ]:        2747 :                 if (!OidIsValid(operator))
     329                 :             :                 {
     330                 :             :                         /* Use default selectivity (should we raise an error instead?) */
     331                 :           0 :                         return 1.0 - DEFAULT_EQ_SEL;
     332                 :             :                 }
     333                 :        2747 :         }
     334                 :             : 
     335                 :             :         /*
     336                 :             :          * If expression is not variable = something or something = variable, then
     337                 :             :          * punt and return a default estimate.
     338                 :             :          */
     339         [ +  + ]:       64797 :         if (!get_restriction_variable(root, args, varRelid,
     340                 :             :                                                                   &vardata, &other, &varonleft))
     341                 :         335 :                 return negate ? (1.0 - DEFAULT_EQ_SEL) : DEFAULT_EQ_SEL;
     342                 :             : 
     343                 :             :         /*
     344                 :             :          * We can do a lot better if the something is a constant.  (Note: the
     345                 :             :          * Const might result from estimation rather than being a simple constant
     346                 :             :          * in the query.)
     347                 :             :          */
     348         [ +  + ]:       64462 :         if (IsA(other, Const))
     349                 :       48206 :                 selec = var_eq_const(&vardata, operator, collation,
     350                 :       24103 :                                                          ((Const *) other)->constvalue,
     351                 :       24103 :                                                          ((Const *) other)->constisnull,
     352                 :       24103 :                                                          varonleft, negate);
     353                 :             :         else
     354                 :       80718 :                 selec = var_eq_non_const(&vardata, operator, collation, other,
     355                 :       40359 :                                                                  varonleft, negate);
     356                 :             : 
     357         [ +  + ]:       64462 :         ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
     358                 :             : 
     359                 :       64462 :         return selec;
     360                 :       64797 : }
     361                 :             : 
     362                 :             : /*
     363                 :             :  * var_eq_const --- eqsel for var = const case
     364                 :             :  *
     365                 :             :  * This is exported so that some other estimation functions can use it.
     366                 :             :  */
     367                 :             : double
     368                 :       26333 : var_eq_const(VariableStatData *vardata, Oid oproid, Oid collation,
     369                 :             :                          Datum constval, bool constisnull,
     370                 :             :                          bool varonleft, bool negate)
     371                 :             : {
     372                 :       26333 :         double          selec;
     373                 :       26333 :         double          nullfrac = 0.0;
     374                 :       26333 :         bool            isdefault;
     375                 :       26333 :         Oid                     opfuncoid;
     376                 :             : 
     377                 :             :         /*
     378                 :             :          * If the constant is NULL, assume operator is strict and return zero, ie,
     379                 :             :          * operator will never return TRUE.  (It's zero even for a negator op.)
     380                 :             :          */
     381         [ +  + ]:       26333 :         if (constisnull)
     382                 :          37 :                 return 0.0;
     383                 :             : 
     384                 :             :         /*
     385                 :             :          * Grab the nullfrac for use below.  Note we allow use of nullfrac
     386                 :             :          * regardless of security check.
     387                 :             :          */
     388         [ +  + ]:       26296 :         if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple))
     389                 :             :         {
     390                 :       17231 :                 Form_pg_statistic stats;
     391                 :             : 
     392                 :       17231 :                 stats = (Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(vardata->statsTuple);
     393                 :       17231 :                 nullfrac = stats->stanullfrac;
     394                 :       17231 :         }
     395                 :             : 
     396                 :             :         /*
     397                 :             :          * If we matched the var to a unique index, DISTINCT or GROUP-BY clause,
     398                 :             :          * assume there is exactly one match regardless of anything else.  (This
     399                 :             :          * is slightly bogus, since the index or clause's equality operator might
     400                 :             :          * be different from ours, but it's much more likely to be right than
     401                 :             :          * ignoring the information.)
     402                 :             :          */
     403   [ +  +  +  -  :       26296 :         if (vardata->isunique && vardata->rel && vardata->rel->tuples >= 1.0)
                   +  + ]
     404                 :             :         {
     405                 :        4097 :                 selec = 1.0 / vardata->rel->tuples;
     406                 :        4097 :         }
     407   [ +  +  -  + ]:       22199 :         else if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple) &&
     408                 :       28392 :                          statistic_proc_security_check(vardata,
     409                 :       14196 :                                                                                    (opfuncoid = get_opcode(oproid))))
     410                 :             :         {
     411                 :       14196 :                 AttStatsSlot sslot;
     412                 :       14196 :                 bool            match = false;
     413                 :       14196 :                 int                     i;
     414                 :             : 
     415                 :             :                 /*
     416                 :             :                  * Is the constant "=" to any of the column's most common values?
     417                 :             :                  * (Although the given operator may not really be "=", we will assume
     418                 :             :                  * that seeing whether it returns TRUE is an appropriate test.  If you
     419                 :             :                  * don't like this, maybe you shouldn't be using eqsel for your
     420                 :             :                  * operator...)
     421                 :             :                  */
     422         [ +  + ]:       14196 :                 if (get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata->statsTuple,
     423                 :             :                                                          STATISTIC_KIND_MCV, InvalidOid,
     424                 :             :                                                          ATTSTATSSLOT_VALUES | ATTSTATSSLOT_NUMBERS))
     425                 :             :                 {
     426                 :       12393 :                         LOCAL_FCINFO(fcinfo, 2);
     427                 :       12393 :                         FmgrInfo        eqproc;
     428                 :             : 
     429                 :       12393 :                         fmgr_info(opfuncoid, &eqproc);
     430                 :             : 
     431                 :             :                         /*
     432                 :             :                          * Save a few cycles by setting up the fcinfo struct just once.
     433                 :             :                          * Using FunctionCallInvoke directly also avoids failure if the
     434                 :             :                          * eqproc returns NULL, though really equality functions should
     435                 :             :                          * never do that.
     436                 :             :                          */
     437                 :       12393 :                         InitFunctionCallInfoData(*fcinfo, &eqproc, 2, collation,
     438                 :             :                                                                          NULL, NULL);
     439                 :       12393 :                         fcinfo->args[0].isnull = false;
     440                 :       12393 :                         fcinfo->args[1].isnull = false;
     441                 :             :                         /* be careful to apply operator right way 'round */
     442         [ +  + ]:       12393 :                         if (varonleft)
     443                 :       12388 :                                 fcinfo->args[1].value = constval;
     444                 :             :                         else
     445                 :           5 :                                 fcinfo->args[0].value = constval;
     446                 :             : 
     447         [ +  + ]:      242799 :                         for (i = 0; i < sslot.nvalues; i++)
     448                 :             :                         {
     449                 :      235746 :                                 Datum           fresult;
     450                 :             : 
     451         [ +  + ]:      235746 :                                 if (varonleft)
     452                 :      235737 :                                         fcinfo->args[0].value = sslot.values[i];
     453                 :             :                                 else
     454                 :           9 :                                         fcinfo->args[1].value = sslot.values[i];
     455                 :      235746 :                                 fcinfo->isnull = false;
     456                 :      235746 :                                 fresult = FunctionCallInvoke(fcinfo);
     457   [ +  -  +  + ]:      235746 :                                 if (!fcinfo->isnull && DatumGetBool(fresult))
     458                 :             :                                 {
     459                 :        5340 :                                         match = true;
     460                 :        5340 :                                         break;
     461                 :             :                                 }
     462      [ -  +  + ]:      235746 :                         }
     463                 :       12393 :                 }
     464                 :             :                 else
     465                 :             :                 {
     466                 :             :                         /* no most-common-value info available */
     467                 :        1803 :                         i = 0;                          /* keep compiler quiet */
     468                 :             :                 }
     469                 :             : 
     470         [ +  + ]:       14196 :                 if (match)
     471                 :             :                 {
     472                 :             :                         /*
     473                 :             :                          * Constant is "=" to this common value.  We know selectivity
     474                 :             :                          * exactly (or as exactly as ANALYZE could calculate it, anyway).
     475                 :             :                          */
     476                 :        5340 :                         selec = sslot.numbers[i];
     477                 :        5340 :                 }
     478                 :             :                 else
     479                 :             :                 {
     480                 :             :                         /*
     481                 :             :                          * Comparison is against a constant that is neither NULL nor any
     482                 :             :                          * of the common values.  Its selectivity cannot be more than
     483                 :             :                          * this:
     484                 :             :                          */
     485                 :        8856 :                         double          sumcommon = 0.0;
     486                 :        8856 :                         double          otherdistinct;
     487                 :             : 
     488         [ +  + ]:      213148 :                         for (i = 0; i < sslot.nnumbers; i++)
     489                 :      204292 :                                 sumcommon += sslot.numbers[i];
     490                 :        8856 :                         selec = 1.0 - sumcommon - nullfrac;
     491   [ +  +  +  - ]:       16172 :                         CLAMP_PROBABILITY(selec);
     492                 :             : 
     493                 :             :                         /*
     494                 :             :                          * and in fact it's probably a good deal less. We approximate that
     495                 :             :                          * all the not-common values share this remaining fraction
     496                 :             :                          * equally, so we divide by the number of other distinct values.
     497                 :             :                          */
     498                 :       17712 :                         otherdistinct = get_variable_numdistinct(vardata, &isdefault) -
     499                 :        8856 :                                 sslot.nnumbers;
     500         [ +  + ]:        8856 :                         if (otherdistinct > 1)
     501                 :        4600 :                                 selec /= otherdistinct;
     502                 :             : 
     503                 :             :                         /*
     504                 :             :                          * Another cross-check: selectivity shouldn't be estimated as more
     505                 :             :                          * than the least common "most common value".
     506                 :             :                          */
     507   [ +  +  +  - ]:        8856 :                         if (sslot.nnumbers > 0 && selec > sslot.numbers[sslot.nnumbers - 1])
     508                 :           0 :                                 selec = sslot.numbers[sslot.nnumbers - 1];
     509                 :        8856 :                 }
     510                 :             : 
     511                 :       14196 :                 free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
     512                 :       14196 :         }
     513                 :             :         else
     514                 :             :         {
     515                 :             :                 /*
     516                 :             :                  * No ANALYZE stats available, so make a guess using estimated number
     517                 :             :                  * of distinct values and assuming they are equally common. (The guess
     518                 :             :                  * is unlikely to be very good, but we do know a few special cases.)
     519                 :             :                  */
     520                 :        8003 :                 selec = 1.0 / get_variable_numdistinct(vardata, &isdefault);
     521                 :             :         }
     522                 :             : 
     523                 :             :         /* now adjust if we wanted <> rather than = */
     524         [ +  + ]:       26296 :         if (negate)
     525                 :        1948 :                 selec = 1.0 - selec - nullfrac;
     526                 :             : 
     527                 :             :         /* result should be in range, but make sure... */
     528   [ -  +  +  - ]:       52592 :         CLAMP_PROBABILITY(selec);
     529                 :             : 
     530                 :       26296 :         return selec;
     531                 :       26333 : }
     532                 :             : 
     533                 :             : /*
     534                 :             :  * var_eq_non_const --- eqsel for var = something-other-than-const case
     535                 :             :  *
     536                 :             :  * This is exported so that some other estimation functions can use it.
     537                 :             :  */
     538                 :             : double
     539                 :       40359 : var_eq_non_const(VariableStatData *vardata, Oid oproid, Oid collation,
     540                 :             :                                  Node *other,
     541                 :             :                                  bool varonleft, bool negate)
     542                 :             : {
     543                 :       40359 :         double          selec;
     544                 :       40359 :         double          nullfrac = 0.0;
     545                 :       40359 :         bool            isdefault;
     546                 :             : 
     547                 :             :         /*
     548                 :             :          * Grab the nullfrac for use below.
     549                 :             :          */
     550         [ +  + ]:       40359 :         if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple))
     551                 :             :         {
     552                 :       24219 :                 Form_pg_statistic stats;
     553                 :             : 
     554                 :       24219 :                 stats = (Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(vardata->statsTuple);
     555                 :       24219 :                 nullfrac = stats->stanullfrac;
     556                 :       24219 :         }
     557                 :             : 
     558                 :             :         /*
     559                 :             :          * If we matched the var to a unique index, DISTINCT or GROUP-BY clause,
     560                 :             :          * assume there is exactly one match regardless of anything else.  (This
     561                 :             :          * is slightly bogus, since the index or clause's equality operator might
     562                 :             :          * be different from ours, but it's much more likely to be right than
     563                 :             :          * ignoring the information.)
     564                 :             :          */
     565   [ +  +  +  -  :       40359 :         if (vardata->isunique && vardata->rel && vardata->rel->tuples >= 1.0)
                   +  + ]
     566                 :             :         {
     567                 :       14585 :                 selec = 1.0 / vardata->rel->tuples;
     568                 :       14585 :         }
     569         [ +  + ]:       25774 :         else if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple))
     570                 :             :         {
     571                 :       11905 :                 double          ndistinct;
     572                 :       11905 :                 AttStatsSlot sslot;
     573                 :             : 
     574                 :             :                 /*
     575                 :             :                  * Search is for a value that we do not know a priori, but we will
     576                 :             :                  * assume it is not NULL.  Estimate the selectivity as non-null
     577                 :             :                  * fraction divided by number of distinct values, so that we get a
     578                 :             :                  * result averaged over all possible values whether common or
     579                 :             :                  * uncommon.  (Essentially, we are assuming that the not-yet-known
     580                 :             :                  * comparison value is equally likely to be any of the possible
     581                 :             :                  * values, regardless of their frequency in the table.  Is that a good
     582                 :             :                  * idea?)
     583                 :             :                  */
     584                 :       11905 :                 selec = 1.0 - nullfrac;
     585                 :       11905 :                 ndistinct = get_variable_numdistinct(vardata, &isdefault);
     586         [ +  + ]:       11905 :                 if (ndistinct > 1)
     587                 :       11615 :                         selec /= ndistinct;
     588                 :             : 
     589                 :             :                 /*
     590                 :             :                  * Cross-check: selectivity should never be estimated as more than the
     591                 :             :                  * most common value's.
     592                 :             :                  */
     593         [ +  + ]:       11905 :                 if (get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata->statsTuple,
     594                 :             :                                                          STATISTIC_KIND_MCV, InvalidOid,
     595                 :             :                                                          ATTSTATSSLOT_NUMBERS))
     596                 :             :                 {
     597   [ +  -  +  + ]:        9169 :                         if (sslot.nnumbers > 0 && selec > sslot.numbers[0])
     598                 :          97 :                                 selec = sslot.numbers[0];
     599                 :        9169 :                         free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
     600                 :        9169 :                 }
     601                 :       11905 :         }
     602                 :             :         else
     603                 :             :         {
     604                 :             :                 /*
     605                 :             :                  * No ANALYZE stats available, so make a guess using estimated number
     606                 :             :                  * of distinct values and assuming they are equally common. (The guess
     607                 :             :                  * is unlikely to be very good, but we do know a few special cases.)
     608                 :             :                  */
     609                 :       13869 :                 selec = 1.0 / get_variable_numdistinct(vardata, &isdefault);
     610                 :             :         }
     611                 :             : 
     612                 :             :         /* now adjust if we wanted <> rather than = */
     613         [ +  + ]:       40359 :         if (negate)
     614                 :         692 :                 selec = 1.0 - selec - nullfrac;
     615                 :             : 
     616                 :             :         /* result should be in range, but make sure... */
     617   [ -  +  +  - ]:       80718 :         CLAMP_PROBABILITY(selec);
     618                 :             : 
     619                 :       80718 :         return selec;
     620                 :       40359 : }
     621                 :             : 
     622                 :             : /*
     623                 :             :  *              neqsel                  - Selectivity of "!=" for any data types.
     624                 :             :  *
     625                 :             :  * This routine is also used for some operators that are not "!="
     626                 :             :  * but have comparable selectivity behavior.  See above comments
     627                 :             :  * for eqsel().
     628                 :             :  */
     629                 :             : Datum
     630                 :        2747 : neqsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
     631                 :             : {
     632                 :        2747 :         PG_RETURN_FLOAT8((float8) eqsel_internal(fcinfo, true));
     633                 :             : }
     634                 :             : 
     635                 :             : /*
     636                 :             :  *      scalarineqsel           - Selectivity of "<", "<=", ">", ">=" for scalars.
     637                 :             :  *
     638                 :             :  * This is the guts of scalarltsel/scalarlesel/scalargtsel/scalargesel.
     639                 :             :  * The isgt and iseq flags distinguish which of the four cases apply.
     640                 :             :  *
     641                 :             :  * The caller has commuted the clause, if necessary, so that we can treat
     642                 :             :  * the variable as being on the left.  The caller must also make sure that
     643                 :             :  * the other side of the clause is a non-null Const, and dissect that into
     644                 :             :  * a value and datatype.  (This definition simplifies some callers that
     645                 :             :  * want to estimate against a computed value instead of a Const node.)
     646                 :             :  *
     647                 :             :  * This routine works for any datatype (or pair of datatypes) known to
     648                 :             :  * convert_to_scalar().  If it is applied to some other datatype,
     649                 :             :  * it will return an approximate estimate based on assuming that the constant
     650                 :             :  * value falls in the middle of the bin identified by binary search.
     651                 :             :  */
     652                 :             : static double
     653                 :       36346 : scalarineqsel(PlannerInfo *root, Oid operator, bool isgt, bool iseq,
     654                 :             :                           Oid collation,
     655                 :             :                           VariableStatData *vardata, Datum constval, Oid consttype)
     656                 :             : {
     657                 :       36346 :         Form_pg_statistic stats;
     658                 :       36346 :         FmgrInfo        opproc;
     659                 :       36346 :         double          mcv_selec,
     660                 :             :                                 hist_selec,
     661                 :             :                                 sumcommon;
     662                 :       36346 :         double          selec;
     663                 :             : 
     664         [ +  + ]:       36346 :         if (!HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple))
     665                 :             :         {
     666                 :             :                 /*
     667                 :             :                  * No stats are available.  Typically this means we have to fall back
     668                 :             :                  * on the default estimate; but if the variable is CTID then we can
     669                 :             :                  * make an estimate based on comparing the constant to the table size.
     670                 :             :                  */
     671   [ +  -  +  +  :        3409 :                 if (vardata->var && IsA(vardata->var, Var) &&
                   +  + ]
     672                 :        2640 :                         ((Var *) vardata->var)->varattno == SelfItemPointerAttributeNumber)
     673                 :             :                 {
     674                 :         340 :                         ItemPointer itemptr;
     675                 :         340 :                         double          block;
     676                 :         340 :                         double          density;
     677                 :             : 
     678                 :             :                         /*
     679                 :             :                          * If the relation's empty, we're going to include all of it.
     680                 :             :                          * (This is mostly to avoid divide-by-zero below.)
     681                 :             :                          */
     682         [ +  - ]:         340 :                         if (vardata->rel->pages == 0)
     683                 :           0 :                                 return 1.0;
     684                 :             : 
     685                 :         340 :                         itemptr = (ItemPointer) DatumGetPointer(constval);
     686                 :         340 :                         block = ItemPointerGetBlockNumberNoCheck(itemptr);
     687                 :             : 
     688                 :             :                         /*
     689                 :             :                          * Determine the average number of tuples per page (density).
     690                 :             :                          *
     691                 :             :                          * Since the last page will, on average, be only half full, we can
     692                 :             :                          * estimate it to have half as many tuples as earlier pages.  So
     693                 :             :                          * give it half the weight of a regular page.
     694                 :             :                          */
     695                 :         340 :                         density = vardata->rel->tuples / (vardata->rel->pages - 0.5);
     696                 :             : 
     697                 :             :                         /* If target is the last page, use half the density. */
     698         [ +  + ]:         340 :                         if (block >= vardata->rel->pages - 1)
     699                 :           5 :                                 density *= 0.5;
     700                 :             : 
     701                 :             :                         /*
     702                 :             :                          * Using the average tuples per page, calculate how far into the
     703                 :             :                          * page the itemptr is likely to be and adjust block accordingly,
     704                 :             :                          * by adding that fraction of a whole block (but never more than a
     705                 :             :                          * whole block, no matter how high the itemptr's offset is).  Here
     706                 :             :                          * we are ignoring the possibility of dead-tuple line pointers,
     707                 :             :                          * which is fairly bogus, but we lack the info to do better.
     708                 :             :                          */
     709         [ -  + ]:         340 :                         if (density > 0.0)
     710                 :             :                         {
     711                 :         340 :                                 OffsetNumber offset = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumberNoCheck(itemptr);
     712                 :             : 
     713         [ +  + ]:         340 :                                 block += Min(offset / density, 1.0);
     714                 :         340 :                         }
     715                 :             : 
     716                 :             :                         /*
     717                 :             :                          * Convert relative block number to selectivity.  Again, the last
     718                 :             :                          * page has only half weight.
     719                 :             :                          */
     720                 :         340 :                         selec = block / (vardata->rel->pages - 0.5);
     721                 :             : 
     722                 :             :                         /*
     723                 :             :                          * The calculation so far gave us a selectivity for the "<=" case.
     724                 :             :                          * We'll have one fewer tuple for "<" and one additional tuple for
     725                 :             :                          * ">=", the latter of which we'll reverse the selectivity for
     726                 :             :                          * below, so we can simply subtract one tuple for both cases.  The
     727                 :             :                          * cases that need this adjustment can be identified by iseq being
     728                 :             :                          * equal to isgt.
     729                 :             :                          */
     730   [ +  +  -  + ]:         340 :                         if (iseq == isgt && vardata->rel->tuples >= 1.0)
     731                 :         315 :                                 selec -= (1.0 / vardata->rel->tuples);
     732                 :             : 
     733                 :             :                         /* Finally, reverse the selectivity for the ">", ">=" cases. */
     734         [ +  + ]:         340 :                         if (isgt)
     735                 :         312 :                                 selec = 1.0 - selec;
     736                 :             : 
     737   [ +  +  +  - ]:         673 :                         CLAMP_PROBABILITY(selec);
     738                 :         340 :                         return selec;
     739                 :         340 :                 }
     740                 :             : 
     741                 :             :                 /* no stats available, so default result */
     742                 :        3069 :                 return DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL;
     743                 :             :         }
     744                 :       32937 :         stats = (Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(vardata->statsTuple);
     745                 :             : 
     746                 :       32937 :         fmgr_info(get_opcode(operator), &opproc);
     747                 :             : 
     748                 :             :         /*
     749                 :             :          * If we have most-common-values info, add up the fractions of the MCV
     750                 :             :          * entries that satisfy MCV OP CONST.  These fractions contribute directly
     751                 :             :          * to the result selectivity.  Also add up the total fraction represented
     752                 :             :          * by MCV entries.
     753                 :             :          */
     754                 :       32937 :         mcv_selec = mcv_selectivity(vardata, &opproc, collation, constval, true,
     755                 :             :                                                                 &sumcommon);
     756                 :             : 
     757                 :             :         /*
     758                 :             :          * If there is a histogram, determine which bin the constant falls in, and
     759                 :             :          * compute the resulting contribution to selectivity.
     760                 :             :          */
     761                 :       65874 :         hist_selec = ineq_histogram_selectivity(root, vardata,
     762                 :       32937 :                                                                                         operator, &opproc, isgt, iseq,
     763                 :       32937 :                                                                                         collation,
     764                 :       32937 :                                                                                         constval, consttype);
     765                 :             : 
     766                 :             :         /*
     767                 :             :          * Now merge the results from the MCV and histogram calculations,
     768                 :             :          * realizing that the histogram covers only the non-null values that are
     769                 :             :          * not listed in MCV.
     770                 :             :          */
     771                 :       32937 :         selec = 1.0 - stats->stanullfrac - sumcommon;
     772                 :             : 
     773         [ +  + ]:       32937 :         if (hist_selec >= 0.0)
     774                 :       16564 :                 selec *= hist_selec;
     775                 :             :         else
     776                 :             :         {
     777                 :             :                 /*
     778                 :             :                  * If no histogram but there are values not accounted for by MCV,
     779                 :             :                  * arbitrarily assume half of them will match.
     780                 :             :                  */
     781                 :       16373 :                 selec *= 0.5;
     782                 :             :         }
     783                 :             : 
     784                 :       32937 :         selec += mcv_selec;
     785                 :             : 
     786                 :             :         /* result should be in range, but make sure... */
     787   [ +  +  +  + ]:       60189 :         CLAMP_PROBABILITY(selec);
     788                 :             : 
     789                 :       32937 :         return selec;
     790                 :       36346 : }
     791                 :             : 
     792                 :             : /*
     793                 :             :  *      mcv_selectivity                 - Examine the MCV list for selectivity estimates
     794                 :             :  *
     795                 :             :  * Determine the fraction of the variable's MCV population that satisfies
     796                 :             :  * the predicate (VAR OP CONST), or (CONST OP VAR) if !varonleft.  Also
     797                 :             :  * compute the fraction of the total column population represented by the MCV
     798                 :             :  * list.  This code will work for any boolean-returning predicate operator.
     799                 :             :  *
     800                 :             :  * The function result is the MCV selectivity, and the fraction of the
     801                 :             :  * total population is returned into *sumcommonp.  Zeroes are returned
     802                 :             :  * if there is no MCV list.
     803                 :             :  */
     804                 :             : double
     805                 :       33512 : mcv_selectivity(VariableStatData *vardata, FmgrInfo *opproc, Oid collation,
     806                 :             :                                 Datum constval, bool varonleft,
     807                 :             :                                 double *sumcommonp)
     808                 :             : {
     809                 :       33512 :         double          mcv_selec,
     810                 :             :                                 sumcommon;
     811                 :       33512 :         AttStatsSlot sslot;
     812                 :       33512 :         int                     i;
     813                 :             : 
     814                 :       33512 :         mcv_selec = 0.0;
     815                 :       33512 :         sumcommon = 0.0;
     816                 :             : 
     817         [ +  + ]:       33512 :         if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple) &&
     818   [ +  +  +  + ]:       33205 :                 statistic_proc_security_check(vardata, opproc->fn_oid) &&
     819                 :       33150 :                 get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata->statsTuple,
     820                 :             :                                                  STATISTIC_KIND_MCV, InvalidOid,
     821                 :             :                                                  ATTSTATSSLOT_VALUES | ATTSTATSSLOT_NUMBERS))
     822                 :             :         {
     823                 :       20078 :                 LOCAL_FCINFO(fcinfo, 2);
     824                 :             : 
     825                 :             :                 /*
     826                 :             :                  * We invoke the opproc "by hand" so that we won't fail on NULL
     827                 :             :                  * results.  Such cases won't arise for normal comparison functions,
     828                 :             :                  * but generic_restriction_selectivity could perhaps be used with
     829                 :             :                  * operators that can return NULL.  A small side benefit is to not
     830                 :             :                  * need to re-initialize the fcinfo struct from scratch each time.
     831                 :             :                  */
     832                 :       20078 :                 InitFunctionCallInfoData(*fcinfo, opproc, 2, collation,
     833                 :             :                                                                  NULL, NULL);
     834                 :       20078 :                 fcinfo->args[0].isnull = false;
     835                 :       20078 :                 fcinfo->args[1].isnull = false;
     836                 :             :                 /* be careful to apply operator right way 'round */
     837         [ +  - ]:       20078 :                 if (varonleft)
     838                 :       20078 :                         fcinfo->args[1].value = constval;
     839                 :             :                 else
     840                 :           0 :                         fcinfo->args[0].value = constval;
     841                 :             : 
     842         [ +  + ]:      301869 :                 for (i = 0; i < sslot.nvalues; i++)
     843                 :             :                 {
     844                 :      281791 :                         Datum           fresult;
     845                 :             : 
     846         [ +  - ]:      281791 :                         if (varonleft)
     847                 :      281791 :                                 fcinfo->args[0].value = sslot.values[i];
     848                 :             :                         else
     849                 :           0 :                                 fcinfo->args[1].value = sslot.values[i];
     850                 :      281791 :                         fcinfo->isnull = false;
     851                 :      281791 :                         fresult = FunctionCallInvoke(fcinfo);
     852   [ +  -  +  + ]:      281791 :                         if (!fcinfo->isnull && DatumGetBool(fresult))
     853                 :      148154 :                                 mcv_selec += sslot.numbers[i];
     854                 :      281791 :                         sumcommon += sslot.numbers[i];
     855                 :      281791 :                 }
     856                 :       20078 :                 free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
     857                 :       20078 :         }
     858                 :             : 
     859                 :       33512 :         *sumcommonp = sumcommon;
     860                 :       67024 :         return mcv_selec;
     861                 :       33512 : }
     862                 :             : 
     863                 :             : /*
     864                 :             :  *      histogram_selectivity   - Examine the histogram for selectivity estimates
     865                 :             :  *
     866                 :             :  * Determine the fraction of the variable's histogram entries that satisfy
     867                 :             :  * the predicate (VAR OP CONST), or (CONST OP VAR) if !varonleft.
     868                 :             :  *
     869                 :             :  * This code will work for any boolean-returning predicate operator, whether
     870                 :             :  * or not it has anything to do with the histogram sort operator.  We are
     871                 :             :  * essentially using the histogram just as a representative sample.  However,
     872                 :             :  * small histograms are unlikely to be all that representative, so the caller
     873                 :             :  * should be prepared to fall back on some other estimation approach when the
     874                 :             :  * histogram is missing or very small.  It may also be prudent to combine this
     875                 :             :  * approach with another one when the histogram is small.
     876                 :             :  *
     877                 :             :  * If the actual histogram size is not at least min_hist_size, we won't bother
     878                 :             :  * to do the calculation at all.  Also, if the n_skip parameter is > 0, we
     879                 :             :  * ignore the first and last n_skip histogram elements, on the grounds that
     880                 :             :  * they are outliers and hence not very representative.  Typical values for
     881                 :             :  * these parameters are 10 and 1.
     882                 :             :  *
     883                 :             :  * The function result is the selectivity, or -1 if there is no histogram
     884                 :             :  * or it's smaller than min_hist_size.
     885                 :             :  *
     886                 :             :  * The output parameter *hist_size receives the actual histogram size,
     887                 :             :  * or zero if no histogram.  Callers may use this number to decide how
     888                 :             :  * much faith to put in the function result.
     889                 :             :  *
     890                 :             :  * Note that the result disregards both the most-common-values (if any) and
     891                 :             :  * null entries.  The caller is expected to combine this result with
     892                 :             :  * statistics for those portions of the column population.  It may also be
     893                 :             :  * prudent to clamp the result range, ie, disbelieve exact 0 or 1 outputs.
     894                 :             :  */
     895                 :             : double
     896                 :         575 : histogram_selectivity(VariableStatData *vardata,
     897                 :             :                                           FmgrInfo *opproc, Oid collation,
     898                 :             :                                           Datum constval, bool varonleft,
     899                 :             :                                           int min_hist_size, int n_skip,
     900                 :             :                                           int *hist_size)
     901                 :             : {
     902                 :         575 :         double          result;
     903                 :         575 :         AttStatsSlot sslot;
     904                 :             : 
     905                 :             :         /* check sanity of parameters */
     906         [ +  - ]:         575 :         Assert(n_skip >= 0);
     907         [ +  - ]:         575 :         Assert(min_hist_size > 2 * n_skip);
     908                 :             : 
     909         [ +  + ]:         575 :         if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple) &&
     910   [ +  +  +  + ]:         268 :                 statistic_proc_security_check(vardata, opproc->fn_oid) &&
     911                 :         267 :                 get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata->statsTuple,
     912                 :             :                                                  STATISTIC_KIND_HISTOGRAM, InvalidOid,
     913                 :             :                                                  ATTSTATSSLOT_VALUES))
     914                 :             :         {
     915                 :         252 :                 *hist_size = sslot.nvalues;
     916         [ +  + ]:         252 :                 if (sslot.nvalues >= min_hist_size)
     917                 :             :                 {
     918                 :         213 :                         LOCAL_FCINFO(fcinfo, 2);
     919                 :         213 :                         int                     nmatch = 0;
     920                 :         213 :                         int                     i;
     921                 :             : 
     922                 :             :                         /*
     923                 :             :                          * We invoke the opproc "by hand" so that we won't fail on NULL
     924                 :             :                          * results.  Such cases won't arise for normal comparison
     925                 :             :                          * functions, but generic_restriction_selectivity could perhaps be
     926                 :             :                          * used with operators that can return NULL.  A small side benefit
     927                 :             :                          * is to not need to re-initialize the fcinfo struct from scratch
     928                 :             :                          * each time.
     929                 :             :                          */
     930                 :         213 :                         InitFunctionCallInfoData(*fcinfo, opproc, 2, collation,
     931                 :             :                                                                          NULL, NULL);
     932                 :         213 :                         fcinfo->args[0].isnull = false;
     933                 :         213 :                         fcinfo->args[1].isnull = false;
     934                 :             :                         /* be careful to apply operator right way 'round */
     935         [ +  - ]:         213 :                         if (varonleft)
     936                 :         213 :                                 fcinfo->args[1].value = constval;
     937                 :             :                         else
     938                 :           0 :                                 fcinfo->args[0].value = constval;
     939                 :             : 
     940         [ +  + ]:       20570 :                         for (i = n_skip; i < sslot.nvalues - n_skip; i++)
     941                 :             :                         {
     942                 :       20357 :                                 Datum           fresult;
     943                 :             : 
     944         [ +  - ]:       20357 :                                 if (varonleft)
     945                 :       20357 :                                         fcinfo->args[0].value = sslot.values[i];
     946                 :             :                                 else
     947                 :           0 :                                         fcinfo->args[1].value = sslot.values[i];
     948                 :       20357 :                                 fcinfo->isnull = false;
     949                 :       20357 :                                 fresult = FunctionCallInvoke(fcinfo);
     950   [ +  -  +  + ]:       20357 :                                 if (!fcinfo->isnull && DatumGetBool(fresult))
     951                 :         166 :                                         nmatch++;
     952                 :       20357 :                         }
     953                 :         213 :                         result = ((double) nmatch) / ((double) (sslot.nvalues - 2 * n_skip));
     954                 :         213 :                 }
     955                 :             :                 else
     956                 :          39 :                         result = -1;
     957                 :         252 :                 free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
     958                 :         252 :         }
     959                 :             :         else
     960                 :             :         {
     961                 :         323 :                 *hist_size = 0;
     962                 :         323 :                 result = -1;
     963                 :             :         }
     964                 :             : 
     965                 :        1150 :         return result;
     966                 :         575 : }
     967                 :             : 
     968                 :             : /*
     969                 :             :  *      generic_restriction_selectivity         - Selectivity for almost anything
     970                 :             :  *
     971                 :             :  * This function estimates selectivity for operators that we don't have any
     972                 :             :  * special knowledge about, but are on data types that we collect standard
     973                 :             :  * MCV and/or histogram statistics for.  (Additional assumptions are that
     974                 :             :  * the operator is strict and immutable, or at least stable.)
     975                 :             :  *
     976                 :             :  * If we have "VAR OP CONST" or "CONST OP VAR", selectivity is estimated by
     977                 :             :  * applying the operator to each element of the column's MCV and/or histogram
     978                 :             :  * stats, and merging the results using the assumption that the histogram is
     979                 :             :  * a reasonable random sample of the column's non-MCV population.  Note that
     980                 :             :  * if the operator's semantics are related to the histogram ordering, this
     981                 :             :  * might not be such a great assumption; other functions such as
     982                 :             :  * scalarineqsel() are probably a better match in such cases.
     983                 :             :  *
     984                 :             :  * Otherwise, fall back to the default selectivity provided by the caller.
     985                 :             :  */
     986                 :             : double
     987                 :         140 : generic_restriction_selectivity(PlannerInfo *root, Oid oproid, Oid collation,
     988                 :             :                                                                 List *args, int varRelid,
     989                 :             :                                                                 double default_selectivity)
     990                 :             : {
     991                 :         140 :         double          selec;
     992                 :         140 :         VariableStatData vardata;
     993                 :         140 :         Node       *other;
     994                 :         140 :         bool            varonleft;
     995                 :             : 
     996                 :             :         /*
     997                 :             :          * If expression is not variable OP something or something OP variable,
     998                 :             :          * then punt and return the default estimate.
     999                 :             :          */
    1000         [ -  + ]:         140 :         if (!get_restriction_variable(root, args, varRelid,
    1001                 :             :                                                                   &vardata, &other, &varonleft))
    1002                 :           0 :                 return default_selectivity;
    1003                 :             : 
    1004                 :             :         /*
    1005                 :             :          * If the something is a NULL constant, assume operator is strict and
    1006                 :             :          * return zero, ie, operator will never return TRUE.
    1007                 :             :          */
    1008   [ +  -  +  - ]:         140 :         if (IsA(other, Const) &&
    1009                 :         140 :                 ((Const *) other)->constisnull)
    1010                 :             :         {
    1011         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
    1012                 :           0 :                 return 0.0;
    1013                 :             :         }
    1014                 :             : 
    1015         [ +  - ]:         140 :         if (IsA(other, Const))
    1016                 :             :         {
    1017                 :             :                 /* Variable is being compared to a known non-null constant */
    1018                 :         140 :                 Datum           constval = ((Const *) other)->constvalue;
    1019                 :         140 :                 FmgrInfo        opproc;
    1020                 :         140 :                 double          mcvsum;
    1021                 :         140 :                 double          mcvsel;
    1022                 :         140 :                 double          nullfrac;
    1023                 :         140 :                 int                     hist_size;
    1024                 :             : 
    1025                 :         140 :                 fmgr_info(get_opcode(oproid), &opproc);
    1026                 :             : 
    1027                 :             :                 /*
    1028                 :             :                  * Calculate the selectivity for the column's most common values.
    1029                 :             :                  */
    1030                 :         280 :                 mcvsel = mcv_selectivity(&vardata, &opproc, collation,
    1031                 :         140 :                                                                  constval, varonleft,
    1032                 :             :                                                                  &mcvsum);
    1033                 :             : 
    1034                 :             :                 /*
    1035                 :             :                  * If the histogram is large enough, see what fraction of it matches
    1036                 :             :                  * the query, and assume that's representative of the non-MCV
    1037                 :             :                  * population.  Otherwise use the default selectivity for the non-MCV
    1038                 :             :                  * population.
    1039                 :             :                  */
    1040                 :         280 :                 selec = histogram_selectivity(&vardata, &opproc, collation,
    1041                 :         140 :                                                                           constval, varonleft,
    1042                 :             :                                                                           10, 1, &hist_size);
    1043         [ +  - ]:         140 :                 if (selec < 0)
    1044                 :             :                 {
    1045                 :             :                         /* Nope, fall back on default */
    1046                 :         140 :                         selec = default_selectivity;
    1047                 :         140 :                 }
    1048         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 else if (hist_size < 100)
    1049                 :             :                 {
    1050                 :             :                         /*
    1051                 :             :                          * For histogram sizes from 10 to 100, we combine the histogram
    1052                 :             :                          * and default selectivities, putting increasingly more trust in
    1053                 :             :                          * the histogram for larger sizes.
    1054                 :             :                          */
    1055                 :           0 :                         double          hist_weight = hist_size / 100.0;
    1056                 :             : 
    1057                 :           0 :                         selec = selec * hist_weight +
    1058                 :           0 :                                 default_selectivity * (1.0 - hist_weight);
    1059                 :           0 :                 }
    1060                 :             : 
    1061                 :             :                 /* In any case, don't believe extremely small or large estimates. */
    1062         [ -  + ]:         140 :                 if (selec < 0.0001)
    1063                 :           0 :                         selec = 0.0001;
    1064         [ +  - ]:         140 :                 else if (selec > 0.9999)
    1065                 :           0 :                         selec = 0.9999;
    1066                 :             : 
    1067                 :             :                 /* Don't forget to account for nulls. */
    1068         [ +  + ]:         140 :                 if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple))
    1069                 :          14 :                         nullfrac = ((Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(vardata.statsTuple))->stanullfrac;
    1070                 :             :                 else
    1071                 :         126 :                         nullfrac = 0.0;
    1072                 :             : 
    1073                 :             :                 /*
    1074                 :             :                  * Now merge the results from the MCV and histogram calculations,
    1075                 :             :                  * realizing that the histogram covers only the non-null values that
    1076                 :             :                  * are not listed in MCV.
    1077                 :             :                  */
    1078                 :         140 :                 selec *= 1.0 - nullfrac - mcvsum;
    1079                 :         140 :                 selec += mcvsel;
    1080                 :         140 :         }
    1081                 :             :         else
    1082                 :             :         {
    1083                 :             :                 /* Comparison value is not constant, so we can't do anything */
    1084                 :           0 :                 selec = default_selectivity;
    1085                 :             :         }
    1086                 :             : 
    1087         [ +  + ]:         140 :         ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
    1088                 :             : 
    1089                 :             :         /* result should be in range, but make sure... */
    1090   [ -  +  +  - ]:         280 :         CLAMP_PROBABILITY(selec);
    1091                 :             : 
    1092                 :         140 :         return selec;
    1093                 :         140 : }
    1094                 :             : 
    1095                 :             : /*
    1096                 :             :  *      ineq_histogram_selectivity      - Examine the histogram for scalarineqsel
    1097                 :             :  *
    1098                 :             :  * Determine the fraction of the variable's histogram population that
    1099                 :             :  * satisfies the inequality condition, ie, VAR < (or <=, >, >=) CONST.
    1100                 :             :  * The isgt and iseq flags distinguish which of the four cases apply.
    1101                 :             :  *
    1102                 :             :  * While opproc could be looked up from the operator OID, common callers
    1103                 :             :  * also need to call it separately, so we make the caller pass both.
    1104                 :             :  *
    1105                 :             :  * Returns -1 if there is no histogram (valid results will always be >= 0).
    1106                 :             :  *
    1107                 :             :  * Note that the result disregards both the most-common-values (if any) and
    1108                 :             :  * null entries.  The caller is expected to combine this result with
    1109                 :             :  * statistics for those portions of the column population.
    1110                 :             :  *
    1111                 :             :  * This is exported so that some other estimation functions can use it.
    1112                 :             :  */
    1113                 :             : double
    1114                 :       33114 : ineq_histogram_selectivity(PlannerInfo *root,
    1115                 :             :                                                    VariableStatData *vardata,
    1116                 :             :                                                    Oid opoid, FmgrInfo *opproc, bool isgt, bool iseq,
    1117                 :             :                                                    Oid collation,
    1118                 :             :                                                    Datum constval, Oid consttype)
    1119                 :             : {
    1120                 :       33114 :         double          hist_selec;
    1121                 :       33114 :         AttStatsSlot sslot;
    1122                 :             : 
    1123                 :       33114 :         hist_selec = -1.0;
    1124                 :             : 
    1125                 :             :         /*
    1126                 :             :          * Someday, ANALYZE might store more than one histogram per rel/att,
    1127                 :             :          * corresponding to more than one possible sort ordering defined for the
    1128                 :             :          * column type.  Right now, we know there is only one, so just grab it and
    1129                 :             :          * see if it matches the query.
    1130                 :             :          *
    1131                 :             :          * Note that we can't use opoid as search argument; the staop appearing in
    1132                 :             :          * pg_statistic will be for the relevant '<' operator, but what we have
    1133                 :             :          * might be some other inequality operator such as '>='.  (Even if opoid
    1134                 :             :          * is a '<' operator, it could be cross-type.)  Hence we must use
    1135                 :             :          * comparison_ops_are_compatible() to see if the operators match.
    1136                 :             :          */
    1137         [ +  + ]:       33114 :         if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple) &&
    1138   [ +  +  +  + ]:       33023 :                 statistic_proc_security_check(vardata, opproc->fn_oid) &&
    1139                 :       32969 :                 get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata->statsTuple,
    1140                 :             :                                                  STATISTIC_KIND_HISTOGRAM, InvalidOid,
    1141                 :             :                                                  ATTSTATSSLOT_VALUES))
    1142                 :             :         {
    1143         [ +  - ]:       16650 :                 if (sslot.nvalues > 1 &&
    1144   [ +  +  +  + ]:       16650 :                         sslot.stacoll == collation &&
    1145                 :       16638 :                         comparison_ops_are_compatible(sslot.staop, opoid))
    1146                 :             :                 {
    1147                 :             :                         /*
    1148                 :             :                          * Use binary search to find the desired location, namely the
    1149                 :             :                          * right end of the histogram bin containing the comparison value,
    1150                 :             :                          * which is the leftmost entry for which the comparison operator
    1151                 :             :                          * succeeds (if isgt) or fails (if !isgt).
    1152                 :             :                          *
    1153                 :             :                          * In this loop, we pay no attention to whether the operator iseq
    1154                 :             :                          * or not; that detail will be mopped up below.  (We cannot tell,
    1155                 :             :                          * anyway, whether the operator thinks the values are equal.)
    1156                 :             :                          *
    1157                 :             :                          * If the binary search accesses the first or last histogram
    1158                 :             :                          * entry, we try to replace that endpoint with the true column min
    1159                 :             :                          * or max as found by get_actual_variable_range().  This
    1160                 :             :                          * ameliorates misestimates when the min or max is moving as a
    1161                 :             :                          * result of changes since the last ANALYZE.  Note that this could
    1162                 :             :                          * result in effectively including MCVs into the histogram that
    1163                 :             :                          * weren't there before, but we don't try to correct for that.
    1164                 :             :                          */
    1165                 :       16620 :                         double          histfrac;
    1166                 :       16620 :                         int                     lobound = 0;    /* first possible slot to search */
    1167                 :       16620 :                         int                     hibound = sslot.nvalues;        /* last+1 slot to search */
    1168                 :       16620 :                         bool            have_end = false;
    1169                 :             : 
    1170                 :             :                         /*
    1171                 :             :                          * If there are only two histogram entries, we'll want up-to-date
    1172                 :             :                          * values for both.  (If there are more than two, we need at most
    1173                 :             :                          * one of them to be updated, so we deal with that within the
    1174                 :             :                          * loop.)
    1175                 :             :                          */
    1176         [ +  + ]:       16620 :                         if (sslot.nvalues == 2)
    1177                 :         526 :                                 have_end = get_actual_variable_range(root,
    1178                 :         263 :                                                                                                          vardata,
    1179                 :         263 :                                                                                                          sslot.staop,
    1180                 :         263 :                                                                                                          collation,
    1181                 :         263 :                                                                                                          &sslot.values[0],
    1182                 :         263 :                                                                                                          &sslot.values[1]);
    1183                 :             : 
    1184         [ +  + ]:      106101 :                         while (lobound < hibound)
    1185                 :             :                         {
    1186                 :       89481 :                                 int                     probe = (lobound + hibound) / 2;
    1187                 :       89481 :                                 bool            ltcmp;
    1188                 :             : 
    1189                 :             :                                 /*
    1190                 :             :                                  * If we find ourselves about to compare to the first or last
    1191                 :             :                                  * histogram entry, first try to replace it with the actual
    1192                 :             :                                  * current min or max (unless we already did so above).
    1193                 :             :                                  */
    1194   [ +  +  +  + ]:       89481 :                                 if (probe == 0 && sslot.nvalues > 2)
    1195                 :       16220 :                                         have_end = get_actual_variable_range(root,
    1196                 :        8110 :                                                                                                                  vardata,
    1197                 :        8110 :                                                                                                                  sslot.staop,
    1198                 :        8110 :                                                                                                                  collation,
    1199                 :        8110 :                                                                                                                  &sslot.values[0],
    1200                 :             :                                                                                                                  NULL);
    1201   [ +  +  +  + ]:       81371 :                                 else if (probe == sslot.nvalues - 1 && sslot.nvalues > 2)
    1202                 :       10320 :                                         have_end = get_actual_variable_range(root,
    1203                 :        5160 :                                                                                                                  vardata,
    1204                 :        5160 :                                                                                                                  sslot.staop,
    1205                 :        5160 :                                                                                                                  collation,
    1206                 :             :                                                                                                                  NULL,
    1207                 :        5160 :                                                                                                                  &sslot.values[probe]);
    1208                 :             : 
    1209                 :      178962 :                                 ltcmp = DatumGetBool(FunctionCall2Coll(opproc,
    1210                 :       89481 :                                                                                                            collation,
    1211                 :       89481 :                                                                                                            sslot.values[probe],
    1212                 :       89481 :                                                                                                            constval));
    1213         [ +  + ]:       89481 :                                 if (isgt)
    1214                 :        6792 :                                         ltcmp = !ltcmp;
    1215         [ +  + ]:       89481 :                                 if (ltcmp)
    1216                 :       31551 :                                         lobound = probe + 1;
    1217                 :             :                                 else
    1218                 :       57930 :                                         hibound = probe;
    1219                 :       89481 :                         }
    1220                 :             : 
    1221         [ +  + ]:       16620 :                         if (lobound <= 0)
    1222                 :             :                         {
    1223                 :             :                                 /*
    1224                 :             :                                  * Constant is below lower histogram boundary.  More
    1225                 :             :                                  * precisely, we have found that no entry in the histogram
    1226                 :             :                                  * satisfies the inequality clause (if !isgt) or they all do
    1227                 :             :                                  * (if isgt).  We estimate that that's true of the entire
    1228                 :             :                                  * table, so set histfrac to 0.0 (which we'll flip to 1.0
    1229                 :             :                                  * below, if isgt).
    1230                 :             :                                  */
    1231                 :        7460 :                                 histfrac = 0.0;
    1232                 :        7460 :                         }
    1233         [ +  + ]:        9160 :                         else if (lobound >= sslot.nvalues)
    1234                 :             :                         {
    1235                 :             :                                 /*
    1236                 :             :                                  * Inverse case: constant is above upper histogram boundary.
    1237                 :             :                                  */
    1238                 :        2574 :                                 histfrac = 1.0;
    1239                 :        2574 :                         }
    1240                 :             :                         else
    1241                 :             :                         {
    1242                 :             :                                 /* We have values[i-1] <= constant <= values[i]. */
    1243                 :        6586 :                                 int                     i = lobound;
    1244                 :        6586 :                                 double          eq_selec = 0;
    1245                 :        6586 :                                 double          val,
    1246                 :             :                                                         high,
    1247                 :             :                                                         low;
    1248                 :        6586 :                                 double          binfrac;
    1249                 :             : 
    1250                 :             :                                 /*
    1251                 :             :                                  * In the cases where we'll need it below, obtain an estimate
    1252                 :             :                                  * of the selectivity of "x = constval".  We use a calculation
    1253                 :             :                                  * similar to what var_eq_const() does for a non-MCV constant,
    1254                 :             :                                  * ie, estimate that all distinct non-MCV values occur equally
    1255                 :             :                                  * often.  But multiplication by "1.0 - sumcommon - nullfrac"
    1256                 :             :                                  * will be done by our caller, so we shouldn't do that here.
    1257                 :             :                                  * Therefore we can't try to clamp the estimate by reference
    1258                 :             :                                  * to the least common MCV; the result would be too small.
    1259                 :             :                                  *
    1260                 :             :                                  * Note: since this is effectively assuming that constval
    1261                 :             :                                  * isn't an MCV, it's logically dubious if constval in fact is
    1262                 :             :                                  * one.  But we have to apply *some* correction for equality,
    1263                 :             :                                  * and anyway we cannot tell if constval is an MCV, since we
    1264                 :             :                                  * don't have a suitable equality operator at hand.
    1265                 :             :                                  */
    1266   [ +  +  +  + ]:        6586 :                                 if (i == 1 || isgt == iseq)
    1267                 :             :                                 {
    1268                 :        1980 :                                         double          otherdistinct;
    1269                 :        1980 :                                         bool            isdefault;
    1270                 :        1980 :                                         AttStatsSlot mcvslot;
    1271                 :             : 
    1272                 :             :                                         /* Get estimated number of distinct values */
    1273                 :        1980 :                                         otherdistinct = get_variable_numdistinct(vardata,
    1274                 :             :                                                                                                                          &isdefault);
    1275                 :             : 
    1276                 :             :                                         /* Subtract off the number of known MCVs */
    1277         [ +  + ]:        1980 :                                         if (get_attstatsslot(&mcvslot, vardata->statsTuple,
    1278                 :             :                                                                                  STATISTIC_KIND_MCV, InvalidOid,
    1279                 :             :                                                                                  ATTSTATSSLOT_NUMBERS))
    1280                 :             :                                         {
    1281                 :         258 :                                                 otherdistinct -= mcvslot.nnumbers;
    1282                 :         258 :                                                 free_attstatsslot(&mcvslot);
    1283                 :         258 :                                         }
    1284                 :             : 
    1285                 :             :                                         /* If result doesn't seem sane, leave eq_selec at 0 */
    1286         [ -  + ]:        1980 :                                         if (otherdistinct > 1)
    1287                 :        1980 :                                                 eq_selec = 1.0 / otherdistinct;
    1288                 :        1980 :                                 }
    1289                 :             : 
    1290                 :             :                                 /*
    1291                 :             :                                  * Convert the constant and the two nearest bin boundary
    1292                 :             :                                  * values to a uniform comparison scale, and do a linear
    1293                 :             :                                  * interpolation within this bin.
    1294                 :             :                                  */
    1295   [ +  -  +  - ]:       13172 :                                 if (convert_to_scalar(constval, consttype, collation,
    1296                 :             :                                                                           &val,
    1297                 :        6586 :                                                                           sslot.values[i - 1], sslot.values[i],
    1298                 :        6586 :                                                                           vardata->vartype,
    1299                 :             :                                                                           &low, &high))
    1300                 :             :                                 {
    1301         [ -  + ]:        6586 :                                         if (high <= low)
    1302                 :             :                                         {
    1303                 :             :                                                 /* cope if bin boundaries appear identical */
    1304                 :           0 :                                                 binfrac = 0.5;
    1305                 :           0 :                                         }
    1306         [ +  + ]:        6586 :                                         else if (val <= low)
    1307                 :        1407 :                                                 binfrac = 0.0;
    1308         [ +  + ]:        5179 :                                         else if (val >= high)
    1309                 :         204 :                                                 binfrac = 1.0;
    1310                 :             :                                         else
    1311                 :             :                                         {
    1312                 :        4975 :                                                 binfrac = (val - low) / (high - low);
    1313                 :             : 
    1314                 :             :                                                 /*
    1315                 :             :                                                  * Watch out for the possibility that we got a NaN or
    1316                 :             :                                                  * Infinity from the division.  This can happen
    1317                 :             :                                                  * despite the previous checks, if for example "low"
    1318                 :             :                                                  * is -Infinity.
    1319                 :             :                                                  */
    1320   [ -  +  +  +  :        4975 :                                                 if (isnan(binfrac) ||
                   +  - ]
    1321         [ +  + ]:        4975 :                                                         binfrac < 0.0 || binfrac > 1.0)
    1322                 :       19900 :                                                         binfrac = 0.5;
    1323                 :             :                                         }
    1324                 :        6586 :                                 }
    1325                 :             :                                 else
    1326                 :             :                                 {
    1327                 :             :                                         /*
    1328                 :             :                                          * Ideally we'd produce an error here, on the grounds that
    1329                 :             :                                          * the given operator shouldn't have scalarXXsel
    1330                 :             :                                          * registered as its selectivity func unless we can deal
    1331                 :             :                                          * with its operand types.  But currently, all manner of
    1332                 :             :                                          * stuff is invoking scalarXXsel, so give a default
    1333                 :             :                                          * estimate until that can be fixed.
    1334                 :             :                                          */
    1335                 :           0 :                                         binfrac = 0.5;
    1336                 :             :                                 }
    1337                 :             : 
    1338                 :             :                                 /*
    1339                 :             :                                  * Now, compute the overall selectivity across the values
    1340                 :             :                                  * represented by the histogram.  We have i-1 full bins and
    1341                 :             :                                  * binfrac partial bin below the constant.
    1342                 :             :                                  */
    1343                 :        6586 :                                 histfrac = (double) (i - 1) + binfrac;
    1344                 :        6586 :                                 histfrac /= (double) (sslot.nvalues - 1);
    1345                 :             : 
    1346                 :             :                                 /*
    1347                 :             :                                  * At this point, histfrac is an estimate of the fraction of
    1348                 :             :                                  * the population represented by the histogram that satisfies
    1349                 :             :                                  * "x <= constval".  Somewhat remarkably, this statement is
    1350                 :             :                                  * true regardless of which operator we were doing the probes
    1351                 :             :                                  * with, so long as convert_to_scalar() delivers reasonable
    1352                 :             :                                  * results.  If the probe constant is equal to some histogram
    1353                 :             :                                  * entry, we would have considered the bin to the left of that
    1354                 :             :                                  * entry if probing with "<" or ">=", or the bin to the right
    1355                 :             :                                  * if probing with "<=" or ">"; but binfrac would have come
    1356                 :             :                                  * out as 1.0 in the first case and 0.0 in the second, leading
    1357                 :             :                                  * to the same histfrac in either case.  For probe constants
    1358                 :             :                                  * between histogram entries, we find the same bin and get the
    1359                 :             :                                  * same estimate with any operator.
    1360                 :             :                                  *
    1361                 :             :                                  * The fact that the estimate corresponds to "x <= constval"
    1362                 :             :                                  * and not "x < constval" is because of the way that ANALYZE
    1363                 :             :                                  * constructs the histogram: each entry is, effectively, the
    1364                 :             :                                  * rightmost value in its sample bucket.  So selectivity
    1365                 :             :                                  * values that are exact multiples of 1/(histogram_size-1)
    1366                 :             :                                  * should be understood as estimates including a histogram
    1367                 :             :                                  * entry plus everything to its left.
    1368                 :             :                                  *
    1369                 :             :                                  * However, that breaks down for the first histogram entry,
    1370                 :             :                                  * which necessarily is the leftmost value in its sample
    1371                 :             :                                  * bucket.  That means the first histogram bin is slightly
    1372                 :             :                                  * narrower than the rest, by an amount equal to eq_selec.
    1373                 :             :                                  * Another way to say that is that we want "x <= leftmost" to
    1374                 :             :                                  * be estimated as eq_selec not zero.  So, if we're dealing
    1375                 :             :                                  * with the first bin (i==1), rescale to make that true while
    1376                 :             :                                  * adjusting the rest of that bin linearly.
    1377                 :             :                                  */
    1378         [ +  + ]:        6586 :                                 if (i == 1)
    1379                 :         818 :                                         histfrac += eq_selec * (1.0 - binfrac);
    1380                 :             : 
    1381                 :             :                                 /*
    1382                 :             :                                  * "x <= constval" is good if we want an estimate for "<=" or
    1383                 :             :                                  * ">", but if we are estimating for "<" or ">=", we now need
    1384                 :             :                                  * to decrease the estimate by eq_selec.
    1385                 :             :                                  */
    1386         [ +  + ]:        6586 :                                 if (isgt == iseq)
    1387                 :        1768 :                                         histfrac -= eq_selec;
    1388                 :        6586 :                         }
    1389                 :             : 
    1390                 :             :                         /*
    1391                 :             :                          * Now the estimate is finished for "<" and "<=" cases.  If we are
    1392                 :             :                          * estimating for ">" or ">=", flip it.
    1393                 :             :                          */
    1394         [ +  + ]:       16620 :                         hist_selec = isgt ? (1.0 - histfrac) : histfrac;
    1395                 :             : 
    1396                 :             :                         /*
    1397                 :             :                          * The histogram boundaries are only approximate to begin with,
    1398                 :             :                          * and may well be out of date anyway.  Therefore, don't believe
    1399                 :             :                          * extremely small or large selectivity estimates --- unless we
    1400                 :             :                          * got actual current endpoint values from the table, in which
    1401                 :             :                          * case just do the usual sanity clamp.  Somewhat arbitrarily, we
    1402                 :             :                          * set the cutoff for other cases at a hundredth of the histogram
    1403                 :             :                          * resolution.
    1404                 :             :                          */
    1405         [ +  + ]:       16620 :                         if (have_end)
    1406   [ -  +  +  - ]:       17346 :                                 CLAMP_PROBABILITY(hist_selec);
    1407                 :             :                         else
    1408                 :             :                         {
    1409                 :        7947 :                                 double          cutoff = 0.01 / (double) (sslot.nvalues - 1);
    1410                 :             : 
    1411         [ +  + ]:        7947 :                                 if (hist_selec < cutoff)
    1412                 :        2058 :                                         hist_selec = cutoff;
    1413         [ +  + ]:        5889 :                                 else if (hist_selec > 1.0 - cutoff)
    1414                 :        2449 :                                         hist_selec = 1.0 - cutoff;
    1415                 :        7947 :                         }
    1416                 :       16620 :                 }
    1417         [ -  + ]:          30 :                 else if (sslot.nvalues > 1)
    1418                 :             :                 {
    1419                 :             :                         /*
    1420                 :             :                          * If we get here, we have a histogram but it's not sorted the way
    1421                 :             :                          * we want.  Do a brute-force search to see how many of the
    1422                 :             :                          * entries satisfy the comparison condition, and take that
    1423                 :             :                          * fraction as our estimate.  (This is identical to the inner loop
    1424                 :             :                          * of histogram_selectivity; maybe share code?)
    1425                 :             :                          */
    1426                 :          30 :                         LOCAL_FCINFO(fcinfo, 2);
    1427                 :          30 :                         int                     nmatch = 0;
    1428                 :             : 
    1429                 :          30 :                         InitFunctionCallInfoData(*fcinfo, opproc, 2, collation,
    1430                 :             :                                                                          NULL, NULL);
    1431                 :          30 :                         fcinfo->args[0].isnull = false;
    1432                 :          30 :                         fcinfo->args[1].isnull = false;
    1433                 :          30 :                         fcinfo->args[1].value = constval;
    1434         [ +  + ]:      160348 :                         for (int i = 0; i < sslot.nvalues; i++)
    1435                 :             :                         {
    1436                 :      160318 :                                 Datum           fresult;
    1437                 :             : 
    1438                 :      160318 :                                 fcinfo->args[0].value = sslot.values[i];
    1439                 :      160318 :                                 fcinfo->isnull = false;
    1440                 :      160318 :                                 fresult = FunctionCallInvoke(fcinfo);
    1441   [ +  -  +  + ]:      160318 :                                 if (!fcinfo->isnull && DatumGetBool(fresult))
    1442                 :         322 :                                         nmatch++;
    1443                 :      160318 :                         }
    1444                 :          30 :                         hist_selec = ((double) nmatch) / ((double) sslot.nvalues);
    1445                 :             : 
    1446                 :             :                         /*
    1447                 :             :                          * As above, clamp to a hundredth of the histogram resolution.
    1448                 :             :                          * This case is surely even less trustworthy than the normal one,
    1449                 :             :                          * so we shouldn't believe exact 0 or 1 selectivity.  (Maybe the
    1450                 :             :                          * clamp should be more restrictive in this case?)
    1451                 :             :                          */
    1452                 :             :                         {
    1453                 :          30 :                                 double          cutoff = 0.01 / (double) (sslot.nvalues - 1);
    1454                 :             : 
    1455         [ -  + ]:          30 :                                 if (hist_selec < cutoff)
    1456                 :           0 :                                         hist_selec = cutoff;
    1457         [ +  - ]:          30 :                                 else if (hist_selec > 1.0 - cutoff)
    1458                 :           0 :                                         hist_selec = 1.0 - cutoff;
    1459                 :          30 :                         }
    1460                 :          30 :                 }
    1461                 :             : 
    1462                 :       16650 :                 free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
    1463                 :       16650 :         }
    1464                 :             : 
    1465                 :       66228 :         return hist_selec;
    1466                 :       33114 : }
    1467                 :             : 
    1468                 :             : /*
    1469                 :             :  * Common wrapper function for the selectivity estimators that simply
    1470                 :             :  * invoke scalarineqsel().
    1471                 :             :  */
    1472                 :             : static Datum
    1473                 :        6193 : scalarineqsel_wrapper(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS, bool isgt, bool iseq)
    1474                 :             : {
    1475                 :        6193 :         PlannerInfo *root = (PlannerInfo *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
    1476                 :        6193 :         Oid                     operator = PG_GETARG_OID(1);
    1477                 :        6193 :         List       *args = (List *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(2);
    1478                 :        6193 :         int                     varRelid = PG_GETARG_INT32(3);
    1479                 :        6193 :         Oid                     collation = PG_GET_COLLATION();
    1480                 :        6193 :         VariableStatData vardata;
    1481                 :        6193 :         Node       *other;
    1482                 :        6193 :         bool            varonleft;
    1483                 :        6193 :         Datum           constval;
    1484                 :        6193 :         Oid                     consttype;
    1485                 :        6193 :         double          selec;
    1486                 :             : 
    1487                 :             :         /*
    1488                 :             :          * If expression is not variable op something or something op variable,
    1489                 :             :          * then punt and return a default estimate.
    1490                 :             :          */
    1491         [ +  + ]:        6193 :         if (!get_restriction_variable(root, args, varRelid,
    1492                 :             :                                                                   &vardata, &other, &varonleft))
    1493                 :          67 :                 PG_RETURN_FLOAT8(DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL);
    1494                 :             : 
    1495                 :             :         /*
    1496                 :             :          * Can't do anything useful if the something is not a constant, either.
    1497                 :             :          */
    1498         [ +  + ]:        6126 :         if (!IsA(other, Const))
    1499                 :             :         {
    1500         [ +  + ]:         417 :                 ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
    1501                 :         417 :                 PG_RETURN_FLOAT8(DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL);
    1502                 :             :         }
    1503                 :             : 
    1504                 :             :         /*
    1505                 :             :          * If the constant is NULL, assume operator is strict and return zero, ie,
    1506                 :             :          * operator will never return TRUE.
    1507                 :             :          */
    1508         [ +  + ]:        5709 :         if (((Const *) other)->constisnull)
    1509                 :             :         {
    1510         [ +  + ]:          11 :                 ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
    1511                 :          11 :                 PG_RETURN_FLOAT8(0.0);
    1512                 :             :         }
    1513                 :        5698 :         constval = ((Const *) other)->constvalue;
    1514                 :        5698 :         consttype = ((Const *) other)->consttype;
    1515                 :             : 
    1516                 :             :         /*
    1517                 :             :          * Force the var to be on the left to simplify logic in scalarineqsel.
    1518                 :             :          */
    1519         [ +  + ]:        5698 :         if (!varonleft)
    1520                 :             :         {
    1521                 :          63 :                 operator = get_commutator(operator);
    1522         [ +  - ]:          63 :                 if (!operator)
    1523                 :             :                 {
    1524                 :             :                         /* Use default selectivity (should we raise an error instead?) */
    1525         [ #  # ]:           0 :                         ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
    1526                 :           0 :                         PG_RETURN_FLOAT8(DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL);
    1527                 :             :                 }
    1528                 :          63 :                 isgt = !isgt;
    1529                 :          63 :         }
    1530                 :             : 
    1531                 :             :         /* The rest of the work is done by scalarineqsel(). */
    1532                 :       11396 :         selec = scalarineqsel(root, operator, isgt, iseq, collation,
    1533                 :        5698 :                                                   &vardata, constval, consttype);
    1534                 :             : 
    1535         [ +  + ]:        5698 :         ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
    1536                 :             : 
    1537                 :        5698 :         PG_RETURN_FLOAT8((float8) selec);
    1538                 :        6193 : }
    1539                 :             : 
    1540                 :             : /*
    1541                 :             :  *              scalarltsel             - Selectivity of "<" for scalars.
    1542                 :             :  */
    1543                 :             : Datum
    1544                 :        2237 : scalarltsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
    1545                 :             : {
    1546                 :        2237 :         return scalarineqsel_wrapper(fcinfo, false, false);
    1547                 :             : }
    1548                 :             : 
    1549                 :             : /*
    1550                 :             :  *              scalarlesel             - Selectivity of "<=" for scalars.
    1551                 :             :  */
    1552                 :             : Datum
    1553                 :         667 : scalarlesel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
    1554                 :             : {
    1555                 :         667 :         return scalarineqsel_wrapper(fcinfo, false, true);
    1556                 :             : }
    1557                 :             : 
    1558                 :             : /*
    1559                 :             :  *              scalargtsel             - Selectivity of ">" for scalars.
    1560                 :             :  */
    1561                 :             : Datum
    1562                 :        2042 : scalargtsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
    1563                 :             : {
    1564                 :        2042 :         return scalarineqsel_wrapper(fcinfo, true, false);
    1565                 :             : }
    1566                 :             : 
    1567                 :             : /*
    1568                 :             :  *              scalargesel             - Selectivity of ">=" for scalars.
    1569                 :             :  */
    1570                 :             : Datum
    1571                 :        1247 : scalargesel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
    1572                 :             : {
    1573                 :        1247 :         return scalarineqsel_wrapper(fcinfo, true, true);
    1574                 :             : }
    1575                 :             : 
    1576                 :             : /*
    1577                 :             :  *              boolvarsel              - Selectivity of Boolean variable.
    1578                 :             :  *
    1579                 :             :  * This can actually be called on any boolean-valued expression.  If it
    1580                 :             :  * involves only Vars of the specified relation, and if there are statistics
    1581                 :             :  * about the Var or expression (the latter is possible if it's indexed) then
    1582                 :             :  * we'll produce a real estimate; otherwise it's just a default.
    1583                 :             :  */
    1584                 :             : Selectivity
    1585                 :        4118 : boolvarsel(PlannerInfo *root, Node *arg, int varRelid)
    1586                 :             : {
    1587                 :        4118 :         VariableStatData vardata;
    1588                 :        4118 :         double          selec;
    1589                 :             : 
    1590                 :        4118 :         examine_variable(root, arg, varRelid, &vardata);
    1591         [ +  + ]:        4118 :         if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple))
    1592                 :             :         {
    1593                 :             :                 /*
    1594                 :             :                  * A boolean variable V is equivalent to the clause V = 't', so we
    1595                 :             :                  * compute the selectivity as if that is what we have.
    1596                 :             :                  */
    1597                 :        1122 :                 selec = var_eq_const(&vardata, BooleanEqualOperator, InvalidOid,
    1598                 :        1122 :                                                          BoolGetDatum(true), false, true, false);
    1599                 :        1122 :         }
    1600         [ +  + ]:        2996 :         else if (is_funcclause(arg))
    1601                 :             :         {
    1602                 :             :                 /*
    1603                 :             :                  * If we have no stats and it's a function call, estimate 0.3333333.
    1604                 :             :                  * This seems a pretty unprincipled choice, but Postgres has been
    1605                 :             :                  * using that estimate for function calls since 1992.  The hoariness
    1606                 :             :                  * of this behavior suggests that we should not be in too much hurry
    1607                 :             :                  * to use another value.
    1608                 :             :                  */
    1609                 :        1847 :                 selec = 0.3333333;
    1610                 :        1847 :         }
    1611                 :             :         else
    1612                 :             :         {
    1613                 :             :                 /* Otherwise, the default estimate is 0.5 */
    1614                 :        1149 :                 selec = 0.5;
    1615                 :             :         }
    1616         [ +  + ]:        4118 :         ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
    1617                 :        8236 :         return selec;
    1618                 :        4118 : }
    1619                 :             : 
    1620                 :             : /*
    1621                 :             :  *              booltestsel             - Selectivity of BooleanTest Node.
    1622                 :             :  */
    1623                 :             : Selectivity
    1624                 :         133 : booltestsel(PlannerInfo *root, BoolTestType booltesttype, Node *arg,
    1625                 :             :                         int varRelid, JoinType jointype, SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo)
    1626                 :             : {
    1627                 :         133 :         VariableStatData vardata;
    1628                 :         133 :         double          selec;
    1629                 :             : 
    1630                 :         133 :         examine_variable(root, arg, varRelid, &vardata);
    1631                 :             : 
    1632         [ +  + ]:         133 :         if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple))
    1633                 :             :         {
    1634                 :           2 :                 Form_pg_statistic stats;
    1635                 :           2 :                 double          freq_null;
    1636                 :           2 :                 AttStatsSlot sslot;
    1637                 :             : 
    1638                 :           2 :                 stats = (Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(vardata.statsTuple);
    1639                 :           2 :                 freq_null = stats->stanullfrac;
    1640                 :             : 
    1641                 :           2 :                 if (get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata.statsTuple,
    1642                 :             :                                                          STATISTIC_KIND_MCV, InvalidOid,
    1643                 :             :                                                          ATTSTATSSLOT_VALUES | ATTSTATSSLOT_NUMBERS)
    1644   [ +  -  -  + ]:           2 :                         && sslot.nnumbers > 0)
    1645                 :             :                 {
    1646                 :           2 :                         double          freq_true;
    1647                 :           2 :                         double          freq_false;
    1648                 :             : 
    1649                 :             :                         /*
    1650                 :             :                          * Get first MCV frequency and derive frequency for true.
    1651                 :             :                          */
    1652         [ -  + ]:           2 :                         if (DatumGetBool(sslot.values[0]))
    1653                 :           0 :                                 freq_true = sslot.numbers[0];
    1654                 :             :                         else
    1655                 :           2 :                                 freq_true = 1.0 - sslot.numbers[0] - freq_null;
    1656                 :             : 
    1657                 :             :                         /*
    1658                 :             :                          * Next derive frequency for false. Then use these as appropriate
    1659                 :             :                          * to derive frequency for each case.
    1660                 :             :                          */
    1661                 :           2 :                         freq_false = 1.0 - freq_true - freq_null;
    1662                 :             : 
    1663   [ -  -  +  -  :           2 :                         switch (booltesttype)
                -  -  - ]
    1664                 :             :                         {
    1665                 :             :                                 case IS_UNKNOWN:
    1666                 :             :                                         /* select only NULL values */
    1667                 :           0 :                                         selec = freq_null;
    1668                 :           0 :                                         break;
    1669                 :             :                                 case IS_NOT_UNKNOWN:
    1670                 :             :                                         /* select non-NULL values */
    1671                 :           0 :                                         selec = 1.0 - freq_null;
    1672                 :           0 :                                         break;
    1673                 :             :                                 case IS_TRUE:
    1674                 :             :                                         /* select only TRUE values */
    1675                 :           2 :                                         selec = freq_true;
    1676                 :           2 :                                         break;
    1677                 :             :                                 case IS_NOT_TRUE:
    1678                 :             :                                         /* select non-TRUE values */
    1679                 :           0 :                                         selec = 1.0 - freq_true;
    1680                 :           0 :                                         break;
    1681                 :             :                                 case IS_FALSE:
    1682                 :             :                                         /* select only FALSE values */
    1683                 :           0 :                                         selec = freq_false;
    1684                 :           0 :                                         break;
    1685                 :             :                                 case IS_NOT_FALSE:
    1686                 :             :                                         /* select non-FALSE values */
    1687                 :           0 :                                         selec = 1.0 - freq_false;
    1688                 :           0 :                                         break;
    1689                 :             :                                 default:
    1690   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                                         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized booltesttype: %d",
    1691                 :             :                                                  (int) booltesttype);
    1692                 :           0 :                                         selec = 0.0;    /* Keep compiler quiet */
    1693                 :           0 :                                         break;
    1694                 :             :                         }
    1695                 :             : 
    1696                 :           2 :                         free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
    1697                 :           2 :                 }
    1698                 :             :                 else
    1699                 :             :                 {
    1700                 :             :                         /*
    1701                 :             :                          * No most-common-value info available. Still have null fraction
    1702                 :             :                          * information, so use it for IS [NOT] UNKNOWN. Otherwise adjust
    1703                 :             :                          * for null fraction and assume a 50-50 split of TRUE and FALSE.
    1704                 :             :                          */
    1705   [ #  #  #  #  :           0 :                         switch (booltesttype)
                      # ]
    1706                 :             :                         {
    1707                 :             :                                 case IS_UNKNOWN:
    1708                 :             :                                         /* select only NULL values */
    1709                 :           0 :                                         selec = freq_null;
    1710                 :           0 :                                         break;
    1711                 :             :                                 case IS_NOT_UNKNOWN:
    1712                 :             :                                         /* select non-NULL values */
    1713                 :           0 :                                         selec = 1.0 - freq_null;
    1714                 :           0 :                                         break;
    1715                 :             :                                 case IS_TRUE:
    1716                 :             :                                 case IS_FALSE:
    1717                 :             :                                         /* Assume we select half of the non-NULL values */
    1718                 :           0 :                                         selec = (1.0 - freq_null) / 2.0;
    1719                 :           0 :                                         break;
    1720                 :             :                                 case IS_NOT_TRUE:
    1721                 :             :                                 case IS_NOT_FALSE:
    1722                 :             :                                         /* Assume we select NULLs plus half of the non-NULLs */
    1723                 :             :                                         /* equiv. to freq_null + (1.0 - freq_null) / 2.0 */
    1724                 :           0 :                                         selec = (freq_null + 1.0) / 2.0;
    1725                 :           0 :                                         break;
    1726                 :             :                                 default:
    1727   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                                         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized booltesttype: %d",
    1728                 :             :                                                  (int) booltesttype);
    1729                 :           0 :                                         selec = 0.0;    /* Keep compiler quiet */
    1730                 :           0 :                                         break;
    1731                 :             :                         }
    1732                 :             :                 }
    1733                 :           2 :         }
    1734                 :             :         else
    1735                 :             :         {
    1736                 :             :                 /*
    1737                 :             :                  * If we can't get variable statistics for the argument, perhaps
    1738                 :             :                  * clause_selectivity can do something with it.  We ignore the
    1739                 :             :                  * possibility of a NULL value when using clause_selectivity, and just
    1740                 :             :                  * assume the value is either TRUE or FALSE.
    1741                 :             :                  */
    1742   [ +  +  +  +  :         131 :                 switch (booltesttype)
                      - ]
    1743                 :             :                 {
    1744                 :             :                         case IS_UNKNOWN:
    1745                 :           8 :                                 selec = DEFAULT_UNK_SEL;
    1746                 :           8 :                                 break;
    1747                 :             :                         case IS_NOT_UNKNOWN:
    1748                 :          18 :                                 selec = DEFAULT_NOT_UNK_SEL;
    1749                 :          18 :                                 break;
    1750                 :             :                         case IS_TRUE:
    1751                 :             :                         case IS_NOT_FALSE:
    1752                 :          84 :                                 selec = (double) clause_selectivity(root, arg,
    1753                 :          42 :                                                                                                         varRelid,
    1754                 :          42 :                                                                                                         jointype, sjinfo);
    1755                 :          42 :                                 break;
    1756                 :             :                         case IS_FALSE:
    1757                 :             :                         case IS_NOT_TRUE:
    1758                 :         126 :                                 selec = 1.0 - (double) clause_selectivity(root, arg,
    1759                 :          63 :                                                                                                                   varRelid,
    1760                 :          63 :                                                                                                                   jointype, sjinfo);
    1761                 :          63 :                                 break;
    1762                 :             :                         default:
    1763   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                                 elog(ERROR, "unrecognized booltesttype: %d",
    1764                 :             :                                          (int) booltesttype);
    1765                 :           0 :                                 selec = 0.0;    /* Keep compiler quiet */
    1766                 :           0 :                                 break;
    1767                 :             :                 }
    1768                 :             :         }
    1769                 :             : 
    1770         [ +  + ]:         133 :         ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
    1771                 :             : 
    1772                 :             :         /* result should be in range, but make sure... */
    1773   [ -  +  +  - ]:         266 :         CLAMP_PROBABILITY(selec);
    1774                 :             : 
    1775                 :         266 :         return (Selectivity) selec;
    1776                 :         133 : }
    1777                 :             : 
    1778                 :             : /*
    1779                 :             :  *              nulltestsel             - Selectivity of NullTest Node.
    1780                 :             :  */
    1781                 :             : Selectivity
    1782                 :        2051 : nulltestsel(PlannerInfo *root, NullTestType nulltesttype, Node *arg,
    1783                 :             :                         int varRelid, JoinType jointype, SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo)
    1784                 :             : {
    1785                 :        2051 :         VariableStatData vardata;
    1786                 :        2051 :         double          selec;
    1787                 :             : 
    1788                 :        2051 :         examine_variable(root, arg, varRelid, &vardata);
    1789                 :             : 
    1790         [ +  + ]:        2051 :         if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple))
    1791                 :             :         {
    1792                 :        1214 :                 Form_pg_statistic stats;
    1793                 :        1214 :                 double          freq_null;
    1794                 :             : 
    1795                 :        1214 :                 stats = (Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(vardata.statsTuple);
    1796                 :        1214 :                 freq_null = stats->stanullfrac;
    1797                 :             : 
    1798      [ +  +  - ]:        1214 :                 switch (nulltesttype)
    1799                 :             :                 {
    1800                 :             :                         case IS_NULL:
    1801                 :             : 
    1802                 :             :                                 /*
    1803                 :             :                                  * Use freq_null directly.
    1804                 :             :                                  */
    1805                 :        1068 :                                 selec = freq_null;
    1806                 :        1068 :                                 break;
    1807                 :             :                         case IS_NOT_NULL:
    1808                 :             : 
    1809                 :             :                                 /*
    1810                 :             :                                  * Select not unknown (not null) values. Calculate from
    1811                 :             :                                  * freq_null.
    1812                 :             :                                  */
    1813                 :         146 :                                 selec = 1.0 - freq_null;
    1814                 :         146 :                                 break;
    1815                 :             :                         default:
    1816   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                                 elog(ERROR, "unrecognized nulltesttype: %d",
    1817                 :             :                                          (int) nulltesttype);
    1818                 :           0 :                                 return (Selectivity) 0; /* keep compiler quiet */
    1819                 :             :                 }
    1820         [ -  + ]:        1214 :         }
    1821   [ +  -  +  +  :         837 :         else if (vardata.var && IsA(vardata.var, Var) &&
                   +  + ]
    1822                 :         780 :                          ((Var *) vardata.var)->varattno < 0)
    1823                 :             :         {
    1824                 :             :                 /*
    1825                 :             :                  * There are no stats for system columns, but we know they are never
    1826                 :             :                  * NULL.
    1827                 :             :                  */
    1828                 :          21 :                 selec = (nulltesttype == IS_NULL) ? 0.0 : 1.0;
    1829                 :          21 :         }
    1830                 :             :         else
    1831                 :             :         {
    1832                 :             :                 /*
    1833                 :             :                  * No ANALYZE stats available, so make a guess
    1834                 :             :                  */
    1835      [ +  +  - ]:         816 :                 switch (nulltesttype)
    1836                 :             :                 {
    1837                 :             :                         case IS_NULL:
    1838                 :         255 :                                 selec = DEFAULT_UNK_SEL;
    1839                 :         255 :                                 break;
    1840                 :             :                         case IS_NOT_NULL:
    1841                 :         561 :                                 selec = DEFAULT_NOT_UNK_SEL;
    1842                 :         561 :                                 break;
    1843                 :             :                         default:
    1844   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                                 elog(ERROR, "unrecognized nulltesttype: %d",
    1845                 :             :                                          (int) nulltesttype);
    1846                 :           0 :                                 return (Selectivity) 0; /* keep compiler quiet */
    1847                 :             :                 }
    1848                 :             :         }
    1849                 :             : 
    1850         [ +  + ]:        2051 :         ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
    1851                 :             : 
    1852                 :             :         /* result should be in range, but make sure... */
    1853   [ -  +  +  - ]:        4102 :         CLAMP_PROBABILITY(selec);
    1854                 :             : 
    1855                 :        2051 :         return (Selectivity) selec;
    1856                 :        2051 : }
    1857                 :             : 
    1858                 :             : /*
    1859                 :             :  * strip_array_coercion - strip binary-compatible relabeling from an array expr
    1860                 :             :  *
    1861                 :             :  * For array values, the parser normally generates ArrayCoerceExpr conversions,
    1862                 :             :  * but it seems possible that RelabelType might show up.  Also, the planner
    1863                 :             :  * is not currently tense about collapsing stacked ArrayCoerceExpr nodes,
    1864                 :             :  * so we need to be ready to deal with more than one level.
    1865                 :             :  */
    1866                 :             : static Node *
    1867                 :       14879 : strip_array_coercion(Node *node)
    1868                 :             : {
    1869                 :       14895 :         for (;;)
    1870                 :             :         {
    1871   [ +  -  +  + ]:       14895 :                 if (node && IsA(node, ArrayCoerceExpr))
    1872                 :             :                 {
    1873                 :          92 :                         ArrayCoerceExpr *acoerce = (ArrayCoerceExpr *) node;
    1874                 :             : 
    1875                 :             :                         /*
    1876                 :             :                          * If the per-element expression is just a RelabelType on top of
    1877                 :             :                          * CaseTestExpr, then we know it's a binary-compatible relabeling.
    1878                 :             :                          */
    1879   [ +  +  -  + ]:          92 :                         if (IsA(acoerce->elemexpr, RelabelType) &&
    1880                 :          16 :                                 IsA(((RelabelType *) acoerce->elemexpr)->arg, CaseTestExpr))
    1881                 :          16 :                                 node = (Node *) acoerce->arg;
    1882                 :             :                         else
    1883                 :          76 :                                 break;
    1884      [ -  +  + ]:          92 :                 }
    1885   [ +  -  +  - ]:       14803 :                 else if (node && IsA(node, RelabelType))
    1886                 :             :                 {
    1887                 :             :                         /* We don't really expect this case, but may as well cope */
    1888                 :           0 :                         node = (Node *) ((RelabelType *) node)->arg;
    1889                 :           0 :                 }
    1890                 :             :                 else
    1891                 :       14803 :                         break;
    1892                 :             :         }
    1893                 :       14879 :         return node;
    1894                 :             : }
    1895                 :             : 
    1896                 :             : /*
    1897                 :             :  *              scalararraysel          - Selectivity of ScalarArrayOpExpr Node.
    1898                 :             :  */
    1899                 :             : Selectivity
    1900                 :        2102 : scalararraysel(PlannerInfo *root,
    1901                 :             :                            ScalarArrayOpExpr *clause,
    1902                 :             :                            bool is_join_clause,
    1903                 :             :                            int varRelid,
    1904                 :             :                            JoinType jointype,
    1905                 :             :                            SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo)
    1906                 :             : {
    1907                 :        2102 :         Oid                     operator = clause->opno;
    1908                 :        2102 :         bool            useOr = clause->useOr;
    1909                 :        2102 :         bool            isEquality = false;
    1910                 :        2102 :         bool            isInequality = false;
    1911                 :        2102 :         Node       *leftop;
    1912                 :        2102 :         Node       *rightop;
    1913                 :        2102 :         Oid                     nominal_element_type;
    1914                 :        2102 :         Oid                     nominal_element_collation;
    1915                 :        2102 :         TypeCacheEntry *typentry;
    1916                 :        2102 :         RegProcedure oprsel;
    1917                 :        2102 :         FmgrInfo        oprselproc;
    1918                 :        2102 :         Selectivity s1;
    1919                 :        2102 :         Selectivity s1disjoint;
    1920                 :             : 
    1921                 :             :         /* First, deconstruct the expression */
    1922         [ +  - ]:        2102 :         Assert(list_length(clause->args) == 2);
    1923                 :        2102 :         leftop = (Node *) linitial(clause->args);
    1924                 :        2102 :         rightop = (Node *) lsecond(clause->args);
    1925                 :             : 
    1926                 :             :         /* aggressively reduce both sides to constants */
    1927                 :        2102 :         leftop = estimate_expression_value(root, leftop);
    1928                 :        2102 :         rightop = estimate_expression_value(root, rightop);
    1929                 :             : 
    1930                 :             :         /* get nominal (after relabeling) element type of rightop */
    1931                 :        2102 :         nominal_element_type = get_base_element_type(exprType(rightop));
    1932         [ -  + ]:        2102 :         if (!OidIsValid(nominal_element_type))
    1933                 :           0 :                 return (Selectivity) 0.5;       /* probably shouldn't happen */
    1934                 :             :         /* get nominal collation, too, for generating constants */
    1935                 :        2102 :         nominal_element_collation = exprCollation(rightop);
    1936                 :             : 
    1937                 :             :         /* look through any binary-compatible relabeling of rightop */
    1938                 :        2102 :         rightop = strip_array_coercion(rightop);
    1939                 :             : 
    1940                 :             :         /*
    1941                 :             :          * Detect whether the operator is the default equality or inequality
    1942                 :             :          * operator of the array element type.
    1943                 :             :          */
    1944                 :        2102 :         typentry = lookup_type_cache(nominal_element_type, TYPECACHE_EQ_OPR);
    1945         [ -  + ]:        2102 :         if (OidIsValid(typentry->eq_opr))
    1946                 :             :         {
    1947         [ +  + ]:        2102 :                 if (operator == typentry->eq_opr)
    1948                 :        1940 :                         isEquality = true;
    1949         [ +  + ]:         162 :                 else if (get_negator(operator) == typentry->eq_opr)
    1950                 :          68 :                         isInequality = true;
    1951                 :        2102 :         }
    1952                 :             : 
    1953                 :             :         /*
    1954                 :             :          * If it is equality or inequality, we might be able to estimate this as a
    1955                 :             :          * form of array containment; for instance "const = ANY(column)" can be
    1956                 :             :          * treated as "ARRAY[const] <@ column".  scalararraysel_containment tries
    1957                 :             :          * that, and returns the selectivity estimate if successful, or -1 if not.
    1958                 :             :          */
    1959   [ +  +  +  + ]:        2102 :         if ((isEquality || isInequality) && !is_join_clause)
    1960                 :             :         {
    1961                 :        4016 :                 s1 = scalararraysel_containment(root, leftop, rightop,
    1962                 :        2008 :                                                                                 nominal_element_type,
    1963                 :        2008 :                                                                                 isEquality, useOr, varRelid);
    1964         [ +  + ]:        2008 :                 if (s1 >= 0.0)
    1965                 :          18 :                         return s1;
    1966                 :        1990 :         }
    1967                 :             : 
    1968                 :             :         /*
    1969                 :             :          * Look up the underlying operator's selectivity estimator. Punt if it
    1970                 :             :          * hasn't got one.
    1971                 :             :          */
    1972         [ -  + ]:        2084 :         if (is_join_clause)
    1973                 :           0 :                 oprsel = get_oprjoin(operator);
    1974                 :             :         else
    1975                 :        2084 :                 oprsel = get_oprrest(operator);
    1976         [ +  - ]:        2084 :         if (!oprsel)
    1977                 :           0 :                 return (Selectivity) 0.5;
    1978                 :        2084 :         fmgr_info(oprsel, &oprselproc);
    1979                 :             : 
    1980                 :             :         /*
    1981                 :             :          * In the array-containment check above, we must only believe that an
    1982                 :             :          * operator is equality or inequality if it is the default btree equality
    1983                 :             :          * operator (or its negator) for the element type, since those are the
    1984                 :             :          * operators that array containment will use.  But in what follows, we can
    1985                 :             :          * be a little laxer, and also believe that any operators using eqsel() or
    1986                 :             :          * neqsel() as selectivity estimator act like equality or inequality.
    1987                 :             :          */
    1988   [ +  +  -  + ]:        2084 :         if (oprsel == F_EQSEL || oprsel == F_EQJOINSEL)
    1989                 :        1954 :                 isEquality = true;
    1990   [ +  +  -  + ]:         130 :         else if (oprsel == F_NEQSEL || oprsel == F_NEQJOINSEL)
    1991                 :          50 :                 isInequality = true;
    1992                 :             : 
    1993                 :             :         /*
    1994                 :             :          * We consider three cases:
    1995                 :             :          *
    1996                 :             :          * 1. rightop is an Array constant: deconstruct the array, apply the
    1997                 :             :          * operator's selectivity function for each array element, and merge the
    1998                 :             :          * results in the same way that clausesel.c does for AND/OR combinations.
    1999                 :             :          *
    2000                 :             :          * 2. rightop is an ARRAY[] construct: apply the operator's selectivity
    2001                 :             :          * function for each element of the ARRAY[] construct, and merge.
    2002                 :             :          *
    2003                 :             :          * 3. otherwise, make a guess ...
    2004                 :             :          */
    2005   [ +  -  +  + ]:        2084 :         if (rightop && IsA(rightop, Const))
    2006                 :             :         {
    2007                 :        1489 :                 Datum           arraydatum = ((Const *) rightop)->constvalue;
    2008                 :        1489 :                 bool            arrayisnull = ((Const *) rightop)->constisnull;
    2009                 :        1489 :                 ArrayType  *arrayval;
    2010                 :        1489 :                 int16           elmlen;
    2011                 :        1489 :                 bool            elmbyval;
    2012                 :        1489 :                 char            elmalign;
    2013                 :        1489 :                 int                     num_elems;
    2014                 :        1489 :                 Datum      *elem_values;
    2015                 :        1489 :                 bool       *elem_nulls;
    2016                 :        1489 :                 int                     i;
    2017                 :             : 
    2018         [ +  + ]:        1489 :                 if (arrayisnull)                /* qual can't succeed if null array */
    2019                 :           5 :                         return (Selectivity) 0.0;
    2020                 :        1484 :                 arrayval = DatumGetArrayTypeP(arraydatum);
    2021                 :        1484 :                 get_typlenbyvalalign(ARR_ELEMTYPE(arrayval),
    2022                 :             :                                                          &elmlen, &elmbyval, &elmalign);
    2023                 :        2968 :                 deconstruct_array(arrayval,
    2024                 :        1484 :                                                   ARR_ELEMTYPE(arrayval),
    2025                 :        1484 :                                                   elmlen, elmbyval, elmalign,
    2026                 :             :                                                   &elem_values, &elem_nulls, &num_elems);
    2027                 :             : 
    2028                 :             :                 /*
    2029                 :             :                  * For generic operators, we assume the probability of success is
    2030                 :             :                  * independent for each array element.  But for "= ANY" or "<> ALL",
    2031                 :             :                  * if the array elements are distinct (which'd typically be the case)
    2032                 :             :                  * then the probabilities are disjoint, and we should just sum them.
    2033                 :             :                  *
    2034                 :             :                  * If we were being really tense we would try to confirm that the
    2035                 :             :                  * elements are all distinct, but that would be expensive and it
    2036                 :             :                  * doesn't seem to be worth the cycles; it would amount to penalizing
    2037                 :             :                  * well-written queries in favor of poorly-written ones.  However, we
    2038                 :             :                  * do protect ourselves a little bit by checking whether the
    2039                 :             :                  * disjointness assumption leads to an impossible (out of range)
    2040                 :             :                  * probability; if so, we fall back to the normal calculation.
    2041                 :             :                  */
    2042                 :        1484 :                 s1 = s1disjoint = (useOr ? 0.0 : 1.0);
    2043                 :             : 
    2044         [ +  + ]:        5886 :                 for (i = 0; i < num_elems; i++)
    2045                 :             :                 {
    2046                 :        4402 :                         List       *args;
    2047                 :        4402 :                         Selectivity s2;
    2048                 :             : 
    2049                 :        4402 :                         args = list_make2(leftop,
    2050                 :             :                                                           makeConst(nominal_element_type,
    2051                 :             :                                                                                 -1,
    2052                 :             :                                                                                 nominal_element_collation,
    2053                 :             :                                                                                 elmlen,
    2054                 :             :                                                                                 elem_values[i],
    2055                 :             :                                                                                 elem_nulls[i],
    2056                 :             :                                                                                 elmbyval));
    2057         [ -  + ]:        4402 :                         if (is_join_clause)
    2058                 :           0 :                                 s2 = DatumGetFloat8(FunctionCall5Coll(&oprselproc,
    2059                 :           0 :                                                                                                           clause->inputcollid,
    2060                 :           0 :                                                                                                           PointerGetDatum(root),
    2061                 :           0 :                                                                                                           ObjectIdGetDatum(operator),
    2062                 :           0 :                                                                                                           PointerGetDatum(args),
    2063                 :           0 :                                                                                                           Int16GetDatum(jointype),
    2064                 :           0 :                                                                                                           PointerGetDatum(sjinfo)));
    2065                 :             :                         else
    2066                 :        4402 :                                 s2 = DatumGetFloat8(FunctionCall4Coll(&oprselproc,
    2067                 :        4402 :                                                                                                           clause->inputcollid,
    2068                 :        4402 :                                                                                                           PointerGetDatum(root),
    2069                 :        4402 :                                                                                                           ObjectIdGetDatum(operator),
    2070                 :        4402 :                                                                                                           PointerGetDatum(args),
    2071                 :        4402 :                                                                                                           Int32GetDatum(varRelid)));
    2072                 :             : 
    2073         [ +  + ]:        4402 :                         if (useOr)
    2074                 :             :                         {
    2075                 :        4165 :                                 s1 = s1 + s2 - s1 * s2;
    2076         [ +  + ]:        4165 :                                 if (isEquality)
    2077                 :        3991 :                                         s1disjoint += s2;
    2078                 :        4165 :                         }
    2079                 :             :                         else
    2080                 :             :                         {
    2081                 :         237 :                                 s1 = s1 * s2;
    2082         [ +  + ]:         237 :                                 if (isInequality)
    2083                 :         185 :                                         s1disjoint += s2 - 1.0;
    2084                 :             :                         }
    2085                 :        4402 :                 }
    2086                 :             : 
    2087                 :             :                 /* accept disjoint-probability estimate if in range */
    2088   [ +  +  +  + ]:        1484 :                 if ((useOr ? isEquality : isInequality) &&
    2089         [ +  + ]:        1381 :                         s1disjoint >= 0.0 && s1disjoint <= 1.0)
    2090                 :        1376 :                         s1 = s1disjoint;
    2091         [ +  + ]:        1489 :         }
    2092   [ +  -  +  +  :         595 :         else if (rightop && IsA(rightop, ArrayExpr) &&
                   -  + ]
    2093                 :          63 :                          !((ArrayExpr *) rightop)->multidims)
    2094                 :             :         {
    2095                 :          63 :                 ArrayExpr  *arrayexpr = (ArrayExpr *) rightop;
    2096                 :          63 :                 int16           elmlen;
    2097                 :          63 :                 bool            elmbyval;
    2098                 :          63 :                 ListCell   *l;
    2099                 :             : 
    2100                 :          63 :                 get_typlenbyval(arrayexpr->element_typeid,
    2101                 :             :                                                 &elmlen, &elmbyval);
    2102                 :             : 
    2103                 :             :                 /*
    2104                 :             :                  * We use the assumption of disjoint probabilities here too, although
    2105                 :             :                  * the odds of equal array elements are rather higher if the elements
    2106                 :             :                  * are not all constants (which they won't be, else constant folding
    2107                 :             :                  * would have reduced the ArrayExpr to a Const).  In this path it's
    2108                 :             :                  * critical to have the sanity check on the s1disjoint estimate.
    2109                 :             :                  */
    2110                 :          63 :                 s1 = s1disjoint = (useOr ? 0.0 : 1.0);
    2111                 :             : 
    2112   [ +  -  +  +  :         228 :                 foreach(l, arrayexpr->elements)
                   +  + ]
    2113                 :             :                 {
    2114                 :         165 :                         Node       *elem = (Node *) lfirst(l);
    2115                 :         165 :                         List       *args;
    2116                 :         165 :                         Selectivity s2;
    2117                 :             : 
    2118                 :             :                         /*
    2119                 :             :                          * Theoretically, if elem isn't of nominal_element_type we should
    2120                 :             :                          * insert a RelabelType, but it seems unlikely that any operator
    2121                 :             :                          * estimation function would really care ...
    2122                 :             :                          */
    2123                 :         165 :                         args = list_make2(leftop, elem);
    2124         [ -  + ]:         165 :                         if (is_join_clause)
    2125                 :           0 :                                 s2 = DatumGetFloat8(FunctionCall5Coll(&oprselproc,
    2126                 :           0 :                                                                                                           clause->inputcollid,
    2127                 :           0 :                                                                                                           PointerGetDatum(root),
    2128                 :           0 :                                                                                                           ObjectIdGetDatum(operator),
    2129                 :           0 :                                                                                                           PointerGetDatum(args),
    2130                 :           0 :                                                                                                           Int16GetDatum(jointype),
    2131                 :           0 :                                                                                                           PointerGetDatum(sjinfo)));
    2132                 :             :                         else
    2133                 :         165 :                                 s2 = DatumGetFloat8(FunctionCall4Coll(&oprselproc,
    2134                 :         165 :                                                                                                           clause->inputcollid,
    2135                 :         165 :                                                                                                           PointerGetDatum(root),
    2136                 :         165 :                                                                                                           ObjectIdGetDatum(operator),
    2137                 :         165 :                                                                                                           PointerGetDatum(args),
    2138                 :         165 :                                                                                                           Int32GetDatum(varRelid)));
    2139                 :             : 
    2140         [ +  - ]:         165 :                         if (useOr)
    2141                 :             :                         {
    2142                 :         165 :                                 s1 = s1 + s2 - s1 * s2;
    2143         [ -  + ]:         165 :                                 if (isEquality)
    2144                 :         165 :                                         s1disjoint += s2;
    2145                 :         165 :                         }
    2146                 :             :                         else
    2147                 :             :                         {
    2148                 :           0 :                                 s1 = s1 * s2;
    2149         [ #  # ]:           0 :                                 if (isInequality)
    2150                 :           0 :                                         s1disjoint += s2 - 1.0;
    2151                 :             :                         }
    2152                 :         165 :                 }
    2153                 :             : 
    2154                 :             :                 /* accept disjoint-probability estimate if in range */
    2155   [ +  -  +  - ]:          63 :                 if ((useOr ? isEquality : isInequality) &&
    2156         [ -  + ]:          63 :                         s1disjoint >= 0.0 && s1disjoint <= 1.0)
    2157                 :          63 :                         s1 = s1disjoint;
    2158                 :          63 :         }
    2159                 :             :         else
    2160                 :             :         {
    2161                 :         532 :                 CaseTestExpr *dummyexpr;
    2162                 :         532 :                 List       *args;
    2163                 :         532 :                 Selectivity s2;
    2164                 :         532 :                 int                     i;
    2165                 :             : 
    2166                 :             :                 /*
    2167                 :             :                  * We need a dummy rightop to pass to the operator selectivity
    2168                 :             :                  * routine.  It can be pretty much anything that doesn't look like a
    2169                 :             :                  * constant; CaseTestExpr is a convenient choice.
    2170                 :             :                  */
    2171                 :         532 :                 dummyexpr = makeNode(CaseTestExpr);
    2172                 :         532 :                 dummyexpr->typeId = nominal_element_type;
    2173                 :         532 :                 dummyexpr->typeMod = -1;
    2174                 :         532 :                 dummyexpr->collation = clause->inputcollid;
    2175                 :         532 :                 args = list_make2(leftop, dummyexpr);
    2176         [ -  + ]:         532 :                 if (is_join_clause)
    2177                 :           0 :                         s2 = DatumGetFloat8(FunctionCall5Coll(&oprselproc,
    2178                 :           0 :                                                                                                   clause->inputcollid,
    2179                 :           0 :                                                                                                   PointerGetDatum(root),
    2180                 :           0 :                                                                                                   ObjectIdGetDatum(operator),
    2181                 :           0 :                                                                                                   PointerGetDatum(args),
    2182                 :           0 :                                                                                                   Int16GetDatum(jointype),
    2183                 :           0 :                                                                                                   PointerGetDatum(sjinfo)));
    2184                 :             :                 else
    2185                 :         532 :                         s2 = DatumGetFloat8(FunctionCall4Coll(&oprselproc,
    2186                 :         532 :                                                                                                   clause->inputcollid,
    2187                 :         532 :                                                                                                   PointerGetDatum(root),
    2188                 :         532 :                                                                                                   ObjectIdGetDatum(operator),
    2189                 :         532 :                                                                                                   PointerGetDatum(args),
    2190                 :         532 :                                                                                                   Int32GetDatum(varRelid)));
    2191                 :         532 :                 s1 = useOr ? 0.0 : 1.0;
    2192                 :             : 
    2193                 :             :                 /*
    2194                 :             :                  * Arbitrarily assume 10 elements in the eventual array value (see
    2195                 :             :                  * also estimate_array_length).  We don't risk an assumption of
    2196                 :             :                  * disjoint probabilities here.
    2197                 :             :                  */
    2198         [ +  + ]:        5852 :                 for (i = 0; i < 10; i++)
    2199                 :             :                 {
    2200         [ +  - ]:        5320 :                         if (useOr)
    2201                 :        5320 :                                 s1 = s1 + s2 - s1 * s2;
    2202                 :             :                         else
    2203                 :           0 :                                 s1 = s1 * s2;
    2204                 :        5320 :                 }
    2205                 :         532 :         }
    2206                 :             : 
    2207                 :             :         /* result should be in range, but make sure... */
    2208   [ -  +  +  - ]:        4158 :         CLAMP_PROBABILITY(s1);
    2209                 :             : 
    2210                 :        2079 :         return s1;
    2211                 :        2102 : }
    2212                 :             : 
    2213                 :             : /*
    2214                 :             :  * Estimate number of elements in the array yielded by an expression.
    2215                 :             :  *
    2216                 :             :  * Note: the result is integral, but we use "double" to avoid overflow
    2217                 :             :  * concerns.  Most callers will use it in double-type expressions anyway.
    2218                 :             :  *
    2219                 :             :  * Note: in some code paths root can be passed as NULL, resulting in
    2220                 :             :  * slightly worse estimates.
    2221                 :             :  */
    2222                 :             : double
    2223                 :       12777 : estimate_array_length(PlannerInfo *root, Node *arrayexpr)
    2224                 :             : {
    2225                 :             :         /* look through any binary-compatible relabeling of arrayexpr */
    2226                 :       12777 :         arrayexpr = strip_array_coercion(arrayexpr);
    2227                 :             : 
    2228   [ +  -  +  + ]:       12777 :         if (arrayexpr && IsA(arrayexpr, Const))
    2229                 :             :         {
    2230                 :        4290 :                 Datum           arraydatum = ((Const *) arrayexpr)->constvalue;
    2231                 :        4290 :                 bool            arrayisnull = ((Const *) arrayexpr)->constisnull;
    2232                 :        4290 :                 ArrayType  *arrayval;
    2233                 :             : 
    2234         [ +  + ]:        4290 :                 if (arrayisnull)
    2235                 :          15 :                         return 0;
    2236                 :        4275 :                 arrayval = DatumGetArrayTypeP(arraydatum);
    2237                 :        4275 :                 return ArrayGetNItems(ARR_NDIM(arrayval), ARR_DIMS(arrayval));
    2238                 :        4290 :         }
    2239   [ +  -  +  +  :        8487 :         else if (arrayexpr && IsA(arrayexpr, ArrayExpr) &&
                   -  + ]
    2240                 :         109 :                          !((ArrayExpr *) arrayexpr)->multidims)
    2241                 :             :         {
    2242                 :         109 :                 return list_length(((ArrayExpr *) arrayexpr)->elements);
    2243                 :             :         }
    2244   [ +  -  +  + ]:        8378 :         else if (arrayexpr && root)
    2245                 :             :         {
    2246                 :             :                 /* See if we can find any statistics about it */
    2247                 :        8374 :                 VariableStatData vardata;
    2248                 :        8374 :                 AttStatsSlot sslot;
    2249                 :        8374 :                 double          nelem = 0;
    2250                 :             : 
    2251                 :        8374 :                 examine_variable(root, arrayexpr, 0, &vardata);
    2252         [ +  + ]:        8374 :                 if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple))
    2253                 :             :                 {
    2254                 :             :                         /*
    2255                 :             :                          * Found stats, so use the average element count, which is stored
    2256                 :             :                          * in the last stanumbers element of the DECHIST statistics.
    2257                 :             :                          * Actually that is the average count of *distinct* elements;
    2258                 :             :                          * perhaps we should scale it up somewhat?
    2259                 :             :                          */
    2260         [ +  + ]:         135 :                         if (get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata.statsTuple,
    2261                 :             :                                                                  STATISTIC_KIND_DECHIST, InvalidOid,
    2262                 :             :                                                                  ATTSTATSSLOT_NUMBERS))
    2263                 :             :                         {
    2264         [ -  + ]:         116 :                                 if (sslot.nnumbers > 0)
    2265                 :         116 :                                         nelem = clamp_row_est(sslot.numbers[sslot.nnumbers - 1]);
    2266                 :         116 :                                 free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
    2267                 :         116 :                         }
    2268                 :         135 :                 }
    2269         [ +  + ]:        8374 :                 ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
    2270                 :             : 
    2271         [ +  + ]:        8374 :                 if (nelem > 0)
    2272                 :         116 :                         return nelem;
    2273      [ -  +  + ]:        8374 :         }
    2274                 :             : 
    2275                 :             :         /* Else use a default guess --- this should match scalararraysel */
    2276                 :        8262 :         return 10;
    2277                 :       12777 : }
    2278                 :             : 
    2279                 :             : /*
    2280                 :             :  *              rowcomparesel           - Selectivity of RowCompareExpr Node.
    2281                 :             :  *
    2282                 :             :  * We estimate RowCompare selectivity by considering just the first (high
    2283                 :             :  * order) columns, which makes it equivalent to an ordinary OpExpr.  While
    2284                 :             :  * this estimate could be refined by considering additional columns, it
    2285                 :             :  * seems unlikely that we could do a lot better without multi-column
    2286                 :             :  * statistics.
    2287                 :             :  */
    2288                 :             : Selectivity
    2289                 :          42 : rowcomparesel(PlannerInfo *root,
    2290                 :             :                           RowCompareExpr *clause,
    2291                 :             :                           int varRelid, JoinType jointype, SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo)
    2292                 :             : {
    2293                 :          42 :         Selectivity s1;
    2294                 :          42 :         Oid                     opno = linitial_oid(clause->opnos);
    2295                 :          42 :         Oid                     inputcollid = linitial_oid(clause->inputcollids);
    2296                 :          42 :         List       *opargs;
    2297                 :          42 :         bool            is_join_clause;
    2298                 :             : 
    2299                 :             :         /* Build equivalent arg list for single operator */
    2300                 :          42 :         opargs = list_make2(linitial(clause->largs), linitial(clause->rargs));
    2301                 :             : 
    2302                 :             :         /*
    2303                 :             :          * Decide if it's a join clause.  This should match clausesel.c's
    2304                 :             :          * treat_as_join_clause(), except that we intentionally consider only the
    2305                 :             :          * leading columns and not the rest of the clause.
    2306                 :             :          */
    2307         [ +  + ]:          42 :         if (varRelid != 0)
    2308                 :             :         {
    2309                 :             :                 /*
    2310                 :             :                  * Caller is forcing restriction mode (eg, because we are examining an
    2311                 :             :                  * inner indexscan qual).
    2312                 :             :                  */
    2313                 :           9 :                 is_join_clause = false;
    2314                 :           9 :         }
    2315         [ +  + ]:          33 :         else if (sjinfo == NULL)
    2316                 :             :         {
    2317                 :             :                 /*
    2318                 :             :                  * It must be a restriction clause, since it's being evaluated at a
    2319                 :             :                  * scan node.
    2320                 :             :                  */
    2321                 :          31 :                 is_join_clause = false;
    2322                 :          31 :         }
    2323                 :             :         else
    2324                 :             :         {
    2325                 :             :                 /*
    2326                 :             :                  * Otherwise, it's a join if there's more than one base relation used.
    2327                 :             :                  */
    2328                 :           2 :                 is_join_clause = (NumRelids(root, (Node *) opargs) > 1);
    2329                 :             :         }
    2330                 :             : 
    2331         [ +  + ]:          42 :         if (is_join_clause)
    2332                 :             :         {
    2333                 :             :                 /* Estimate selectivity for a join clause. */
    2334                 :           4 :                 s1 = join_selectivity(root, opno,
    2335                 :           2 :                                                           opargs,
    2336                 :           2 :                                                           inputcollid,
    2337                 :           2 :                                                           jointype,
    2338                 :           2 :                                                           sjinfo);
    2339                 :           2 :         }
    2340                 :             :         else
    2341                 :             :         {
    2342                 :             :                 /* Estimate selectivity for a restriction clause. */
    2343                 :          80 :                 s1 = restriction_selectivity(root, opno,
    2344                 :          40 :                                                                          opargs,
    2345                 :          40 :                                                                          inputcollid,
    2346                 :          40 :                                                                          varRelid);
    2347                 :             :         }
    2348                 :             : 
    2349                 :          84 :         return s1;
    2350                 :          42 : }
    2351                 :             : 
    2352                 :             : /*
    2353                 :             :  *              eqjoinsel               - Join selectivity of "="
    2354                 :             :  */
    2355                 :             : Datum
    2356                 :       25042 : eqjoinsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
    2357                 :             : {
    2358                 :       25042 :         PlannerInfo *root = (PlannerInfo *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
    2359                 :       25042 :         Oid                     operator = PG_GETARG_OID(1);
    2360                 :       25042 :         List       *args = (List *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(2);
    2361                 :             : 
    2362                 :             : #ifdef NOT_USED
    2363                 :             :         JoinType        jointype = (JoinType) PG_GETARG_INT16(3);
    2364                 :             : #endif
    2365                 :       25042 :         SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo = (SpecialJoinInfo *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(4);
    2366                 :       25042 :         Oid                     collation = PG_GET_COLLATION();
    2367                 :       25042 :         double          selec;
    2368                 :       25042 :         double          selec_inner;
    2369                 :       25042 :         VariableStatData vardata1;
    2370                 :       25042 :         VariableStatData vardata2;
    2371                 :       25042 :         double          nd1;
    2372                 :       25042 :         double          nd2;
    2373                 :       25042 :         bool            isdefault1;
    2374                 :       25042 :         bool            isdefault2;
    2375                 :       25042 :         Oid                     opfuncoid;
    2376                 :       25042 :         FmgrInfo        eqproc;
    2377                 :       25042 :         Oid                     hashLeft = InvalidOid;
    2378                 :       25042 :         Oid                     hashRight = InvalidOid;
    2379                 :       25042 :         AttStatsSlot sslot1;
    2380                 :       25042 :         AttStatsSlot sslot2;
    2381                 :       25042 :         Form_pg_statistic stats1 = NULL;
    2382                 :       25042 :         Form_pg_statistic stats2 = NULL;
    2383                 :       25042 :         bool            have_mcvs1 = false;
    2384                 :       25042 :         bool            have_mcvs2 = false;
    2385                 :       25042 :         bool       *hasmatch1 = NULL;
    2386                 :       25042 :         bool       *hasmatch2 = NULL;
    2387                 :       25042 :         int                     nmatches = 0;
    2388                 :       25042 :         bool            get_mcv_stats;
    2389                 :       25042 :         bool            join_is_reversed;
    2390                 :       25042 :         RelOptInfo *inner_rel;
    2391                 :             : 
    2392                 :       25042 :         get_join_variables(root, args, sjinfo,
    2393                 :             :                                            &vardata1, &vardata2, &join_is_reversed);
    2394                 :             : 
    2395                 :       25042 :         nd1 = get_variable_numdistinct(&vardata1, &isdefault1);
    2396                 :       25042 :         nd2 = get_variable_numdistinct(&vardata2, &isdefault2);
    2397                 :             : 
    2398                 :       25042 :         opfuncoid = get_opcode(operator);
    2399                 :             : 
    2400                 :       25042 :         memset(&sslot1, 0, sizeof(sslot1));
    2401                 :       25042 :         memset(&sslot2, 0, sizeof(sslot2));
    2402                 :             : 
    2403                 :             :         /*
    2404                 :             :          * There is no use in fetching one side's MCVs if we lack MCVs for the
    2405                 :             :          * other side, so do a quick check to verify that both stats exist.
    2406                 :             :          */
    2407         [ +  + ]:       44254 :         get_mcv_stats = (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata1.statsTuple) &&
    2408         [ +  + ]:       19212 :                                          HeapTupleIsValid(vardata2.statsTuple) &&
    2409                 :       12969 :                                          get_attstatsslot(&sslot1, vardata1.statsTuple,
    2410                 :             :                                                                           STATISTIC_KIND_MCV, InvalidOid,
    2411         [ +  + ]:       12969 :                                                                           0) &&
    2412                 :        7683 :                                          get_attstatsslot(&sslot2, vardata2.statsTuple,
    2413                 :             :                                                                           STATISTIC_KIND_MCV, InvalidOid,
    2414                 :             :                                                                           0));
    2415                 :             : 
    2416         [ +  + ]:       25042 :         if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata1.statsTuple))
    2417                 :             :         {
    2418                 :             :                 /* note we allow use of nullfrac regardless of security check */
    2419                 :       19212 :                 stats1 = (Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(vardata1.statsTuple);
    2420   [ +  +  -  + ]:       19212 :                 if (get_mcv_stats &&
    2421                 :        3693 :                         statistic_proc_security_check(&vardata1, opfuncoid))
    2422                 :        3693 :                         have_mcvs1 = get_attstatsslot(&sslot1, vardata1.statsTuple,
    2423                 :             :                                                                                   STATISTIC_KIND_MCV, InvalidOid,
    2424                 :             :                                                                                   ATTSTATSSLOT_VALUES | ATTSTATSSLOT_NUMBERS);
    2425                 :       19212 :         }
    2426                 :             : 
    2427         [ +  + ]:       25042 :         if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata2.statsTuple))
    2428                 :             :         {
    2429                 :             :                 /* note we allow use of nullfrac regardless of security check */
    2430                 :       14556 :                 stats2 = (Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(vardata2.statsTuple);
    2431   [ +  +  -  + ]:       14556 :                 if (get_mcv_stats &&
    2432                 :        3693 :                         statistic_proc_security_check(&vardata2, opfuncoid))
    2433                 :        3693 :                         have_mcvs2 = get_attstatsslot(&sslot2, vardata2.statsTuple,
    2434                 :             :                                                                                   STATISTIC_KIND_MCV, InvalidOid,
    2435                 :             :                                                                                   ATTSTATSSLOT_VALUES | ATTSTATSSLOT_NUMBERS);
    2436                 :       14556 :         }
    2437                 :             : 
    2438                 :             :         /* Prepare info usable by both eqjoinsel_inner and eqjoinsel_semi */
    2439   [ +  +  -  + ]:       25042 :         if (have_mcvs1 && have_mcvs2)
    2440                 :             :         {
    2441                 :        3693 :                 fmgr_info(opfuncoid, &eqproc);
    2442                 :        3693 :                 hasmatch1 = (bool *) palloc0(sslot1.nvalues * sizeof(bool));
    2443                 :        3693 :                 hasmatch2 = (bool *) palloc0(sslot2.nvalues * sizeof(bool));
    2444                 :             : 
    2445                 :             :                 /*
    2446                 :             :                  * If the MCV lists are long enough to justify hashing, try to look up
    2447                 :             :                  * hash functions for the join operator.
    2448                 :             :                  */
    2449         [ +  + ]:        3693 :                 if ((sslot1.nvalues + sslot2.nvalues) >= EQJOINSEL_MCV_HASH_THRESHOLD)
    2450                 :        1245 :                         (void) get_op_hash_functions(operator, &hashLeft, &hashRight);
    2451                 :        3693 :         }
    2452                 :             :         else
    2453                 :       21349 :                 memset(&eqproc, 0, sizeof(eqproc)); /* silence uninit-var warnings */
    2454                 :             : 
    2455                 :             :         /* We need to compute the inner-join selectivity in all cases */
    2456                 :       50084 :         selec_inner = eqjoinsel_inner(&eqproc, collation,
    2457                 :       25042 :                                                                   hashLeft, hashRight,
    2458                 :             :                                                                   &vardata1, &vardata2,
    2459                 :       25042 :                                                                   nd1, nd2,
    2460                 :       25042 :                                                                   isdefault1, isdefault2,
    2461                 :             :                                                                   &sslot1, &sslot2,
    2462                 :       25042 :                                                                   stats1, stats2,
    2463                 :       25042 :                                                                   have_mcvs1, have_mcvs2,
    2464                 :       25042 :                                                                   hasmatch1, hasmatch2,
    2465                 :             :                                                                   &nmatches);
    2466                 :             : 
    2467      [ +  +  - ]:       25042 :         switch (sjinfo->jointype)
    2468                 :             :         {
    2469                 :             :                 case JOIN_INNER:
    2470                 :             :                 case JOIN_LEFT:
    2471                 :             :                 case JOIN_FULL:
    2472                 :       23662 :                         selec = selec_inner;
    2473                 :       23662 :                         break;
    2474                 :             :                 case JOIN_SEMI:
    2475                 :             :                 case JOIN_ANTI:
    2476                 :             : 
    2477                 :             :                         /*
    2478                 :             :                          * Look up the join's inner relation.  min_righthand is sufficient
    2479                 :             :                          * information because neither SEMI nor ANTI joins permit any
    2480                 :             :                          * reassociation into or out of their RHS, so the righthand will
    2481                 :             :                          * always be exactly that set of rels.
    2482                 :             :                          */
    2483                 :        1380 :                         inner_rel = find_join_input_rel(root, sjinfo->min_righthand);
    2484                 :             : 
    2485         [ +  + ]:        1380 :                         if (!join_is_reversed)
    2486                 :        1750 :                                 selec = eqjoinsel_semi(&eqproc, collation,
    2487                 :         875 :                                                                            hashLeft, hashRight,
    2488                 :             :                                                                            false,
    2489                 :             :                                                                            &vardata1, &vardata2,
    2490                 :         875 :                                                                            nd1, nd2,
    2491                 :         875 :                                                                            isdefault1, isdefault2,
    2492                 :             :                                                                            &sslot1, &sslot2,
    2493                 :         875 :                                                                            stats1, stats2,
    2494                 :         875 :                                                                            have_mcvs1, have_mcvs2,
    2495                 :         875 :                                                                            hasmatch1, hasmatch2,
    2496                 :             :                                                                            &nmatches,
    2497                 :         875 :                                                                            inner_rel);
    2498                 :             :                         else
    2499                 :        1010 :                                 selec = eqjoinsel_semi(&eqproc, collation,
    2500                 :         505 :                                                                            hashLeft, hashRight,
    2501                 :             :                                                                            true,
    2502                 :             :                                                                            &vardata2, &vardata1,
    2503                 :         505 :                                                                            nd2, nd1,
    2504                 :         505 :                                                                            isdefault2, isdefault1,
    2505                 :             :                                                                            &sslot2, &sslot1,
    2506                 :         505 :                                                                            stats2, stats1,
    2507                 :         505 :                                                                            have_mcvs2, have_mcvs1,
    2508                 :         505 :                                                                            hasmatch2, hasmatch1,
    2509                 :             :                                                                            &nmatches,
    2510                 :         505 :                                                                            inner_rel);
    2511                 :             : 
    2512                 :             :                         /*
    2513                 :             :                          * We should never estimate the output of a semijoin to be more
    2514                 :             :                          * rows than we estimate for an inner join with the same input
    2515                 :             :                          * rels and join condition; it's obviously impossible for that to
    2516                 :             :                          * happen.  The former estimate is N1 * Ssemi while the latter is
    2517                 :             :                          * N1 * N2 * Sinner, so we may clamp Ssemi <= N2 * Sinner.  Doing
    2518                 :             :                          * this is worthwhile because of the shakier estimation rules we
    2519                 :             :                          * use in eqjoinsel_semi, particularly in cases where it has to
    2520                 :             :                          * punt entirely.
    2521                 :             :                          */
    2522         [ +  + ]:        1380 :                         selec = Min(selec, inner_rel->rows * selec_inner);
    2523                 :        1380 :                         break;
    2524                 :             :                 default:
    2525                 :             :                         /* other values not expected here */
    2526   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized join type: %d",
    2527                 :             :                                  (int) sjinfo->jointype);
    2528                 :           0 :                         selec = 0;                      /* keep compiler quiet */
    2529                 :           0 :                         break;
    2530                 :             :         }
    2531                 :             : 
    2532                 :       25042 :         free_attstatsslot(&sslot1);
    2533                 :       25042 :         free_attstatsslot(&sslot2);
    2534                 :             : 
    2535         [ +  + ]:       25042 :         ReleaseVariableStats(vardata1);
    2536         [ +  + ]:       25042 :         ReleaseVariableStats(vardata2);
    2537                 :             : 
    2538         [ +  + ]:       25042 :         if (hasmatch1)
    2539                 :        3693 :                 pfree(hasmatch1);
    2540         [ +  + ]:       25042 :         if (hasmatch2)
    2541                 :        3693 :                 pfree(hasmatch2);
    2542                 :             : 
    2543   [ -  +  +  - ]:       50084 :         CLAMP_PROBABILITY(selec);
    2544                 :             : 
    2545                 :       50084 :         PG_RETURN_FLOAT8((float8) selec);
    2546                 :       25042 : }
    2547                 :             : 
    2548                 :             : /*
    2549                 :             :  * eqjoinsel_inner --- eqjoinsel for normal inner join
    2550                 :             :  *
    2551                 :             :  * In addition to computing the selectivity estimate, this will fill
    2552                 :             :  * hasmatch1[], hasmatch2[], and *p_nmatches (if have_mcvs1 && have_mcvs2).
    2553                 :             :  * We may be able to re-use that data in eqjoinsel_semi.
    2554                 :             :  *
    2555                 :             :  * We also use this for LEFT/FULL outer joins; it's not presently clear
    2556                 :             :  * that it's worth trying to distinguish them here.
    2557                 :             :  */
    2558                 :             : static double
    2559                 :       25042 : eqjoinsel_inner(FmgrInfo *eqproc, Oid collation,
    2560                 :             :                                 Oid hashLeft, Oid hashRight,
    2561                 :             :                                 VariableStatData *vardata1, VariableStatData *vardata2,
    2562                 :             :                                 double nd1, double nd2,
    2563                 :             :                                 bool isdefault1, bool isdefault2,
    2564                 :             :                                 AttStatsSlot *sslot1, AttStatsSlot *sslot2,
    2565                 :             :                                 Form_pg_statistic stats1, Form_pg_statistic stats2,
    2566                 :             :                                 bool have_mcvs1, bool have_mcvs2,
    2567                 :             :                                 bool *hasmatch1, bool *hasmatch2,
    2568                 :             :                                 int *p_nmatches)
    2569                 :             : {
    2570                 :       25042 :         double          selec;
    2571                 :             : 
    2572   [ +  +  -  + ]:       25042 :         if (have_mcvs1 && have_mcvs2)
    2573                 :             :         {
    2574                 :             :                 /*
    2575                 :             :                  * We have most-common-value lists for both relations.  Run through
    2576                 :             :                  * the lists to see which MCVs actually join to each other with the
    2577                 :             :                  * given operator.  This allows us to determine the exact join
    2578                 :             :                  * selectivity for the portion of the relations represented by the MCV
    2579                 :             :                  * lists.  We still have to estimate for the remaining population, but
    2580                 :             :                  * in a skewed distribution this gives us a big leg up in accuracy.
    2581                 :             :                  * For motivation see the analysis in Y. Ioannidis and S.
    2582                 :             :                  * Christodoulakis, "On the propagation of errors in the size of join
    2583                 :             :                  * results", Technical Report 1018, Computer Science Dept., University
    2584                 :             :                  * of Wisconsin, Madison, March 1991 (available from ftp.cs.wisc.edu).
    2585                 :             :                  */
    2586                 :        3693 :                 double          nullfrac1 = stats1->stanullfrac;
    2587                 :        3693 :                 double          nullfrac2 = stats2->stanullfrac;
    2588                 :        3693 :                 double          matchprodfreq,
    2589                 :             :                                         matchfreq1,
    2590                 :             :                                         matchfreq2,
    2591                 :             :                                         unmatchfreq1,
    2592                 :             :                                         unmatchfreq2,
    2593                 :             :                                         otherfreq1,
    2594                 :             :                                         otherfreq2,
    2595                 :             :                                         totalsel1,
    2596                 :             :                                         totalsel2;
    2597                 :        3693 :                 int                     i,
    2598                 :             :                                         nmatches;
    2599                 :             : 
    2600                 :             :                 /* Fill the match arrays */
    2601                 :        7386 :                 eqjoinsel_find_matches(eqproc, collation,
    2602                 :        3693 :                                                            hashLeft, hashRight,
    2603                 :             :                                                            false,
    2604                 :        3693 :                                                            sslot1, sslot2,
    2605                 :        3693 :                                                            sslot1->nvalues, sslot2->nvalues,
    2606                 :        3693 :                                                            hasmatch1, hasmatch2,
    2607                 :        3693 :                                                            p_nmatches, &matchprodfreq);
    2608                 :        3693 :                 nmatches = *p_nmatches;
    2609   [ -  +  +  - ]:        7386 :                 CLAMP_PROBABILITY(matchprodfreq);
    2610                 :             : 
    2611                 :             :                 /* Sum up frequencies of matched and unmatched MCVs */
    2612                 :        3693 :                 matchfreq1 = unmatchfreq1 = 0.0;
    2613         [ +  + ]:       48831 :                 for (i = 0; i < sslot1->nvalues; i++)
    2614                 :             :                 {
    2615         [ +  + ]:       45138 :                         if (hasmatch1[i])
    2616                 :       36080 :                                 matchfreq1 += sslot1->numbers[i];
    2617                 :             :                         else
    2618                 :        9058 :                                 unmatchfreq1 += sslot1->numbers[i];
    2619                 :       45138 :                 }
    2620   [ -  +  +  + ]:        7386 :                 CLAMP_PROBABILITY(matchfreq1);
    2621   [ -  +  +  - ]:        7386 :                 CLAMP_PROBABILITY(unmatchfreq1);
    2622                 :        3693 :                 matchfreq2 = unmatchfreq2 = 0.0;
    2623         [ +  + ]:       49414 :                 for (i = 0; i < sslot2->nvalues; i++)
    2624                 :             :                 {
    2625         [ +  + ]:       45721 :                         if (hasmatch2[i])
    2626                 :       36080 :                                 matchfreq2 += sslot2->numbers[i];
    2627                 :             :                         else
    2628                 :        9641 :                                 unmatchfreq2 += sslot2->numbers[i];
    2629                 :       45721 :                 }
    2630   [ -  +  +  + ]:        7386 :                 CLAMP_PROBABILITY(matchfreq2);
    2631   [ -  +  +  - ]:        7386 :                 CLAMP_PROBABILITY(unmatchfreq2);
    2632                 :             : 
    2633                 :             :                 /*
    2634                 :             :                  * Compute total frequency of non-null values that are not in the MCV
    2635                 :             :                  * lists.
    2636                 :             :                  */
    2637                 :        3693 :                 otherfreq1 = 1.0 - nullfrac1 - matchfreq1 - unmatchfreq1;
    2638                 :        3693 :                 otherfreq2 = 1.0 - nullfrac2 - matchfreq2 - unmatchfreq2;
    2639   [ +  +  +  - ]:        7175 :                 CLAMP_PROBABILITY(otherfreq1);
    2640   [ +  +  +  - ]:        7186 :                 CLAMP_PROBABILITY(otherfreq2);
    2641                 :             : 
    2642                 :             :                 /*
    2643                 :             :                  * We can estimate the total selectivity from the point of view of
    2644                 :             :                  * relation 1 as: the known selectivity for matched MCVs, plus
    2645                 :             :                  * unmatched MCVs that are assumed to match against random members of
    2646                 :             :                  * relation 2's non-MCV population, plus non-MCV values that are
    2647                 :             :                  * assumed to match against random members of relation 2's unmatched
    2648                 :             :                  * MCVs plus non-MCV values.
    2649                 :             :                  */
    2650                 :        3693 :                 totalsel1 = matchprodfreq;
    2651         [ +  + ]:        3693 :                 if (nd2 > sslot2->nvalues)
    2652                 :         352 :                         totalsel1 += unmatchfreq1 * otherfreq2 / (nd2 - sslot2->nvalues);
    2653         [ +  + ]:        3693 :                 if (nd2 > nmatches)
    2654                 :        1624 :                         totalsel1 += otherfreq1 * (otherfreq2 + unmatchfreq2) /
    2655                 :         812 :                                 (nd2 - nmatches);
    2656                 :             :                 /* Same estimate from the point of view of relation 2. */
    2657                 :        3693 :                 totalsel2 = matchprodfreq;
    2658         [ +  + ]:        3693 :                 if (nd1 > sslot1->nvalues)
    2659                 :         320 :                         totalsel2 += unmatchfreq2 * otherfreq1 / (nd1 - sslot1->nvalues);
    2660         [ +  + ]:        3693 :                 if (nd1 > nmatches)
    2661                 :        1444 :                         totalsel2 += otherfreq2 * (otherfreq1 + unmatchfreq1) /
    2662                 :         722 :                                 (nd1 - nmatches);
    2663                 :             : 
    2664                 :             :                 /*
    2665                 :             :                  * Use the smaller of the two estimates.  This can be justified in
    2666                 :             :                  * essentially the same terms as given below for the no-stats case: to
    2667                 :             :                  * a first approximation, we are estimating from the point of view of
    2668                 :             :                  * the relation with smaller nd.
    2669                 :             :                  */
    2670         [ +  + ]:        3693 :                 selec = (totalsel1 < totalsel2) ? totalsel1 : totalsel2;
    2671                 :        3693 :         }
    2672                 :             :         else
    2673                 :             :         {
    2674                 :             :                 /*
    2675                 :             :                  * We do not have MCV lists for both sides.  Estimate the join
    2676                 :             :                  * selectivity as MIN(1/nd1,1/nd2)*(1-nullfrac1)*(1-nullfrac2). This
    2677                 :             :                  * is plausible if we assume that the join operator is strict and the
    2678                 :             :                  * non-null values are about equally distributed: a given non-null
    2679                 :             :                  * tuple of rel1 will join to either zero or N2*(1-nullfrac2)/nd2 rows
    2680                 :             :                  * of rel2, so total join rows are at most
    2681                 :             :                  * N1*(1-nullfrac1)*N2*(1-nullfrac2)/nd2 giving a join selectivity of
    2682                 :             :                  * not more than (1-nullfrac1)*(1-nullfrac2)/nd2. By the same logic it
    2683                 :             :                  * is not more than (1-nullfrac1)*(1-nullfrac2)/nd1, so the expression
    2684                 :             :                  * with MIN() is an upper bound.  Using the MIN() means we estimate
    2685                 :             :                  * from the point of view of the relation with smaller nd (since the
    2686                 :             :                  * larger nd is determining the MIN).  It is reasonable to assume that
    2687                 :             :                  * most tuples in this rel will have join partners, so the bound is
    2688                 :             :                  * probably reasonably tight and should be taken as-is.
    2689                 :             :                  *
    2690                 :             :                  * XXX Can we be smarter if we have an MCV list for just one side? It
    2691                 :             :                  * seems that if we assume equal distribution for the other side, we
    2692                 :             :                  * end up with the same answer anyway.
    2693                 :             :                  */
    2694         [ +  + ]:       21349 :                 double          nullfrac1 = stats1 ? stats1->stanullfrac : 0.0;
    2695         [ +  + ]:       21349 :                 double          nullfrac2 = stats2 ? stats2->stanullfrac : 0.0;
    2696                 :             : 
    2697                 :       21349 :                 selec = (1.0 - nullfrac1) * (1.0 - nullfrac2);
    2698         [ +  + ]:       21349 :                 if (nd1 > nd2)
    2699                 :        9138 :                         selec /= nd1;
    2700                 :             :                 else
    2701                 :       12211 :                         selec /= nd2;
    2702                 :       21349 :         }
    2703                 :             : 
    2704                 :       50084 :         return selec;
    2705                 :       25042 : }
    2706                 :             : 
    2707                 :             : /*
    2708                 :             :  * eqjoinsel_semi --- eqjoinsel for semi join
    2709                 :             :  *
    2710                 :             :  * (Also used for anti join, which we are supposed to estimate the same way.)
    2711                 :             :  * Caller has ensured that vardata1 is the LHS variable; however, eqproc
    2712                 :             :  * is for the original join operator, which might now need to have the inputs
    2713                 :             :  * swapped in order to apply correctly.  Also, if have_mcvs1 && have_mcvs2
    2714                 :             :  * then hasmatch1[], hasmatch2[], and *p_nmatches were filled by
    2715                 :             :  * eqjoinsel_inner.
    2716                 :             :  */
    2717                 :             : static double
    2718                 :        1380 : eqjoinsel_semi(FmgrInfo *eqproc, Oid collation,
    2719                 :             :                            Oid hashLeft, Oid hashRight,
    2720                 :             :                            bool op_is_reversed,
    2721                 :             :                            VariableStatData *vardata1, VariableStatData *vardata2,
    2722                 :             :                            double nd1, double nd2,
    2723                 :             :                            bool isdefault1, bool isdefault2,
    2724                 :             :                            AttStatsSlot *sslot1, AttStatsSlot *sslot2,
    2725                 :             :                            Form_pg_statistic stats1, Form_pg_statistic stats2,
    2726                 :             :                            bool have_mcvs1, bool have_mcvs2,
    2727                 :             :                            bool *hasmatch1, bool *hasmatch2,
    2728                 :             :                            int *p_nmatches,
    2729                 :             :                            RelOptInfo *inner_rel)
    2730                 :             : {
    2731                 :        1380 :         double          selec;
    2732                 :             : 
    2733                 :             :         /*
    2734                 :             :          * We clamp nd2 to be not more than what we estimate the inner relation's
    2735                 :             :          * size to be.  This is intuitively somewhat reasonable since obviously
    2736                 :             :          * there can't be more than that many distinct values coming from the
    2737                 :             :          * inner rel.  The reason for the asymmetry (ie, that we don't clamp nd1
    2738                 :             :          * likewise) is that this is the only pathway by which restriction clauses
    2739                 :             :          * applied to the inner rel will affect the join result size estimate,
    2740                 :             :          * since set_joinrel_size_estimates will multiply SEMI/ANTI selectivity by
    2741                 :             :          * only the outer rel's size.  If we clamped nd1 we'd be double-counting
    2742                 :             :          * the selectivity of outer-rel restrictions.
    2743                 :             :          *
    2744                 :             :          * We can apply this clamping both with respect to the base relation from
    2745                 :             :          * which the join variable comes (if there is just one), and to the
    2746                 :             :          * immediate inner input relation of the current join.
    2747                 :             :          *
    2748                 :             :          * If we clamp, we can treat nd2 as being a non-default estimate; it's not
    2749                 :             :          * great, maybe, but it didn't come out of nowhere either.  This is most
    2750                 :             :          * helpful when the inner relation is empty and consequently has no stats.
    2751                 :             :          */
    2752         [ +  + ]:        1380 :         if (vardata2->rel)
    2753                 :             :         {
    2754         [ +  + ]:        1379 :                 if (nd2 >= vardata2->rel->rows)
    2755                 :             :                 {
    2756                 :        1078 :                         nd2 = vardata2->rel->rows;
    2757                 :        1078 :                         isdefault2 = false;
    2758                 :        1078 :                 }
    2759                 :        1379 :         }
    2760         [ +  + ]:        1380 :         if (nd2 >= inner_rel->rows)
    2761                 :             :         {
    2762                 :        1068 :                 nd2 = inner_rel->rows;
    2763                 :        1068 :                 isdefault2 = false;
    2764                 :        1068 :         }
    2765                 :             : 
    2766   [ +  +  -  + ]:        1380 :         if (have_mcvs1 && have_mcvs2)
    2767                 :             :         {
    2768                 :             :                 /*
    2769                 :             :                  * We have most-common-value lists for both relations.  Run through
    2770                 :             :                  * the lists to see which MCVs actually join to each other with the
    2771                 :             :                  * given operator.  This allows us to determine the exact join
    2772                 :             :                  * selectivity for the portion of the relations represented by the MCV
    2773                 :             :                  * lists.  We still have to estimate for the remaining population, but
    2774                 :             :                  * in a skewed distribution this gives us a big leg up in accuracy.
    2775                 :             :                  */
    2776                 :         102 :                 double          nullfrac1 = stats1->stanullfrac;
    2777                 :         102 :                 double          matchprodfreq,
    2778                 :             :                                         matchfreq1,
    2779                 :             :                                         uncertainfrac,
    2780                 :             :                                         uncertain;
    2781                 :         102 :                 int                     i,
    2782                 :             :                                         nmatches,
    2783                 :             :                                         clamped_nvalues2;
    2784                 :             : 
    2785                 :             :                 /*
    2786                 :             :                  * The clamping above could have resulted in nd2 being less than
    2787                 :             :                  * sslot2->nvalues; in which case, we assume that precisely the nd2
    2788                 :             :                  * most common values in the relation will appear in the join input,
    2789                 :             :                  * and so compare to only the first nd2 members of the MCV list.  Of
    2790                 :             :                  * course this is frequently wrong, but it's the best bet we can make.
    2791                 :             :                  */
    2792         [ +  + ]:         102 :                 clamped_nvalues2 = Min(sslot2->nvalues, nd2);
    2793                 :             : 
    2794                 :             :                 /*
    2795                 :             :                  * If we did not set clamped_nvalues2 to less than sslot2->nvalues,
    2796                 :             :                  * then the hasmatch1[] and hasmatch2[] match flags computed by
    2797                 :             :                  * eqjoinsel_inner are still perfectly applicable, so we need not
    2798                 :             :                  * re-do the matching work.  Note that it does not matter if
    2799                 :             :                  * op_is_reversed: we'd get the same answers.
    2800                 :             :                  *
    2801                 :             :                  * If we did clamp, then a different set of sslot2 values is to be
    2802                 :             :                  * compared, so we have to re-do the matching.
    2803                 :             :                  */
    2804         [ +  - ]:         102 :                 if (clamped_nvalues2 != sslot2->nvalues)
    2805                 :             :                 {
    2806                 :             :                         /* Must re-zero the arrays */
    2807                 :           0 :                         memset(hasmatch1, 0, sslot1->nvalues * sizeof(bool));
    2808                 :           0 :                         memset(hasmatch2, 0, clamped_nvalues2 * sizeof(bool));
    2809                 :             :                         /* Re-fill the match arrays */
    2810                 :           0 :                         eqjoinsel_find_matches(eqproc, collation,
    2811                 :           0 :                                                                    hashLeft, hashRight,
    2812                 :           0 :                                                                    op_is_reversed,
    2813                 :           0 :                                                                    sslot1, sslot2,
    2814                 :           0 :                                                                    sslot1->nvalues, clamped_nvalues2,
    2815                 :           0 :                                                                    hasmatch1, hasmatch2,
    2816                 :           0 :                                                                    p_nmatches, &matchprodfreq);
    2817                 :           0 :                 }
    2818                 :         102 :                 nmatches = *p_nmatches;
    2819                 :             : 
    2820                 :             :                 /* Sum up frequencies of matched MCVs */
    2821                 :         102 :                 matchfreq1 = 0.0;
    2822         [ +  + ]:        2199 :                 for (i = 0; i < sslot1->nvalues; i++)
    2823                 :             :                 {
    2824         [ +  + ]:        2097 :                         if (hasmatch1[i])
    2825                 :        1920 :                                 matchfreq1 += sslot1->numbers[i];
    2826                 :        2097 :                 }
    2827   [ -  +  +  + ]:         204 :                 CLAMP_PROBABILITY(matchfreq1);
    2828                 :             : 
    2829                 :             :                 /*
    2830                 :             :                  * Now we need to estimate the fraction of relation 1 that has at
    2831                 :             :                  * least one join partner.  We know for certain that the matched MCVs
    2832                 :             :                  * do, so that gives us a lower bound, but we're really in the dark
    2833                 :             :                  * about everything else.  Our crude approach is: if nd1 <= nd2 then
    2834                 :             :                  * assume all non-null rel1 rows have join partners, else assume for
    2835                 :             :                  * the uncertain rows that a fraction nd2/nd1 have join partners. We
    2836                 :             :                  * can discount the known-matched MCVs from the distinct-values counts
    2837                 :             :                  * before doing the division.
    2838                 :             :                  *
    2839                 :             :                  * Crude as the above is, it's completely useless if we don't have
    2840                 :             :                  * reliable ndistinct values for both sides.  Hence, if either nd1 or
    2841                 :             :                  * nd2 is default, punt and assume half of the uncertain rows have
    2842                 :             :                  * join partners.
    2843                 :             :                  */
    2844   [ +  -  -  + ]:         102 :                 if (!isdefault1 && !isdefault2)
    2845                 :             :                 {
    2846                 :         102 :                         nd1 -= nmatches;
    2847                 :         102 :                         nd2 -= nmatches;
    2848   [ +  +  -  + ]:         102 :                         if (nd1 <= nd2 || nd2 < 0)
    2849                 :          96 :                                 uncertainfrac = 1.0;
    2850                 :             :                         else
    2851                 :           6 :                                 uncertainfrac = nd2 / nd1;
    2852                 :         102 :                 }
    2853                 :             :                 else
    2854                 :           0 :                         uncertainfrac = 0.5;
    2855                 :         102 :                 uncertain = 1.0 - matchfreq1 - nullfrac1;
    2856   [ -  +  +  - ]:         204 :                 CLAMP_PROBABILITY(uncertain);
    2857                 :         102 :                 selec = matchfreq1 + uncertainfrac * uncertain;
    2858                 :         102 :         }
    2859                 :             :         else
    2860                 :             :         {
    2861                 :             :                 /*
    2862                 :             :                  * Without MCV lists for both sides, we can only use the heuristic
    2863                 :             :                  * about nd1 vs nd2.
    2864                 :             :                  */
    2865         [ +  + ]:        1278 :                 double          nullfrac1 = stats1 ? stats1->stanullfrac : 0.0;
    2866                 :             : 
    2867   [ +  +  +  + ]:        1278 :                 if (!isdefault1 && !isdefault2)
    2868                 :             :                 {
    2869   [ +  +  -  + ]:         980 :                         if (nd1 <= nd2 || nd2 < 0)
    2870                 :         810 :                                 selec = 1.0 - nullfrac1;
    2871                 :             :                         else
    2872                 :         170 :                                 selec = (nd2 / nd1) * (1.0 - nullfrac1);
    2873                 :         980 :                 }
    2874                 :             :                 else
    2875                 :         298 :                         selec = 0.5 * (1.0 - nullfrac1);
    2876                 :        1278 :         }
    2877                 :             : 
    2878                 :        2760 :         return selec;
    2879                 :        1380 : }
    2880                 :             : 
    2881                 :             : /*
    2882                 :             :  * Identify matching MCVs for eqjoinsel_inner or eqjoinsel_semi.
    2883                 :             :  *
    2884                 :             :  * Inputs:
    2885                 :             :  *      eqproc: FmgrInfo for equality function to use (might be reversed)
    2886                 :             :  *      collation: OID of collation to use
    2887                 :             :  *      hashLeft, hashRight: OIDs of hash functions associated with equality op,
    2888                 :             :  *              or InvalidOid if we're not to use hashing
    2889                 :             :  *      op_is_reversed: indicates that eqproc compares right type to left type
    2890                 :             :  *      sslot1, sslot2: MCV values for the lefthand and righthand inputs
    2891                 :             :  *      nvalues1, nvalues2: number of values to be considered (can be less than
    2892                 :             :  *              sslotN->nvalues, but not more)
    2893                 :             :  * Outputs:
    2894                 :             :  *      hasmatch1[], hasmatch2[]: pre-zeroed arrays of lengths nvalues1, nvalues2;
    2895                 :             :  *              entries are set to true if that MCV has a match on the other side
    2896                 :             :  *      *p_nmatches: receives number of MCV pairs that match
    2897                 :             :  *      *p_matchprodfreq: receives sum(sslot1->numbers[i] * sslot2->numbers[j])
    2898                 :             :  *              for matching MCVs
    2899                 :             :  *
    2900                 :             :  * Note that hashLeft is for the eqproc's left-hand input type, hashRight
    2901                 :             :  * for its right, regardless of op_is_reversed.
    2902                 :             :  *
    2903                 :             :  * Note we assume that each MCV will match at most one member of the other
    2904                 :             :  * MCV list.  If the operator isn't really equality, there could be multiple
    2905                 :             :  * matches --- but we don't look for them, both for speed and because the
    2906                 :             :  * math wouldn't add up...
    2907                 :             :  */
    2908                 :             : static void
    2909                 :        3693 : eqjoinsel_find_matches(FmgrInfo *eqproc, Oid collation,
    2910                 :             :                                            Oid hashLeft, Oid hashRight,
    2911                 :             :                                            bool op_is_reversed,
    2912                 :             :                                            AttStatsSlot *sslot1, AttStatsSlot *sslot2,
    2913                 :             :                                            int nvalues1, int nvalues2,
    2914                 :             :                                            bool *hasmatch1, bool *hasmatch2,
    2915                 :             :                                            int *p_nmatches, double *p_matchprodfreq)
    2916                 :             : {
    2917                 :        3693 :         LOCAL_FCINFO(fcinfo, 2);
    2918                 :        3693 :         double          matchprodfreq = 0.0;
    2919                 :        3693 :         int                     nmatches = 0;
    2920                 :             : 
    2921                 :             :         /*
    2922                 :             :          * Save a few cycles by setting up the fcinfo struct just once.  Using
    2923                 :             :          * FunctionCallInvoke directly also avoids failure if the eqproc returns
    2924                 :             :          * NULL, though really equality functions should never do that.
    2925                 :             :          */
    2926                 :        3693 :         InitFunctionCallInfoData(*fcinfo, eqproc, 2, collation,
    2927                 :             :                                                          NULL, NULL);
    2928                 :        3693 :         fcinfo->args[0].isnull = false;
    2929                 :        3693 :         fcinfo->args[1].isnull = false;
    2930                 :             : 
    2931   [ +  +  -  + ]:        3693 :         if (OidIsValid(hashLeft) && OidIsValid(hashRight))
    2932                 :             :         {
    2933                 :             :                 /* Use a hash table to speed up the matching */
    2934                 :        1245 :                 LOCAL_FCINFO(hash_fcinfo, 1);
    2935                 :        1245 :                 FmgrInfo        hash_proc;
    2936                 :        1245 :                 MCVHashContext hashContext;
    2937                 :        1245 :                 MCVHashTable_hash *hashTable;
    2938                 :        1245 :                 AttStatsSlot *statsProbe;
    2939                 :        1245 :                 AttStatsSlot *statsHash;
    2940                 :        1245 :                 bool       *hasMatchProbe;
    2941                 :        1245 :                 bool       *hasMatchHash;
    2942                 :        1245 :                 int                     nvaluesProbe;
    2943                 :        1245 :                 int                     nvaluesHash;
    2944                 :             : 
    2945                 :             :                 /* Make sure we build the hash table on the smaller array. */
    2946         [ +  + ]:        1245 :                 if (sslot1->nvalues >= sslot2->nvalues)
    2947                 :             :                 {
    2948                 :        1107 :                         statsProbe = sslot1;
    2949                 :        1107 :                         statsHash = sslot2;
    2950                 :        1107 :                         hasMatchProbe = hasmatch1;
    2951                 :        1107 :                         hasMatchHash = hasmatch2;
    2952                 :        1107 :                         nvaluesProbe = nvalues1;
    2953                 :        1107 :                         nvaluesHash = nvalues2;
    2954                 :        1107 :                 }
    2955                 :             :                 else
    2956                 :             :                 {
    2957                 :             :                         /* We'll have to reverse the direction of use of the operator. */
    2958                 :         138 :                         op_is_reversed = !op_is_reversed;
    2959                 :         138 :                         statsProbe = sslot2;
    2960                 :         138 :                         statsHash = sslot1;
    2961                 :         138 :                         hasMatchProbe = hasmatch2;
    2962                 :         138 :                         hasMatchHash = hasmatch1;
    2963                 :         138 :                         nvaluesProbe = nvalues2;
    2964                 :         138 :                         nvaluesHash = nvalues1;
    2965                 :             :                 }
    2966                 :             : 
    2967                 :             :                 /*
    2968                 :             :                  * Build the hash table on the smaller array, using the appropriate
    2969                 :             :                  * hash function for its data type.
    2970                 :             :                  */
    2971         [ +  + ]:        1245 :                 fmgr_info(op_is_reversed ? hashLeft : hashRight, &hash_proc);
    2972                 :        1245 :                 InitFunctionCallInfoData(*hash_fcinfo, &hash_proc, 1, collation,
    2973                 :             :                                                                  NULL, NULL);
    2974                 :        1245 :                 hash_fcinfo->args[0].isnull = false;
    2975                 :             : 
    2976                 :        1245 :                 hashContext.equal_fcinfo = fcinfo;
    2977                 :        1245 :                 hashContext.hash_fcinfo = hash_fcinfo;
    2978                 :        1245 :                 hashContext.op_is_reversed = op_is_reversed;
    2979                 :        1245 :                 hashContext.insert_mode = true;
    2980                 :        2490 :                 get_typlenbyval(statsHash->valuetype,
    2981                 :        1245 :                                                 &hashContext.hash_typlen,
    2982                 :        1245 :                                                 &hashContext.hash_typbyval);
    2983                 :             : 
    2984                 :        2490 :                 hashTable = MCVHashTable_create(CurrentMemoryContext,
    2985                 :        1245 :                                                                                 nvaluesHash,
    2986                 :             :                                                                                 &hashContext);
    2987                 :             : 
    2988         [ +  + ]:       33441 :                 for (int i = 0; i < nvaluesHash; i++)
    2989                 :             :                 {
    2990                 :       32196 :                         bool            found = false;
    2991                 :       64392 :                         MCVHashEntry *entry = MCVHashTable_insert(hashTable,
    2992                 :       32196 :                                                                                                           statsHash->values[i],
    2993                 :             :                                                                                                           &found);
    2994                 :             : 
    2995                 :             :                         /*
    2996                 :             :                          * MCVHashTable_insert will only report "found" if the new value
    2997                 :             :                          * is equal to some previous one per datum_image_eq().  That
    2998                 :             :                          * probably shouldn't happen, since we're not expecting duplicates
    2999                 :             :                          * in the MCV list.  If we do find a dup, just ignore it, leaving
    3000                 :             :                          * the hash entry's index pointing at the first occurrence.  That
    3001                 :             :                          * matches the behavior that the non-hashed code path would have.
    3002                 :             :                          */
    3003         [ +  - ]:       32196 :                         if (likely(!found))
    3004                 :       32196 :                                 entry->index = i;
    3005                 :       32196 :                 }
    3006                 :             : 
    3007                 :             :                 /*
    3008                 :             :                  * Prepare to probe the hash table.  If the probe values are of a
    3009                 :             :                  * different data type, then we need to change hash functions.  (This
    3010                 :             :                  * code relies on the assumption that since we defined SH_STORE_HASH,
    3011                 :             :                  * simplehash.h will never need to compute hash values for existing
    3012                 :             :                  * hash table entries.)
    3013                 :             :                  */
    3014                 :        1245 :                 hashContext.insert_mode = false;
    3015         [ +  + ]:        1245 :                 if (hashLeft != hashRight)
    3016                 :             :                 {
    3017         [ +  - ]:         114 :                         fmgr_info(op_is_reversed ? hashRight : hashLeft, &hash_proc);
    3018                 :             :                         /* Resetting hash_fcinfo is probably unnecessary, but be safe */
    3019                 :         114 :                         InitFunctionCallInfoData(*hash_fcinfo, &hash_proc, 1, collation,
    3020                 :             :                                                                          NULL, NULL);
    3021                 :         114 :                         hash_fcinfo->args[0].isnull = false;
    3022                 :         114 :                 }
    3023                 :             : 
    3024                 :             :                 /* Look up each probe value in turn. */
    3025         [ +  + ]:       38735 :                 for (int i = 0; i < nvaluesProbe; i++)
    3026                 :             :                 {
    3027                 :       74980 :                         MCVHashEntry *entry = MCVHashTable_lookup(hashTable,
    3028                 :       37490 :                                                                                                           statsProbe->values[i]);
    3029                 :             : 
    3030                 :             :                         /* As in the other code path, skip already-matched hash entries */
    3031   [ +  +  -  + ]:       37490 :                         if (entry != NULL && !hasMatchHash[entry->index])
    3032                 :             :                         {
    3033                 :       26145 :                                 hasMatchHash[entry->index] = hasMatchProbe[i] = true;
    3034                 :       26145 :                                 nmatches++;
    3035                 :       26145 :                                 matchprodfreq += statsHash->numbers[entry->index] * statsProbe->numbers[i];
    3036                 :       26145 :                         }
    3037                 :       37490 :                 }
    3038                 :             : 
    3039                 :        1245 :                 MCVHashTable_destroy(hashTable);
    3040                 :        1245 :         }
    3041                 :             :         else
    3042                 :             :         {
    3043                 :             :                 /* We're not to use hashing, so do it the O(N^2) way */
    3044                 :        2448 :                 int                     index1,
    3045                 :             :                                         index2;
    3046                 :             : 
    3047                 :             :                 /* Set up to supply the values in the order the operator expects */
    3048         [ -  + ]:        2448 :                 if (op_is_reversed)
    3049                 :             :                 {
    3050                 :           0 :                         index1 = 1;
    3051                 :           0 :                         index2 = 0;
    3052                 :           0 :                 }
    3053                 :             :                 else
    3054                 :             :                 {
    3055                 :        2448 :                         index1 = 0;
    3056                 :        2448 :                         index2 = 1;
    3057                 :             :                 }
    3058                 :             : 
    3059         [ +  + ]:       13014 :                 for (int i = 0; i < nvalues1; i++)
    3060                 :             :                 {
    3061                 :       10566 :                         fcinfo->args[index1].value = sslot1->values[i];
    3062                 :             : 
    3063         [ +  + ]:       41832 :                         for (int j = 0; j < nvalues2; j++)
    3064                 :             :                         {
    3065                 :       31266 :                                 Datum           fresult;
    3066                 :             : 
    3067         [ +  + ]:       31266 :                                 if (hasmatch2[j])
    3068                 :       18583 :                                         continue;
    3069                 :       12683 :                                 fcinfo->args[index2].value = sslot2->values[j];
    3070                 :       12683 :                                 fcinfo->isnull = false;
    3071                 :       12683 :                                 fresult = FunctionCallInvoke(fcinfo);
    3072   [ +  -  +  + ]:       12683 :                                 if (!fcinfo->isnull && DatumGetBool(fresult))
    3073                 :             :                                 {
    3074                 :        9935 :                                         hasmatch1[i] = hasmatch2[j] = true;
    3075                 :        9935 :                                         matchprodfreq += sslot1->numbers[i] * sslot2->numbers[j];
    3076                 :        9935 :                                         nmatches++;
    3077                 :        9935 :                                         break;
    3078                 :             :                                 }
    3079      [ +  +  + ]:       31266 :                         }
    3080                 :       10566 :                 }
    3081                 :        2448 :         }
    3082                 :             : 
    3083                 :        3693 :         *p_nmatches = nmatches;
    3084                 :        3693 :         *p_matchprodfreq = matchprodfreq;
    3085                 :        3693 : }
    3086                 :             : 
    3087                 :             : /*
    3088                 :             :  * Support functions for the hash tables used by eqjoinsel_find_matches
    3089                 :             :  */
    3090                 :             : static uint32
    3091                 :       69686 : hash_mcv(MCVHashTable_hash *tab, Datum key)
    3092                 :             : {
    3093                 :       69686 :         MCVHashContext *context = (MCVHashContext *) tab->private_data;
    3094                 :       69686 :         FunctionCallInfo fcinfo = context->hash_fcinfo;
    3095                 :       69686 :         Datum           fresult;
    3096                 :             : 
    3097                 :       69686 :         fcinfo->args[0].value = key;
    3098                 :       69686 :         fcinfo->isnull = false;
    3099                 :       69686 :         fresult = FunctionCallInvoke(fcinfo);
    3100         [ +  - ]:       69686 :         Assert(!fcinfo->isnull);
    3101                 :      139372 :         return DatumGetUInt32(fresult);
    3102                 :       69686 : }
    3103                 :             : 
    3104                 :             : static bool
    3105                 :       26145 : mcvs_equal(MCVHashTable_hash *tab, Datum key0, Datum key1)
    3106                 :             : {
    3107                 :       26145 :         MCVHashContext *context = (MCVHashContext *) tab->private_data;
    3108                 :             : 
    3109         [ -  + ]:       26145 :         if (context->insert_mode)
    3110                 :             :         {
    3111                 :             :                 /*
    3112                 :             :                  * During the insertion step, any comparisons will be between two
    3113                 :             :                  * Datums of the hash table's data type, so if the given operator is
    3114                 :             :                  * cross-type it will be the wrong thing to use.  Fortunately, we can
    3115                 :             :                  * use datum_image_eq instead.  The MCV values should all be distinct
    3116                 :             :                  * anyway, so it's mostly pro-forma to compare them at all.
    3117                 :             :                  */
    3118                 :           0 :                 return datum_image_eq(key0, key1,
    3119                 :           0 :                                                           context->hash_typbyval, context->hash_typlen);
    3120                 :             :         }
    3121                 :             :         else
    3122                 :             :         {
    3123                 :       26145 :                 FunctionCallInfo fcinfo = context->equal_fcinfo;
    3124                 :       26145 :                 Datum           fresult;
    3125                 :             : 
    3126                 :             :                 /*
    3127                 :             :                  * Apply the operator the correct way around.  Although simplehash.h
    3128                 :             :                  * doesn't document this explicitly, during lookups key0 is from the
    3129                 :             :                  * hash table while key1 is the probe value, so we should compare them
    3130                 :             :                  * in that order only if op_is_reversed.
    3131                 :             :                  */
    3132         [ +  + ]:       26145 :                 if (context->op_is_reversed)
    3133                 :             :                 {
    3134                 :        4148 :                         fcinfo->args[0].value = key0;
    3135                 :        4148 :                         fcinfo->args[1].value = key1;
    3136                 :        4148 :                 }
    3137                 :             :                 else
    3138                 :             :                 {
    3139                 :       21997 :                         fcinfo->args[0].value = key1;
    3140                 :       21997 :                         fcinfo->args[1].value = key0;
    3141                 :             :                 }
    3142                 :       26145 :                 fcinfo->isnull = false;
    3143                 :       26145 :                 fresult = FunctionCallInvoke(fcinfo);
    3144         [ -  + ]:       26145 :                 return (!fcinfo->isnull && DatumGetBool(fresult));
    3145                 :       26145 :         }
    3146                 :       26145 : }
    3147                 :             : 
    3148                 :             : /*
    3149                 :             :  *              neqjoinsel              - Join selectivity of "!="
    3150                 :             :  */
    3151                 :             : Datum
    3152                 :         224 : neqjoinsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
    3153                 :             : {
    3154                 :         224 :         PlannerInfo *root = (PlannerInfo *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
    3155                 :         224 :         Oid                     operator = PG_GETARG_OID(1);
    3156                 :         224 :         List       *args = (List *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(2);
    3157                 :         224 :         JoinType        jointype = (JoinType) PG_GETARG_INT16(3);
    3158                 :         224 :         SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo = (SpecialJoinInfo *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(4);
    3159                 :         224 :         Oid                     collation = PG_GET_COLLATION();
    3160                 :         224 :         float8          result;
    3161                 :             : 
    3162   [ +  +  -  + ]:         224 :         if (jointype == JOIN_SEMI || jointype == JOIN_ANTI)
    3163                 :             :         {
    3164                 :             :                 /*
    3165                 :             :                  * For semi-joins, if there is more than one distinct value in the RHS
    3166                 :             :                  * relation then every non-null LHS row must find a row to join since
    3167                 :             :                  * it can only be equal to one of them.  We'll assume that there is
    3168                 :             :                  * always more than one distinct RHS value for the sake of stability,
    3169                 :             :                  * though in theory we could have special cases for empty RHS
    3170                 :             :                  * (selectivity = 0) and single-distinct-value RHS (selectivity =
    3171                 :             :                  * fraction of LHS that has the same value as the single RHS value).
    3172                 :             :                  *
    3173                 :             :                  * For anti-joins, if we use the same assumption that there is more
    3174                 :             :                  * than one distinct key in the RHS relation, then every non-null LHS
    3175                 :             :                  * row must be suppressed by the anti-join.
    3176                 :             :                  *
    3177                 :             :                  * So either way, the selectivity estimate should be 1 - nullfrac.
    3178                 :             :                  */
    3179                 :          91 :                 VariableStatData leftvar;
    3180                 :          91 :                 VariableStatData rightvar;
    3181                 :          91 :                 bool            reversed;
    3182                 :          91 :                 HeapTuple       statsTuple;
    3183                 :          91 :                 double          nullfrac;
    3184                 :             : 
    3185                 :          91 :                 get_join_variables(root, args, sjinfo, &leftvar, &rightvar, &reversed);
    3186         [ +  + ]:          91 :                 statsTuple = reversed ? rightvar.statsTuple : leftvar.statsTuple;
    3187         [ +  + ]:          91 :                 if (HeapTupleIsValid(statsTuple))
    3188                 :          64 :                         nullfrac = ((Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(statsTuple))->stanullfrac;
    3189                 :             :                 else
    3190                 :          27 :                         nullfrac = 0.0;
    3191         [ +  + ]:          91 :                 ReleaseVariableStats(leftvar);
    3192         [ +  + ]:          91 :                 ReleaseVariableStats(rightvar);
    3193                 :             : 
    3194                 :          91 :                 result = 1.0 - nullfrac;
    3195                 :          91 :         }
    3196                 :             :         else
    3197                 :             :         {
    3198                 :             :                 /*
    3199                 :             :                  * We want 1 - eqjoinsel() where the equality operator is the one
    3200                 :             :                  * associated with this != operator, that is, its negator.
    3201                 :             :                  */
    3202                 :         133 :                 Oid                     eqop = get_negator(operator);
    3203                 :             : 
    3204         [ +  - ]:         133 :                 if (eqop)
    3205                 :             :                 {
    3206                 :         133 :                         result =
    3207                 :         133 :                                 DatumGetFloat8(DirectFunctionCall5Coll(eqjoinsel,
    3208                 :         133 :                                                                                                            collation,
    3209                 :         133 :                                                                                                            PointerGetDatum(root),
    3210                 :         133 :                                                                                                            ObjectIdGetDatum(eqop),
    3211                 :         133 :                                                                                                            PointerGetDatum(args),
    3212                 :         133 :                                                                                                            Int16GetDatum(jointype),
    3213                 :         133 :                                                                                                            PointerGetDatum(sjinfo)));
    3214                 :         133 :                 }
    3215                 :             :                 else
    3216                 :             :                 {
    3217                 :             :                         /* Use default selectivity (should we raise an error instead?) */
    3218                 :           0 :                         result = DEFAULT_EQ_SEL;
    3219                 :             :                 }
    3220                 :         133 :                 result = 1.0 - result;
    3221                 :         133 :         }
    3222                 :             : 
    3223                 :         448 :         PG_RETURN_FLOAT8(result);
    3224                 :         224 : }
    3225                 :             : 
    3226                 :             : /*
    3227                 :             :  *              scalarltjoinsel - Join selectivity of "<" for scalars
    3228                 :             :  */
    3229                 :             : Datum
    3230                 :          54 : scalarltjoinsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
    3231                 :             : {
    3232                 :          54 :         PG_RETURN_FLOAT8(DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL);
    3233                 :             : }
    3234                 :             : 
    3235                 :             : /*
    3236                 :             :  *              scalarlejoinsel - Join selectivity of "<=" for scalars
    3237                 :             :  */
    3238                 :             : Datum
    3239                 :          30 : scalarlejoinsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
    3240                 :             : {
    3241                 :          30 :         PG_RETURN_FLOAT8(DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL);
    3242                 :             : }
    3243                 :             : 
    3244                 :             : /*
    3245                 :             :  *              scalargtjoinsel - Join selectivity of ">" for scalars
    3246                 :             :  */
    3247                 :             : Datum
    3248                 :          46 : scalargtjoinsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
    3249                 :             : {
    3250                 :          46 :         PG_RETURN_FLOAT8(DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL);
    3251                 :             : }
    3252                 :             : 
    3253                 :             : /*
    3254                 :             :  *              scalargejoinsel - Join selectivity of ">=" for scalars
    3255                 :             :  */
    3256                 :             : Datum
    3257                 :          30 : scalargejoinsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
    3258                 :             : {
    3259                 :          30 :         PG_RETURN_FLOAT8(DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL);
    3260                 :             : }
    3261                 :             : 
    3262                 :             : 
    3263                 :             : /*
    3264                 :             :  * mergejoinscansel                     - Scan selectivity of merge join.
    3265                 :             :  *
    3266                 :             :  * A merge join will stop as soon as it exhausts either input stream.
    3267                 :             :  * Therefore, if we can estimate the ranges of both input variables,
    3268                 :             :  * we can estimate how much of the input will actually be read.  This
    3269                 :             :  * can have a considerable impact on the cost when using indexscans.
    3270                 :             :  *
    3271                 :             :  * Also, we can estimate how much of each input has to be read before the
    3272                 :             :  * first join pair is found, which will affect the join's startup time.
    3273                 :             :  *
    3274                 :             :  * clause should be a clause already known to be mergejoinable.  opfamily,
    3275                 :             :  * cmptype, and nulls_first specify the sort ordering being used.
    3276                 :             :  *
    3277                 :             :  * The outputs are:
    3278                 :             :  *              *leftstart is set to the fraction of the left-hand variable expected
    3279                 :             :  *               to be scanned before the first join pair is found (0 to 1).
    3280                 :             :  *              *leftend is set to the fraction of the left-hand variable expected
    3281                 :             :  *               to be scanned before the join terminates (0 to 1).
    3282                 :             :  *              *rightstart, *rightend similarly for the right-hand variable.
    3283                 :             :  */
    3284                 :             : void
    3285                 :       13800 : mergejoinscansel(PlannerInfo *root, Node *clause,
    3286                 :             :                                  Oid opfamily, CompareType cmptype, bool nulls_first,
    3287                 :             :                                  Selectivity *leftstart, Selectivity *leftend,
    3288                 :             :                                  Selectivity *rightstart, Selectivity *rightend)
    3289                 :             : {
    3290                 :       13800 :         Node       *left,
    3291                 :             :                            *right;
    3292                 :       13800 :         VariableStatData leftvar,
    3293                 :             :                                 rightvar;
    3294                 :       13800 :         Oid                     opmethod;
    3295                 :       13800 :         int                     op_strategy;
    3296                 :       13800 :         Oid                     op_lefttype;
    3297                 :       13800 :         Oid                     op_righttype;
    3298                 :       13800 :         Oid                     opno,
    3299                 :             :                                 collation,
    3300                 :             :                                 lsortop,
    3301                 :             :                                 rsortop,
    3302                 :             :                                 lstatop,
    3303                 :             :                                 rstatop,
    3304                 :             :                                 ltop,
    3305                 :             :                                 leop,
    3306                 :             :                                 revltop,
    3307                 :             :                                 revleop;
    3308                 :       13800 :         StrategyNumber ltstrat,
    3309                 :             :                                 lestrat,
    3310                 :             :                                 gtstrat,
    3311                 :             :                                 gestrat;
    3312                 :       13800 :         bool            isgt;
    3313                 :       13800 :         Datum           leftmin,
    3314                 :             :                                 leftmax,
    3315                 :             :                                 rightmin,
    3316                 :             :                                 rightmax;
    3317                 :       13800 :         double          selec;
    3318                 :             : 
    3319                 :             :         /* Set default results if we can't figure anything out. */
    3320                 :             :         /* XXX should default "start" fraction be a bit more than 0? */
    3321                 :       13800 :         *leftstart = *rightstart = 0.0;
    3322                 :       13800 :         *leftend = *rightend = 1.0;
    3323                 :             : 
    3324                 :             :         /* Deconstruct the merge clause */
    3325         [ +  - ]:       13800 :         if (!is_opclause(clause))
    3326                 :           0 :                 return;                                 /* shouldn't happen */
    3327                 :       13800 :         opno = ((OpExpr *) clause)->opno;
    3328                 :       13800 :         collation = ((OpExpr *) clause)->inputcollid;
    3329                 :       13800 :         left = get_leftop((Expr *) clause);
    3330                 :       13800 :         right = get_rightop((Expr *) clause);
    3331         [ +  - ]:       13800 :         if (!right)
    3332                 :           0 :                 return;                                 /* shouldn't happen */
    3333                 :             : 
    3334                 :             :         /* Look for stats for the inputs */
    3335                 :       13800 :         examine_variable(root, left, 0, &leftvar);
    3336                 :       13800 :         examine_variable(root, right, 0, &rightvar);
    3337                 :             : 
    3338                 :       13800 :         opmethod = get_opfamily_method(opfamily);
    3339                 :             : 
    3340                 :             :         /* Extract the operator's declared left/right datatypes */
    3341                 :       13800 :         get_op_opfamily_properties(opno, opfamily, false,
    3342                 :             :                                                            &op_strategy,
    3343                 :             :                                                            &op_lefttype,
    3344                 :             :                                                            &op_righttype);
    3345         [ +  - ]:       13800 :         Assert(IndexAmTranslateStrategy(op_strategy, opmethod, opfamily, true) == COMPARE_EQ);
    3346                 :             : 
    3347                 :             :         /*
    3348                 :             :          * Look up the various operators we need.  If we don't find them all, it
    3349                 :             :          * probably means the opfamily is broken, but we just fail silently.
    3350                 :             :          *
    3351                 :             :          * Note: we expect that pg_statistic histograms will be sorted by the '<'
    3352                 :             :          * operator, regardless of which sort direction we are considering.
    3353                 :             :          */
    3354      [ -  +  + ]:       13800 :         switch (cmptype)
    3355                 :             :         {
    3356                 :             :                 case COMPARE_LT:
    3357                 :       13794 :                         isgt = false;
    3358                 :       13794 :                         ltstrat = IndexAmTranslateCompareType(COMPARE_LT, opmethod, opfamily, true);
    3359                 :       13794 :                         lestrat = IndexAmTranslateCompareType(COMPARE_LE, opmethod, opfamily, true);
    3360         [ +  + ]:       13794 :                         if (op_lefttype == op_righttype)
    3361                 :             :                         {
    3362                 :             :                                 /* easy case */
    3363                 :       27328 :                                 ltop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
    3364                 :       13664 :                                                                                    op_lefttype, op_righttype,
    3365                 :       13664 :                                                                                    ltstrat);
    3366                 :       27328 :                                 leop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
    3367                 :       13664 :                                                                                    op_lefttype, op_righttype,
    3368                 :       13664 :                                                                                    lestrat);
    3369                 :       13664 :                                 lsortop = ltop;
    3370                 :       13664 :                                 rsortop = ltop;
    3371                 :       13664 :                                 lstatop = lsortop;
    3372                 :       13664 :                                 rstatop = rsortop;
    3373                 :       13664 :                                 revltop = ltop;
    3374                 :       13664 :                                 revleop = leop;
    3375                 :       13664 :                         }
    3376                 :             :                         else
    3377                 :             :                         {
    3378                 :         260 :                                 ltop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
    3379                 :         130 :                                                                                    op_lefttype, op_righttype,
    3380                 :         130 :                                                                                    ltstrat);
    3381                 :         260 :                                 leop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
    3382                 :         130 :                                                                                    op_lefttype, op_righttype,
    3383                 :         130 :                                                                                    lestrat);
    3384                 :         260 :                                 lsortop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
    3385                 :         130 :                                                                                           op_lefttype, op_lefttype,
    3386                 :         130 :                                                                                           ltstrat);
    3387                 :         260 :                                 rsortop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
    3388                 :         130 :                                                                                           op_righttype, op_righttype,
    3389                 :         130 :                                                                                           ltstrat);
    3390                 :         130 :                                 lstatop = lsortop;
    3391                 :         130 :                                 rstatop = rsortop;
    3392                 :         260 :                                 revltop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
    3393                 :         130 :                                                                                           op_righttype, op_lefttype,
    3394                 :         130 :                                                                                           ltstrat);
    3395                 :         260 :                                 revleop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
    3396                 :         130 :                                                                                           op_righttype, op_lefttype,
    3397                 :         130 :                                                                                           lestrat);
    3398                 :             :                         }
    3399                 :       13794 :                         break;
    3400                 :             :                 case COMPARE_GT:
    3401                 :             :                         /* descending-order case */
    3402                 :           6 :                         isgt = true;
    3403                 :           6 :                         ltstrat = IndexAmTranslateCompareType(COMPARE_LT, opmethod, opfamily, true);
    3404                 :           6 :                         gtstrat = IndexAmTranslateCompareType(COMPARE_GT, opmethod, opfamily, true);
    3405                 :           6 :                         gestrat = IndexAmTranslateCompareType(COMPARE_GE, opmethod, opfamily, true);
    3406         [ +  - ]:           6 :                         if (op_lefttype == op_righttype)
    3407                 :             :                         {
    3408                 :             :                                 /* easy case */
    3409                 :          12 :                                 ltop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
    3410                 :           6 :                                                                                    op_lefttype, op_righttype,
    3411                 :           6 :                                                                                    gtstrat);
    3412                 :          12 :                                 leop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
    3413                 :           6 :                                                                                    op_lefttype, op_righttype,
    3414                 :           6 :                                                                                    gestrat);
    3415                 :           6 :                                 lsortop = ltop;
    3416                 :           6 :                                 rsortop = ltop;
    3417                 :          12 :                                 lstatop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
    3418                 :           6 :                                                                                           op_lefttype, op_lefttype,
    3419                 :           6 :                                                                                           ltstrat);
    3420                 :           6 :                                 rstatop = lstatop;
    3421                 :           6 :                                 revltop = ltop;
    3422                 :           6 :                                 revleop = leop;
    3423                 :           6 :                         }
    3424                 :             :                         else
    3425                 :             :                         {
    3426                 :           0 :                                 ltop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
    3427                 :           0 :                                                                                    op_lefttype, op_righttype,
    3428                 :           0 :                                                                                    gtstrat);
    3429                 :           0 :                                 leop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
    3430                 :           0 :                                                                                    op_lefttype, op_righttype,
    3431                 :           0 :                                                                                    gestrat);
    3432                 :           0 :                                 lsortop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
    3433                 :           0 :                                                                                           op_lefttype, op_lefttype,
    3434                 :           0 :                                                                                           gtstrat);
    3435                 :           0 :                                 rsortop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
    3436                 :           0 :                                                                                           op_righttype, op_righttype,
    3437                 :           0 :                                                                                           gtstrat);
    3438                 :           0 :                                 lstatop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
    3439                 :           0 :                                                                                           op_lefttype, op_lefttype,
    3440                 :           0 :                                                                                           ltstrat);
    3441                 :           0 :                                 rstatop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
    3442                 :           0 :                                                                                           op_righttype, op_righttype,
    3443                 :           0 :                                                                                           ltstrat);
    3444                 :           0 :                                 revltop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
    3445                 :           0 :                                                                                           op_righttype, op_lefttype,
    3446                 :           0 :                                                                                           gtstrat);
    3447                 :           0 :                                 revleop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
    3448                 :           0 :                                                                                           op_righttype, op_lefttype,
    3449                 :           0 :                                                                                           gestrat);
    3450                 :             :                         }
    3451                 :           6 :                         break;
    3452                 :             :                 default:
    3453                 :           0 :                         goto fail;                      /* shouldn't get here */
    3454                 :             :         }
    3455                 :             : 
    3456         [ +  - ]:       13800 :         if (!OidIsValid(lsortop) ||
    3457         [ +  - ]:       13800 :                 !OidIsValid(rsortop) ||
    3458         [ +  - ]:       13800 :                 !OidIsValid(lstatop) ||
    3459         [ +  - ]:       13800 :                 !OidIsValid(rstatop) ||
    3460         [ +  + ]:       13800 :                 !OidIsValid(ltop) ||
    3461         [ +  - ]:       13798 :                 !OidIsValid(leop) ||
    3462   [ +  -  -  + ]:       13798 :                 !OidIsValid(revltop) ||
    3463                 :       13798 :                 !OidIsValid(revleop))
    3464                 :           2 :                 goto fail;                              /* insufficient info in catalogs */
    3465                 :             : 
    3466                 :             :         /* Try to get ranges of both inputs */
    3467         [ +  + ]:       13798 :         if (!isgt)
    3468                 :             :         {
    3469         [ +  + ]:       13792 :                 if (!get_variable_range(root, &leftvar, lstatop, collation,
    3470                 :             :                                                                 &leftmin, &leftmax))
    3471                 :        2903 :                         goto fail;                      /* no range available from stats */
    3472         [ +  + ]:       10889 :                 if (!get_variable_range(root, &rightvar, rstatop, collation,
    3473                 :             :                                                                 &rightmin, &rightmax))
    3474                 :        3228 :                         goto fail;                      /* no range available from stats */
    3475                 :        7661 :         }
    3476                 :             :         else
    3477                 :             :         {
    3478                 :             :                 /* need to swap the max and min */
    3479         [ +  + ]:           6 :                 if (!get_variable_range(root, &leftvar, lstatop, collation,
    3480                 :             :                                                                 &leftmax, &leftmin))
    3481                 :           5 :                         goto fail;                      /* no range available from stats */
    3482         [ +  - ]:           1 :                 if (!get_variable_range(root, &rightvar, rstatop, collation,
    3483                 :             :                                                                 &rightmax, &rightmin))
    3484                 :           0 :                         goto fail;                      /* no range available from stats */
    3485                 :             :         }
    3486                 :             : 
    3487                 :             :         /*
    3488                 :             :          * Now, the fraction of the left variable that will be scanned is the
    3489                 :             :          * fraction that's <= the right-side maximum value.  But only believe
    3490                 :             :          * non-default estimates, else stick with our 1.0.
    3491                 :             :          */
    3492                 :       15324 :         selec = scalarineqsel(root, leop, isgt, true, collation, &leftvar,
    3493                 :        7662 :                                                   rightmax, op_righttype);
    3494         [ +  + ]:        7662 :         if (selec != DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL)
    3495                 :        7661 :                 *leftend = selec;
    3496                 :             : 
    3497                 :             :         /* And similarly for the right variable. */
    3498                 :       15324 :         selec = scalarineqsel(root, revleop, isgt, true, collation, &rightvar,
    3499                 :        7662 :                                                   leftmax, op_lefttype);
    3500         [ -  + ]:        7662 :         if (selec != DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL)
    3501                 :        7662 :                 *rightend = selec;
    3502                 :             : 
    3503                 :             :         /*
    3504                 :             :          * Only one of the two "end" fractions can really be less than 1.0;
    3505                 :             :          * believe the smaller estimate and reset the other one to exactly 1.0. If
    3506                 :             :          * we get exactly equal estimates (as can easily happen with self-joins),
    3507                 :             :          * believe neither.
    3508                 :             :          */
    3509         [ +  + ]:        7662 :         if (*leftend > *rightend)
    3510                 :        2470 :                 *leftend = 1.0;
    3511         [ +  + ]:        5192 :         else if (*leftend < *rightend)
    3512                 :        1925 :                 *rightend = 1.0;
    3513                 :             :         else
    3514                 :        3267 :                 *leftend = *rightend = 1.0;
    3515                 :             : 
    3516                 :             :         /*
    3517                 :             :          * Also, the fraction of the left variable that will be scanned before the
    3518                 :             :          * first join pair is found is the fraction that's < the right-side
    3519                 :             :          * minimum value.  But only believe non-default estimates, else stick with
    3520                 :             :          * our own default.
    3521                 :             :          */
    3522                 :       15324 :         selec = scalarineqsel(root, ltop, isgt, false, collation, &leftvar,
    3523                 :        7662 :                                                   rightmin, op_righttype);
    3524         [ -  + ]:        7662 :         if (selec != DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL)
    3525                 :        7662 :                 *leftstart = selec;
    3526                 :             : 
    3527                 :             :         /* And similarly for the right variable. */
    3528                 :       15324 :         selec = scalarineqsel(root, revltop, isgt, false, collation, &rightvar,
    3529                 :        7662 :                                                   leftmin, op_lefttype);
    3530         [ -  + ]:        7662 :         if (selec != DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL)
    3531                 :        7662 :                 *rightstart = selec;
    3532                 :             : 
    3533                 :             :         /*
    3534                 :             :          * Only one of the two "start" fractions can really be more than zero;
    3535                 :             :          * believe the larger estimate and reset the other one to exactly 0.0. If
    3536                 :             :          * we get exactly equal estimates (as can easily happen with self-joins),
    3537                 :             :          * believe neither.
    3538                 :             :          */
    3539         [ +  + ]:        7662 :         if (*leftstart < *rightstart)
    3540                 :         843 :                 *leftstart = 0.0;
    3541         [ +  + ]:        6819 :         else if (*leftstart > *rightstart)
    3542                 :        1826 :                 *rightstart = 0.0;
    3543                 :             :         else
    3544                 :        4993 :                 *leftstart = *rightstart = 0.0;
    3545                 :             : 
    3546                 :             :         /*
    3547                 :             :          * If the sort order is nulls-first, we're going to have to skip over any
    3548                 :             :          * nulls too.  These would not have been counted by scalarineqsel, and we
    3549                 :             :          * can safely add in this fraction regardless of whether we believe
    3550                 :             :          * scalarineqsel's results or not.  But be sure to clamp the sum to 1.0!
    3551                 :             :          */
    3552         [ +  + ]:        7662 :         if (nulls_first)
    3553                 :             :         {
    3554                 :           1 :                 Form_pg_statistic stats;
    3555                 :             : 
    3556         [ -  + ]:           1 :                 if (HeapTupleIsValid(leftvar.statsTuple))
    3557                 :             :                 {
    3558                 :           1 :                         stats = (Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(leftvar.statsTuple);
    3559                 :           1 :                         *leftstart += stats->stanullfrac;
    3560   [ -  +  +  - ]:           2 :                         CLAMP_PROBABILITY(*leftstart);
    3561                 :           1 :                         *leftend += stats->stanullfrac;
    3562   [ -  +  +  - ]:           2 :                         CLAMP_PROBABILITY(*leftend);
    3563                 :           1 :                 }
    3564         [ -  + ]:           1 :                 if (HeapTupleIsValid(rightvar.statsTuple))
    3565                 :             :                 {
    3566                 :           1 :                         stats = (Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(rightvar.statsTuple);
    3567                 :           1 :                         *rightstart += stats->stanullfrac;
    3568   [ -  +  +  - ]:           2 :                         CLAMP_PROBABILITY(*rightstart);
    3569                 :           1 :                         *rightend += stats->stanullfrac;
    3570   [ -  +  +  - ]:           2 :                         CLAMP_PROBABILITY(*rightend);
    3571                 :           1 :                 }
    3572                 :           1 :         }
    3573                 :             : 
    3574                 :             :         /* Disbelieve start >= end, just in case that can happen */
    3575         [ +  + ]:        7662 :         if (*leftstart >= *leftend)
    3576                 :             :         {
    3577                 :          32 :                 *leftstart = 0.0;
    3578                 :          32 :                 *leftend = 1.0;
    3579                 :          32 :         }
    3580         [ +  + ]:        7694 :         if (*rightstart >= *rightend)
    3581                 :             :         {
    3582                 :          32 :                 *rightstart = 0.0;
    3583                 :          32 :                 *rightend = 1.0;
    3584                 :          32 :         }
    3585                 :             : 
    3586                 :             : fail:
    3587         [ +  + ]:       13800 :         ReleaseVariableStats(leftvar);
    3588         [ +  + ]:       13800 :         ReleaseVariableStats(rightvar);
    3589         [ -  + ]:       13800 : }
    3590                 :             : 
    3591                 :             : 
    3592                 :             : /*
    3593                 :             :  *      matchingsel -- generic matching-operator selectivity support
    3594                 :             :  *
    3595                 :             :  * Use these for any operators that (a) are on data types for which we collect
    3596                 :             :  * standard statistics, and (b) have behavior for which the default estimate
    3597                 :             :  * (twice DEFAULT_EQ_SEL) is sane.  Typically that is good for match-like
    3598                 :             :  * operators.
    3599                 :             :  */
    3600                 :             : 
    3601                 :             : Datum
    3602                 :         140 : matchingsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
    3603                 :             : {
    3604                 :         140 :         PlannerInfo *root = (PlannerInfo *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
    3605                 :         140 :         Oid                     operator = PG_GETARG_OID(1);
    3606                 :         140 :         List       *args = (List *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(2);
    3607                 :         140 :         int                     varRelid = PG_GETARG_INT32(3);
    3608                 :         140 :         Oid                     collation = PG_GET_COLLATION();
    3609                 :         140 :         double          selec;
    3610                 :             : 
    3611                 :             :         /* Use generic restriction selectivity logic. */
    3612                 :         280 :         selec = generic_restriction_selectivity(root, operator, collation,
    3613                 :         140 :                                                                                         args, varRelid,
    3614                 :             :                                                                                         DEFAULT_MATCHING_SEL);
    3615                 :             : 
    3616                 :         280 :         PG_RETURN_FLOAT8((float8) selec);
    3617                 :         140 : }
    3618                 :             : 
    3619                 :             : Datum
    3620                 :           1 : matchingjoinsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
    3621                 :             : {
    3622                 :             :         /* Just punt, for the moment. */
    3623                 :           1 :         PG_RETURN_FLOAT8(DEFAULT_MATCHING_SEL);
    3624                 :             : }
    3625                 :             : 
    3626                 :             : 
    3627                 :             : /*
    3628                 :             :  * Helper routine for estimate_num_groups: add an item to a list of
    3629                 :             :  * GroupVarInfos, but only if it's not known equal to any of the existing
    3630                 :             :  * entries.
    3631                 :             :  */
    3632                 :             : typedef struct
    3633                 :             : {
    3634                 :             :         Node       *var;                        /* might be an expression, not just a Var */
    3635                 :             :         RelOptInfo *rel;                        /* relation it belongs to */
    3636                 :             :         double          ndistinct;              /* # distinct values */
    3637                 :             :         bool            isdefault;              /* true if DEFAULT_NUM_DISTINCT was used */
    3638                 :             : } GroupVarInfo;
    3639                 :             : 
    3640                 :             : static List *
    3641                 :       28527 : add_unique_group_var(PlannerInfo *root, List *varinfos,
    3642                 :             :                                          Node *var, VariableStatData *vardata)
    3643                 :             : {
    3644                 :       28527 :         GroupVarInfo *varinfo;
    3645                 :       28527 :         double          ndistinct;
    3646                 :       28527 :         bool            isdefault;
    3647                 :       28527 :         ListCell   *lc;
    3648                 :             : 
    3649                 :       28527 :         ndistinct = get_variable_numdistinct(vardata, &isdefault);
    3650                 :             : 
    3651                 :             :         /*
    3652                 :             :          * The nullingrels bits within the var could cause the same var to be
    3653                 :             :          * counted multiple times if it's marked with different nullingrels.  They
    3654                 :             :          * could also prevent us from matching the var to the expressions in
    3655                 :             :          * extended statistics (see estimate_multivariate_ndistinct).  So strip
    3656                 :             :          * them out first.
    3657                 :             :          */
    3658                 :       28527 :         var = remove_nulling_relids(var, root->outer_join_rels, NULL);
    3659                 :             : 
    3660   [ +  +  +  +  :       36903 :         foreach(lc, varinfos)
             +  +  +  + ]
    3661                 :             :         {
    3662                 :        8376 :                 varinfo = (GroupVarInfo *) lfirst(lc);
    3663                 :             : 
    3664                 :             :                 /* Drop exact duplicates */
    3665         [ +  + ]:        8376 :                 if (equal(var, varinfo->var))
    3666                 :          75 :                         return varinfos;
    3667                 :             : 
    3668                 :             :                 /*
    3669                 :             :                  * Drop known-equal vars, but only if they belong to different
    3670                 :             :                  * relations (see comments for estimate_num_groups).  We aren't too
    3671                 :             :                  * fussy about the semantics of "equal" here.
    3672                 :             :                  */
    3673   [ +  +  +  + ]:        8301 :                 if (vardata->rel != varinfo->rel &&
    3674                 :         734 :                         exprs_known_equal(root, var, varinfo->var, InvalidOid))
    3675                 :             :                 {
    3676         [ +  + ]:          50 :                         if (varinfo->ndistinct <= ndistinct)
    3677                 :             :                         {
    3678                 :             :                                 /* Keep older item, forget new one */
    3679                 :          46 :                                 return varinfos;
    3680                 :             :                         }
    3681                 :             :                         else
    3682                 :             :                         {
    3683                 :             :                                 /* Delete the older item */
    3684                 :           4 :                                 varinfos = foreach_delete_current(varinfos, lc);
    3685                 :             :                         }
    3686                 :           4 :                 }
    3687                 :        8255 :         }
    3688                 :             : 
    3689                 :       28406 :         varinfo = palloc_object(GroupVarInfo);
    3690                 :             : 
    3691                 :       28406 :         varinfo->var = var;
    3692                 :       28406 :         varinfo->rel = vardata->rel;
    3693                 :       28406 :         varinfo->ndistinct = ndistinct;
    3694                 :       28406 :         varinfo->isdefault = isdefault;
    3695                 :       28406 :         varinfos = lappend(varinfos, varinfo);
    3696                 :       28406 :         return varinfos;
    3697                 :       28527 : }
    3698                 :             : 
    3699                 :             : /*
    3700                 :             :  * estimate_num_groups          - Estimate number of groups in a grouped query
    3701                 :             :  *
    3702                 :             :  * Given a query having a GROUP BY clause, estimate how many groups there
    3703                 :             :  * will be --- ie, the number of distinct combinations of the GROUP BY
    3704                 :             :  * expressions.
    3705                 :             :  *
    3706                 :             :  * This routine is also used to estimate the number of rows emitted by
    3707                 :             :  * a DISTINCT filtering step; that is an isomorphic problem.  (Note:
    3708                 :             :  * actually, we only use it for DISTINCT when there's no grouping or
    3709                 :             :  * aggregation ahead of the DISTINCT.)
    3710                 :             :  *
    3711                 :             :  * Inputs:
    3712                 :             :  *      root - the query
    3713                 :             :  *      groupExprs - list of expressions being grouped by
    3714                 :             :  *      input_rows - number of rows estimated to arrive at the group/unique
    3715                 :             :  *              filter step
    3716                 :             :  *      pgset - NULL, or a List** pointing to a grouping set to filter the
    3717                 :             :  *              groupExprs against
    3718                 :             :  *
    3719                 :             :  * Outputs:
    3720                 :             :  *      estinfo - When passed as non-NULL, the function will set bits in the
    3721                 :             :  *              "flags" field in order to provide callers with additional information
    3722                 :             :  *              about the estimation.  Currently, we only set the SELFLAG_USED_DEFAULT
    3723                 :             :  *              bit if we used any default values in the estimation.
    3724                 :             :  *
    3725                 :             :  * Given the lack of any cross-correlation statistics in the system, it's
    3726                 :             :  * impossible to do anything really trustworthy with GROUP BY conditions
    3727                 :             :  * involving multiple Vars.  We should however avoid assuming the worst
    3728                 :             :  * case (all possible cross-product terms actually appear as groups) since
    3729                 :             :  * very often the grouped-by Vars are highly correlated.  Our current approach
    3730                 :             :  * is as follows:
    3731                 :             :  *      1.  Expressions yielding boolean are assumed to contribute two groups,
    3732                 :             :  *              independently of their content, and are ignored in the subsequent
    3733                 :             :  *              steps.  This is mainly because tests like "col IS NULL" break the
    3734                 :             :  *              heuristic used in step 2 especially badly.
    3735                 :             :  *      2.  Reduce the given expressions to a list of unique Vars used.  For
    3736                 :             :  *              example, GROUP BY a, a + b is treated the same as GROUP BY a, b.
    3737                 :             :  *              It is clearly correct not to count the same Var more than once.
    3738                 :             :  *              It is also reasonable to treat f(x) the same as x: f() cannot
    3739                 :             :  *              increase the number of distinct values (unless it is volatile,
    3740                 :             :  *              which we consider unlikely for grouping), but it probably won't
    3741                 :             :  *              reduce the number of distinct values much either.
    3742                 :             :  *              As a special case, if a GROUP BY expression can be matched to an
    3743                 :             :  *              expressional index for which we have statistics, then we treat the
    3744                 :             :  *              whole expression as though it were just a Var.
    3745                 :             :  *      3.  If the list contains Vars of different relations that are known equal
    3746                 :             :  *              due to equivalence classes, then drop all but one of the Vars from each
    3747                 :             :  *              known-equal set, keeping the one with smallest estimated # of values
    3748                 :             :  *              (since the extra values of the others can't appear in joined rows).
    3749                 :             :  *              Note the reason we only consider Vars of different relations is that
    3750                 :             :  *              if we considered ones of the same rel, we'd be double-counting the
    3751                 :             :  *              restriction selectivity of the equality in the next step.
    3752                 :             :  *      4.  For Vars within a single source rel, we multiply together the numbers
    3753                 :             :  *              of values, clamp to the number of rows in the rel (divided by 10 if
    3754                 :             :  *              more than one Var), and then multiply by a factor based on the
    3755                 :             :  *              selectivity of the restriction clauses for that rel.  When there's
    3756                 :             :  *              more than one Var, the initial product is probably too high (it's the
    3757                 :             :  *              worst case) but clamping to a fraction of the rel's rows seems to be a
    3758                 :             :  *              helpful heuristic for not letting the estimate get out of hand.  (The
    3759                 :             :  *              factor of 10 is derived from pre-Postgres-7.4 practice.)  The factor
    3760                 :             :  *              we multiply by to adjust for the restriction selectivity assumes that
    3761                 :             :  *              the restriction clauses are independent of the grouping, which may not
    3762                 :             :  *              be a valid assumption, but it's hard to do better.
    3763                 :             :  *      5.  If there are Vars from multiple rels, we repeat step 4 for each such
    3764                 :             :  *              rel, and multiply the results together.
    3765                 :             :  * Note that rels not containing grouped Vars are ignored completely, as are
    3766                 :             :  * join clauses.  Such rels cannot increase the number of groups, and we
    3767                 :             :  * assume such clauses do not reduce the number either (somewhat bogus,
    3768                 :             :  * but we don't have the info to do better).
    3769                 :             :  */
    3770                 :             : double
    3771                 :       25342 : estimate_num_groups(PlannerInfo *root, List *groupExprs, double input_rows,
    3772                 :             :                                         List **pgset, EstimationInfo *estinfo)
    3773                 :             : {
    3774                 :       25342 :         List       *varinfos = NIL;
    3775                 :       25342 :         double          srf_multiplier = 1.0;
    3776                 :       25342 :         double          numdistinct;
    3777                 :       25342 :         ListCell   *l;
    3778                 :       25342 :         int                     i;
    3779                 :             : 
    3780                 :             :         /* Zero the estinfo output parameter, if non-NULL */
    3781         [ +  + ]:       25342 :         if (estinfo != NULL)
    3782                 :       18403 :                 memset(estinfo, 0, sizeof(EstimationInfo));
    3783                 :             : 
    3784                 :             :         /*
    3785                 :             :          * We don't ever want to return an estimate of zero groups, as that tends
    3786                 :             :          * to lead to division-by-zero and other unpleasantness.  The input_rows
    3787                 :             :          * estimate is usually already at least 1, but clamp it just in case it
    3788                 :             :          * isn't.
    3789                 :             :          */
    3790                 :       25342 :         input_rows = clamp_row_est(input_rows);
    3791                 :             : 
    3792                 :             :         /*
    3793                 :             :          * If no grouping columns, there's exactly one group.  (This can't happen
    3794                 :             :          * for normal cases with GROUP BY or DISTINCT, but it is possible for
    3795                 :             :          * corner cases with set operations.)
    3796                 :             :          */
    3797   [ +  +  +  +  :       25342 :         if (groupExprs == NIL || (pgset && *pgset == NIL))
                   +  + ]
    3798                 :         153 :                 return 1.0;
    3799                 :             : 
    3800                 :             :         /*
    3801                 :             :          * Count groups derived from boolean grouping expressions.  For other
    3802                 :             :          * expressions, find the unique Vars used, treating an expression as a Var
    3803                 :             :          * if we can find stats for it.  For each one, record the statistical
    3804                 :             :          * estimate of number of distinct values (total in its table, without
    3805                 :             :          * regard for filtering).
    3806                 :             :          */
    3807                 :       25189 :         numdistinct = 1.0;
    3808                 :             : 
    3809                 :       25189 :         i = 0;
    3810   [ +  -  +  +  :       53669 :         foreach(l, groupExprs)
             +  +  +  + ]
    3811                 :             :         {
    3812                 :       28480 :                 Node       *groupexpr = (Node *) lfirst(l);
    3813                 :       28480 :                 double          this_srf_multiplier;
    3814                 :       28480 :                 VariableStatData vardata;
    3815                 :       28480 :                 List       *varshere;
    3816                 :       28480 :                 ListCell   *l2;
    3817                 :             : 
    3818                 :             :                 /* is expression in this grouping set? */
    3819   [ +  +  +  + ]:       28480 :                 if (pgset && !list_member_int(*pgset, i++))
    3820                 :         131 :                         continue;
    3821                 :             : 
    3822                 :             :                 /*
    3823                 :             :                  * Set-returning functions in grouping columns are a bit problematic.
    3824                 :             :                  * The code below will effectively ignore their SRF nature and come up
    3825                 :             :                  * with a numdistinct estimate as though they were scalar functions.
    3826                 :             :                  * We compensate by scaling up the end result by the largest SRF
    3827                 :             :                  * rowcount estimate.  (This will be an overestimate if the SRF
    3828                 :             :                  * produces multiple copies of any output value, but it seems best to
    3829                 :             :                  * assume the SRF's outputs are distinct.  In any case, it's probably
    3830                 :             :                  * pointless to worry too much about this without much better
    3831                 :             :                  * estimates for SRF output rowcounts than we have today.)
    3832                 :             :                  */
    3833                 :       28349 :                 this_srf_multiplier = expression_returns_set_rows(root, groupexpr);
    3834         [ +  + ]:       28349 :                 if (srf_multiplier < this_srf_multiplier)
    3835                 :          26 :                         srf_multiplier = this_srf_multiplier;
    3836                 :             : 
    3837                 :             :                 /* Short-circuit for expressions returning boolean */
    3838         [ +  + ]:       28349 :                 if (exprType(groupexpr) == BOOLOID)
    3839                 :             :                 {
    3840                 :          34 :                         numdistinct *= 2.0;
    3841                 :          34 :                         continue;
    3842                 :             :                 }
    3843                 :             : 
    3844                 :             :                 /*
    3845                 :             :                  * If examine_variable is able to deduce anything about the GROUP BY
    3846                 :             :                  * expression, treat it as a single variable even if it's really more
    3847                 :             :                  * complicated.
    3848                 :             :                  *
    3849                 :             :                  * XXX This has the consequence that if there's a statistics object on
    3850                 :             :                  * the expression, we don't split it into individual Vars. This
    3851                 :             :                  * affects our selection of statistics in
    3852                 :             :                  * estimate_multivariate_ndistinct, because it's probably better to
    3853                 :             :                  * use more accurate estimate for each expression and treat them as
    3854                 :             :                  * independent, than to combine estimates for the extracted variables
    3855                 :             :                  * when we don't know how that relates to the expressions.
    3856                 :             :                  */
    3857                 :       28315 :                 examine_variable(root, groupexpr, 0, &vardata);
    3858   [ +  +  +  + ]:       28315 :                 if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple) || vardata.isunique)
    3859                 :             :                 {
    3860                 :       40380 :                         varinfos = add_unique_group_var(root, varinfos,
    3861                 :       20190 :                                                                                         groupexpr, &vardata);
    3862         [ +  + ]:       20190 :                         ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
    3863                 :       20190 :                         continue;
    3864                 :             :                 }
    3865         [ +  - ]:        8125 :                 ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
    3866                 :             : 
    3867                 :             :                 /*
    3868                 :             :                  * Else pull out the component Vars.  Handle PlaceHolderVars by
    3869                 :             :                  * recursing into their arguments (effectively assuming that the
    3870                 :             :                  * PlaceHolderVar doesn't change the number of groups, which boils
    3871                 :             :                  * down to ignoring the possible addition of nulls to the result set).
    3872                 :             :                  */
    3873                 :        8125 :                 varshere = pull_var_clause(groupexpr,
    3874                 :             :                                                                    PVC_RECURSE_AGGREGATES |
    3875                 :             :                                                                    PVC_RECURSE_WINDOWFUNCS |
    3876                 :             :                                                                    PVC_RECURSE_PLACEHOLDERS);
    3877                 :             : 
    3878                 :             :                 /*
    3879                 :             :                  * If we find any variable-free GROUP BY item, then either it is a
    3880                 :             :                  * constant (and we can ignore it) or it contains a volatile function;
    3881                 :             :                  * in the latter case we punt and assume that each input row will
    3882                 :             :                  * yield a distinct group.
    3883                 :             :                  */
    3884         [ +  + ]:        8125 :                 if (varshere == NIL)
    3885                 :             :                 {
    3886         [ +  + ]:         120 :                         if (contain_volatile_functions(groupexpr))
    3887                 :           8 :                                 return input_rows;
    3888                 :         112 :                         continue;
    3889                 :             :                 }
    3890                 :             : 
    3891                 :             :                 /*
    3892                 :             :                  * Else add variables to varinfos list
    3893                 :             :                  */
    3894   [ +  -  +  +  :       16342 :                 foreach(l2, varshere)
                   +  + ]
    3895                 :             :                 {
    3896                 :        8337 :                         Node       *var = (Node *) lfirst(l2);
    3897                 :             : 
    3898                 :        8337 :                         examine_variable(root, var, 0, &vardata);
    3899                 :        8337 :                         varinfos = add_unique_group_var(root, varinfos, var, &vardata);
    3900         [ +  + ]:        8337 :                         ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
    3901                 :        8337 :                 }
    3902      [ +  +  + ]:       28480 :         }
    3903                 :             : 
    3904                 :             :         /*
    3905                 :             :          * If now no Vars, we must have an all-constant or all-boolean GROUP BY
    3906                 :             :          * list.
    3907                 :             :          */
    3908         [ +  + ]:       25181 :         if (varinfos == NIL)
    3909                 :             :         {
    3910                 :             :                 /* Apply SRF multiplier as we would do in the long path */
    3911                 :          76 :                 numdistinct *= srf_multiplier;
    3912                 :             :                 /* Round off */
    3913                 :          76 :                 numdistinct = ceil(numdistinct);
    3914                 :             :                 /* Guard against out-of-range answers */
    3915         [ +  + ]:          76 :                 if (numdistinct > input_rows)
    3916                 :          14 :                         numdistinct = input_rows;
    3917         [ +  - ]:          76 :                 if (numdistinct < 1.0)
    3918                 :           0 :                         numdistinct = 1.0;
    3919                 :          76 :                 return numdistinct;
    3920                 :             :         }
    3921                 :             : 
    3922                 :             :         /*
    3923                 :             :          * Group Vars by relation and estimate total numdistinct.
    3924                 :             :          *
    3925                 :             :          * For each iteration of the outer loop, we process the frontmost Var in
    3926                 :             :          * varinfos, plus all other Vars in the same relation.  We remove these
    3927                 :             :          * Vars from the newvarinfos list for the next iteration. This is the
    3928                 :             :          * easiest way to group Vars of same rel together.
    3929                 :             :          */
    3930                 :       25105 :         do
    3931                 :             :         {
    3932                 :       25350 :                 GroupVarInfo *varinfo1 = (GroupVarInfo *) linitial(varinfos);
    3933                 :       25350 :                 RelOptInfo *rel = varinfo1->rel;
    3934                 :       25350 :                 double          reldistinct = 1;
    3935                 :       25350 :                 double          relmaxndistinct = reldistinct;
    3936                 :       25350 :                 int                     relvarcount = 0;
    3937                 :       25350 :                 List       *newvarinfos = NIL;
    3938                 :       25350 :                 List       *relvarinfos = NIL;
    3939                 :             : 
    3940                 :             :                 /*
    3941                 :             :                  * Split the list of varinfos in two - one for the current rel, one
    3942                 :             :                  * for remaining Vars on other rels.
    3943                 :             :                  */
    3944                 :       25350 :                 relvarinfos = lappend(relvarinfos, varinfo1);
    3945   [ +  -  +  +  :       28979 :                 for_each_from(l, varinfos, 1)
                   +  + ]
    3946                 :             :                 {
    3947                 :        3629 :                         GroupVarInfo *varinfo2 = (GroupVarInfo *) lfirst(l);
    3948                 :             : 
    3949         [ +  + ]:        3629 :                         if (varinfo2->rel == varinfo1->rel)
    3950                 :             :                         {
    3951                 :             :                                 /* varinfos on current rel */
    3952                 :        3052 :                                 relvarinfos = lappend(relvarinfos, varinfo2);
    3953                 :        3052 :                         }
    3954                 :             :                         else
    3955                 :             :                         {
    3956                 :             :                                 /* not time to process varinfo2 yet */
    3957                 :         577 :                                 newvarinfos = lappend(newvarinfos, varinfo2);
    3958                 :             :                         }
    3959                 :        3629 :                 }
    3960                 :             : 
    3961                 :             :                 /*
    3962                 :             :                  * Get the numdistinct estimate for the Vars of this rel.  We
    3963                 :             :                  * iteratively search for multivariate n-distinct with maximum number
    3964                 :             :                  * of vars; assuming that each var group is independent of the others,
    3965                 :             :                  * we multiply them together.  Any remaining relvarinfos after no more
    3966                 :             :                  * multivariate matches are found are assumed independent too, so
    3967                 :             :                  * their individual ndistinct estimates are multiplied also.
    3968                 :             :                  *
    3969                 :             :                  * While iterating, count how many separate numdistinct values we
    3970                 :             :                  * apply.  We apply a fudge factor below, but only if we multiplied
    3971                 :             :                  * more than one such values.
    3972                 :             :                  */
    3973         [ +  + ]:       50721 :                 while (relvarinfos)
    3974                 :             :                 {
    3975                 :       25371 :                         double          mvndistinct;
    3976                 :             : 
    3977         [ +  + ]:       25371 :                         if (estimate_multivariate_ndistinct(root, rel, &relvarinfos,
    3978                 :             :                                                                                                 &mvndistinct))
    3979                 :             :                         {
    3980                 :          69 :                                 reldistinct *= mvndistinct;
    3981         [ +  + ]:          69 :                                 if (relmaxndistinct < mvndistinct)
    3982                 :          67 :                                         relmaxndistinct = mvndistinct;
    3983                 :          69 :                                 relvarcount++;
    3984                 :          69 :                         }
    3985                 :             :                         else
    3986                 :             :                         {
    3987   [ +  -  +  +  :       53558 :                                 foreach(l, relvarinfos)
                   +  + ]
    3988                 :             :                                 {
    3989                 :       28256 :                                         GroupVarInfo *varinfo2 = (GroupVarInfo *) lfirst(l);
    3990                 :             : 
    3991                 :       28256 :                                         reldistinct *= varinfo2->ndistinct;
    3992         [ +  + ]:       28256 :                                         if (relmaxndistinct < varinfo2->ndistinct)
    3993                 :       25221 :                                                 relmaxndistinct = varinfo2->ndistinct;
    3994                 :       28256 :                                         relvarcount++;
    3995                 :             : 
    3996                 :             :                                         /*
    3997                 :             :                                          * When varinfo2's isdefault is set then we'd better set
    3998                 :             :                                          * the SELFLAG_USED_DEFAULT bit in the EstimationInfo.
    3999                 :             :                                          */
    4000   [ +  +  +  + ]:       28256 :                                         if (estinfo != NULL && varinfo2->isdefault)
    4001                 :        2486 :                                                 estinfo->flags |= SELFLAG_USED_DEFAULT;
    4002                 :       28256 :                                 }
    4003                 :             : 
    4004                 :             :                                 /* we're done with this relation */
    4005                 :       25302 :                                 relvarinfos = NIL;
    4006                 :             :                         }
    4007                 :       25371 :                 }
    4008                 :             : 
    4009                 :             :                 /*
    4010                 :             :                  * Sanity check --- don't divide by zero if empty relation.
    4011                 :             :                  */
    4012   [ +  +  +  - ]:       25350 :                 Assert(IS_SIMPLE_REL(rel));
    4013         [ +  + ]:       25350 :                 if (rel->tuples > 0)
    4014                 :             :                 {
    4015                 :             :                         /*
    4016                 :             :                          * Clamp to size of rel, or size of rel / 10 if multiple Vars. The
    4017                 :             :                          * fudge factor is because the Vars are probably correlated but we
    4018                 :             :                          * don't know by how much.  We should never clamp to less than the
    4019                 :             :                          * largest ndistinct value for any of the Vars, though, since
    4020                 :             :                          * there will surely be at least that many groups.
    4021                 :             :                          */
    4022                 :       25181 :                         double          clamp = rel->tuples;
    4023                 :             : 
    4024         [ +  + ]:       25181 :                         if (relvarcount > 1)
    4025                 :             :                         {
    4026                 :        2265 :                                 clamp *= 0.1;
    4027         [ +  + ]:        2265 :                                 if (clamp < relmaxndistinct)
    4028                 :             :                                 {
    4029                 :        1832 :                                         clamp = relmaxndistinct;
    4030                 :             :                                         /* for sanity in case some ndistinct is too large: */
    4031         [ +  + ]:        1832 :                                         if (clamp > rel->tuples)
    4032                 :          13 :                                                 clamp = rel->tuples;
    4033                 :        1832 :                                 }
    4034                 :        2265 :                         }
    4035         [ +  + ]:       25181 :                         if (reldistinct > clamp)
    4036                 :        1926 :                                 reldistinct = clamp;
    4037                 :             : 
    4038                 :             :                         /*
    4039                 :             :                          * Update the estimate based on the restriction selectivity,
    4040                 :             :                          * guarding against division by zero when reldistinct is zero.
    4041                 :             :                          * Also skip this if we know that we are returning all rows.
    4042                 :             :                          */
    4043   [ +  -  +  + ]:       25181 :                         if (reldistinct > 0 && rel->rows < rel->tuples)
    4044                 :             :                         {
    4045                 :             :                                 /*
    4046                 :             :                                  * Given a table containing N rows with n distinct values in a
    4047                 :             :                                  * uniform distribution, if we select p rows at random then
    4048                 :             :                                  * the expected number of distinct values selected is
    4049                 :             :                                  *
    4050                 :             :                                  * n * (1 - product((N-N/n-i)/(N-i), i=0..p-1))
    4051                 :             :                                  *
    4052                 :             :                                  * = n * (1 - (N-N/n)! / (N-N/n-p)! * (N-p)! / N!)
    4053                 :             :                                  *
    4054                 :             :                                  * See "Approximating block accesses in database
    4055                 :             :                                  * organizations", S. B. Yao, Communications of the ACM,
    4056                 :             :                                  * Volume 20 Issue 4, April 1977 Pages 260-261.
    4057                 :             :                                  *
    4058                 :             :                                  * Alternatively, re-arranging the terms from the factorials,
    4059                 :             :                                  * this may be written as
    4060                 :             :                                  *
    4061                 :             :                                  * n * (1 - product((N-p-i)/(N-i), i=0..N/n-1))
    4062                 :             :                                  *
    4063                 :             :                                  * This form of the formula is more efficient to compute in
    4064                 :             :                                  * the common case where p is larger than N/n.  Additionally,
    4065                 :             :                                  * as pointed out by Dell'Era, if i << N for all terms in the
    4066                 :             :                                  * product, it can be approximated by
    4067                 :             :                                  *
    4068                 :             :                                  * n * (1 - ((N-p)/N)^(N/n))
    4069                 :             :                                  *
    4070                 :             :                                  * See "Expected distinct values when selecting from a bag
    4071                 :             :                                  * without replacement", Alberto Dell'Era,
    4072                 :             :                                  * http://www.adellera.it/investigations/distinct_balls/.
    4073                 :             :                                  *
    4074                 :             :                                  * The condition i << N is equivalent to n >> 1, so this is a
    4075                 :             :                                  * good approximation when the number of distinct values in
    4076                 :             :                                  * the table is large.  It turns out that this formula also
    4077                 :             :                                  * works well even when n is small.
    4078                 :             :                                  */
    4079                 :        5753 :                                 reldistinct *=
    4080                 :       11506 :                                         (1 - pow((rel->tuples - rel->rows) / rel->tuples,
    4081                 :        5753 :                                                          rel->tuples / reldistinct));
    4082                 :        5753 :                         }
    4083                 :       25181 :                         reldistinct = clamp_row_est(reldistinct);
    4084                 :             : 
    4085                 :             :                         /*
    4086                 :             :                          * Update estimate of total distinct groups.
    4087                 :             :                          */
    4088                 :       25181 :                         numdistinct *= reldistinct;
    4089                 :       25181 :                 }
    4090                 :             : 
    4091                 :       25350 :                 varinfos = newvarinfos;
    4092         [ +  + ]:       25350 :         } while (varinfos != NIL);
    4093                 :             : 
    4094                 :             :         /* Now we can account for the effects of any SRFs */
    4095                 :       25105 :         numdistinct *= srf_multiplier;
    4096                 :             : 
    4097                 :             :         /* Round off */
    4098                 :       25105 :         numdistinct = ceil(numdistinct);
    4099                 :             : 
    4100                 :             :         /* Guard against out-of-range answers */
    4101         [ +  + ]:       25105 :         if (numdistinct > input_rows)
    4102                 :        5207 :                 numdistinct = input_rows;
    4103         [ +  - ]:       25105 :         if (numdistinct < 1.0)
    4104                 :           0 :                 numdistinct = 1.0;
    4105                 :             : 
    4106                 :       25105 :         return numdistinct;
    4107                 :       25342 : }
    4108                 :             : 
    4109                 :             : /*
    4110                 :             :  * Try to estimate the bucket size of the hash join inner side when the join
    4111                 :             :  * condition contains two or more clauses by employing extended statistics.
    4112                 :             :  *
    4113                 :             :  * The main idea of this approach is that the distinct value generated by
    4114                 :             :  * multivariate estimation on two or more columns would provide less bucket size
    4115                 :             :  * than estimation on one separate column.
    4116                 :             :  *
    4117                 :             :  * IMPORTANT: It is crucial to synchronize the approach of combining different
    4118                 :             :  * estimations with the caller's method.
    4119                 :             :  *
    4120                 :             :  * Return a list of clauses that didn't fetch any extended statistics.
    4121                 :             :  */
    4122                 :             : List *
    4123                 :       52403 : estimate_multivariate_bucketsize(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *inner,
    4124                 :             :                                                                  List *hashclauses,
    4125                 :             :                                                                  Selectivity *innerbucketsize)
    4126                 :             : {
    4127                 :       52403 :         List       *clauses;
    4128                 :       52403 :         List       *otherclauses;
    4129                 :       52403 :         double          ndistinct;
    4130                 :             : 
    4131         [ +  + ]:       52403 :         if (list_length(hashclauses) <= 1)
    4132                 :             :         {
    4133                 :             :                 /*
    4134                 :             :                  * Nothing to do for a single clause.  Could we employ univariate
    4135                 :             :                  * extended stat here?
    4136                 :             :                  */
    4137                 :       49896 :                 return hashclauses;
    4138                 :             :         }
    4139                 :             : 
    4140                 :             :         /* "clauses" is the list of hashclauses we've not dealt with yet */
    4141                 :        2507 :         clauses = list_copy(hashclauses);
    4142                 :             :         /* "otherclauses" holds clauses we are going to return to caller */
    4143                 :        2507 :         otherclauses = NIL;
    4144                 :             :         /* current estimate of ndistinct */
    4145                 :        2507 :         ndistinct = 1.0;
    4146         [ +  + ]:        5016 :         while (clauses != NIL)
    4147                 :             :         {
    4148                 :        2509 :                 ListCell   *lc;
    4149                 :        2509 :                 int                     relid = -1;
    4150                 :        2509 :                 List       *varinfos = NIL;
    4151                 :        2509 :                 List       *origin_rinfos = NIL;
    4152                 :        2509 :                 double          mvndistinct;
    4153                 :        2509 :                 List       *origin_varinfos;
    4154                 :        2509 :                 int                     group_relid = -1;
    4155                 :        2509 :                 RelOptInfo *group_rel = NULL;
    4156                 :        2509 :                 ListCell   *lc1,
    4157                 :             :                                    *lc2;
    4158                 :             : 
    4159                 :             :                 /*
    4160                 :             :                  * Find clauses, referencing the same single base relation and try to
    4161                 :             :                  * estimate such a group with extended statistics.  Create varinfo for
    4162                 :             :                  * an approved clause, push it to otherclauses, if it can't be
    4163                 :             :                  * estimated here or ignore to process at the next iteration.
    4164                 :             :                  */
    4165   [ +  +  +  +  :        7629 :                 foreach(lc, clauses)
                   +  + ]
    4166                 :             :                 {
    4167                 :        5120 :                         RestrictInfo *rinfo = lfirst_node(RestrictInfo, lc);
    4168                 :        5120 :                         Node       *expr;
    4169                 :        5120 :                         Relids          relids;
    4170                 :        5120 :                         GroupVarInfo *varinfo;
    4171                 :             : 
    4172                 :             :                         /*
    4173                 :             :                          * Find the inner side of the join, which we need to estimate the
    4174                 :             :                          * number of buckets.  Use outer_is_left because the
    4175                 :             :                          * clause_sides_match_join routine has called on hash clauses.
    4176                 :             :                          */
    4177         [ +  + ]:        5120 :                         relids = rinfo->outer_is_left ?
    4178                 :        5120 :                                 rinfo->right_relids : rinfo->left_relids;
    4179         [ +  + ]:        5120 :                         expr = rinfo->outer_is_left ?
    4180                 :        5120 :                                 get_rightop(rinfo->clause) : get_leftop(rinfo->clause);
    4181                 :             : 
    4182   [ +  +  +  + ]:        5120 :                         if (bms_get_singleton_member(relids, &relid) &&
    4183                 :        5019 :                                 root->simple_rel_array[relid]->statlist != NIL)
    4184                 :             :                         {
    4185                 :          10 :                                 bool            is_duplicate = false;
    4186                 :             : 
    4187                 :             :                                 /*
    4188                 :             :                                  * This inner-side expression references only one relation.
    4189                 :             :                                  * Extended statistics on this clause can exist.
    4190                 :             :                                  */
    4191         [ +  + ]:          10 :                                 if (group_relid < 0)
    4192                 :             :                                 {
    4193                 :           5 :                                         RangeTblEntry *rte = root->simple_rte_array[relid];
    4194                 :             : 
    4195   [ +  -  -  +  :           5 :                                         if (!rte || (rte->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION &&
                   #  # ]
    4196         [ #  # ]:           0 :                                                                  rte->relkind != RELKIND_MATVIEW &&
    4197         [ #  # ]:           0 :                                                                  rte->relkind != RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE &&
    4198                 :           0 :                                                                  rte->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE))
    4199                 :             :                                         {
    4200                 :             :                                                 /* Extended statistics can't exist in principle */
    4201                 :           0 :                                                 otherclauses = lappend(otherclauses, rinfo);
    4202                 :           0 :                                                 clauses = foreach_delete_current(clauses, lc);
    4203                 :           0 :                                                 continue;
    4204                 :             :                                         }
    4205                 :             : 
    4206                 :           5 :                                         group_relid = relid;
    4207                 :           5 :                                         group_rel = root->simple_rel_array[relid];
    4208         [ -  + ]:           5 :                                 }
    4209         [ -  + ]:           5 :                                 else if (group_relid != relid)
    4210                 :             :                                 {
    4211                 :             :                                         /*
    4212                 :             :                                          * Being in the group forming state we don't need other
    4213                 :             :                                          * clauses.
    4214                 :             :                                          */
    4215                 :           0 :                                         continue;
    4216                 :             :                                 }
    4217                 :             : 
    4218                 :             :                                 /*
    4219                 :             :                                  * We're going to add the new clause to the varinfos list.  We
    4220                 :             :                                  * might re-use add_unique_group_var(), but we don't do so for
    4221                 :             :                                  * two reasons.
    4222                 :             :                                  *
    4223                 :             :                                  * 1) We must keep the origin_rinfos list ordered exactly the
    4224                 :             :                                  * same way as varinfos.
    4225                 :             :                                  *
    4226                 :             :                                  * 2) add_unique_group_var() is designed for
    4227                 :             :                                  * estimate_num_groups(), where a larger number of groups is
    4228                 :             :                                  * worse.   While estimating the number of hash buckets, we
    4229                 :             :                                  * have the opposite: a lesser number of groups is worse.
    4230                 :             :                                  * Therefore, we don't have to remove "known equal" vars: the
    4231                 :             :                                  * removed var may valuably contribute to the multivariate
    4232                 :             :                                  * statistics to grow the number of groups.
    4233                 :             :                                  */
    4234                 :             : 
    4235                 :             :                                 /*
    4236                 :             :                                  * Clear nullingrels to correctly match hash keys.  See
    4237                 :             :                                  * add_unique_group_var()'s comment for details.
    4238                 :             :                                  */
    4239                 :          10 :                                 expr = remove_nulling_relids(expr, root->outer_join_rels, NULL);
    4240                 :             : 
    4241                 :             :                                 /*
    4242                 :             :                                  * Detect and exclude exact duplicates from the list of hash
    4243                 :             :                                  * keys (like add_unique_group_var does).
    4244                 :             :                                  */
    4245   [ +  +  +  +  :          16 :                                 foreach(lc1, varinfos)
                   +  + ]
    4246                 :             :                                 {
    4247                 :           6 :                                         varinfo = (GroupVarInfo *) lfirst(lc1);
    4248                 :             : 
    4249         [ +  + ]:           6 :                                         if (!equal(expr, varinfo->var))
    4250                 :           4 :                                                 continue;
    4251                 :             : 
    4252                 :           2 :                                         is_duplicate = true;
    4253                 :           2 :                                         break;
    4254                 :             :                                 }
    4255                 :             : 
    4256         [ +  + ]:          10 :                                 if (is_duplicate)
    4257                 :             :                                 {
    4258                 :             :                                         /*
    4259                 :             :                                          * Skip exact duplicates. Adding them to the otherclauses
    4260                 :             :                                          * list also doesn't make sense.
    4261                 :             :                                          */
    4262                 :           2 :                                         continue;
    4263                 :             :                                 }
    4264                 :             : 
    4265                 :             :                                 /*
    4266                 :             :                                  * Initialize GroupVarInfo.  We only use it to call
    4267                 :             :                                  * estimate_multivariate_ndistinct(), which doesn't care about
    4268                 :             :                                  * ndistinct and isdefault fields.  Thus, skip these fields.
    4269                 :             :                                  */
    4270                 :           8 :                                 varinfo = palloc0_object(GroupVarInfo);
    4271                 :           8 :                                 varinfo->var = expr;
    4272                 :           8 :                                 varinfo->rel = root->simple_rel_array[relid];
    4273                 :           8 :                                 varinfos = lappend(varinfos, varinfo);
    4274                 :             : 
    4275                 :             :                                 /*
    4276                 :             :                                  * Remember the link to RestrictInfo for the case the clause
    4277                 :             :                                  * is failed to be estimated.
    4278                 :             :                                  */
    4279                 :           8 :                                 origin_rinfos = lappend(origin_rinfos, rinfo);
    4280         [ +  + ]:          10 :                         }
    4281                 :             :                         else
    4282                 :             :                         {
    4283                 :             :                                 /* This clause can't be estimated with extended statistics */
    4284                 :        5110 :                                 otherclauses = lappend(otherclauses, rinfo);
    4285                 :             :                         }
    4286                 :             : 
    4287                 :        5118 :                         clauses = foreach_delete_current(clauses, lc);
    4288         [ +  + ]:        5120 :                 }
    4289                 :             : 
    4290         [ +  + ]:        2509 :                 if (list_length(varinfos) < 2)
    4291                 :             :                 {
    4292                 :             :                         /*
    4293                 :             :                          * Multivariate statistics doesn't apply to single columns except
    4294                 :             :                          * for expressions, but it has not been implemented yet.
    4295                 :             :                          */
    4296                 :        2507 :                         otherclauses = list_concat(otherclauses, origin_rinfos);
    4297                 :        2507 :                         list_free_deep(varinfos);
    4298                 :        2507 :                         list_free(origin_rinfos);
    4299                 :        2507 :                         continue;
    4300                 :             :                 }
    4301                 :             : 
    4302         [ -  + ]:           2 :                 Assert(group_rel != NULL);
    4303                 :             : 
    4304                 :             :                 /* Employ the extended statistics. */
    4305                 :           2 :                 origin_varinfos = varinfos;
    4306                 :           4 :                 for (;;)
    4307                 :             :                 {
    4308                 :           8 :                         bool            estimated = estimate_multivariate_ndistinct(root,
    4309                 :           4 :                                                                                                                                         group_rel,
    4310                 :             :                                                                                                                                         &varinfos,
    4311                 :             :                                                                                                                                         &mvndistinct);
    4312                 :             : 
    4313         [ +  + ]:           4 :                         if (!estimated)
    4314                 :           2 :                                 break;
    4315                 :             : 
    4316                 :             :                         /*
    4317                 :             :                          * We've got an estimation.  Use ndistinct value in a consistent
    4318                 :             :                          * way - according to the caller's logic (see
    4319                 :             :                          * final_cost_hashjoin).
    4320                 :             :                          */
    4321         [ -  + ]:           2 :                         if (ndistinct < mvndistinct)
    4322                 :           2 :                                 ndistinct = mvndistinct;
    4323         [ -  + ]:           2 :                         Assert(ndistinct >= 1.0);
    4324         [ +  + ]:           4 :                 }
    4325                 :             : 
    4326         [ -  + ]:           2 :                 Assert(list_length(origin_varinfos) == list_length(origin_rinfos));
    4327                 :             : 
    4328                 :             :                 /* Collect unmatched clauses as otherclauses. */
    4329   [ +  -  +  +  :           7 :                 forboth(lc1, origin_varinfos, lc2, origin_rinfos)
          +  -  +  +  +  
                +  +  + ]
    4330                 :             :                 {
    4331                 :           5 :                         GroupVarInfo *vinfo = lfirst(lc1);
    4332                 :             : 
    4333         [ -  + ]:           5 :                         if (!list_member_ptr(varinfos, vinfo))
    4334                 :             :                                 /* Already estimated */
    4335                 :           5 :                                 continue;
    4336                 :             : 
    4337                 :             :                         /* Can't be estimated here - push to the returning list */
    4338                 :           0 :                         otherclauses = lappend(otherclauses, lfirst(lc2));
    4339         [ +  - ]:           5 :                 }
    4340         [ +  + ]:        2509 :         }
    4341                 :             : 
    4342                 :        2507 :         *innerbucketsize = 1.0 / ndistinct;
    4343                 :        2507 :         return otherclauses;
    4344                 :       52403 : }
    4345                 :             : 
    4346                 :             : /*
    4347                 :             :  * Estimate hash bucket statistics when the specified expression is used
    4348                 :             :  * as a hash key for the given number of buckets.
    4349                 :             :  *
    4350                 :             :  * This attempts to determine two values:
    4351                 :             :  *
    4352                 :             :  * 1. The frequency of the most common value of the expression (returns
    4353                 :             :  * zero into *mcv_freq if we can't get that).
    4354                 :             :  *
    4355                 :             :  * 2. The "bucketsize fraction", ie, average number of entries in a bucket
    4356                 :             :  * divided by total tuples in relation.
    4357                 :             :  *
    4358                 :             :  * XXX This is really pretty bogus since we're effectively assuming that the
    4359                 :             :  * distribution of hash keys will be the same after applying restriction
    4360                 :             :  * clauses as it was in the underlying relation.  However, we are not nearly
    4361                 :             :  * smart enough to figure out how the restrict clauses might change the
    4362                 :             :  * distribution, so this will have to do for now.
    4363                 :             :  *
    4364                 :             :  * We are passed the number of buckets the executor will use for the given
    4365                 :             :  * input relation.  If the data were perfectly distributed, with the same
    4366                 :             :  * number of tuples going into each available bucket, then the bucketsize
    4367                 :             :  * fraction would be 1/nbuckets.  But this happy state of affairs will occur
    4368                 :             :  * only if (a) there are at least nbuckets distinct data values, and (b)
    4369                 :             :  * we have a not-too-skewed data distribution.  Otherwise the buckets will
    4370                 :             :  * be nonuniformly occupied.  If the other relation in the join has a key
    4371                 :             :  * distribution similar to this one's, then the most-loaded buckets are
    4372                 :             :  * exactly those that will be probed most often.  Therefore, the "average"
    4373                 :             :  * bucket size for costing purposes should really be taken as something close
    4374                 :             :  * to the "worst case" bucket size.  We try to estimate this by adjusting the
    4375                 :             :  * fraction if there are too few distinct data values, and then scaling up
    4376                 :             :  * by the ratio of the most common value's frequency to the average frequency.
    4377                 :             :  *
    4378                 :             :  * If no statistics are available, use a default estimate of 0.1.  This will
    4379                 :             :  * discourage use of a hash rather strongly if the inner relation is large,
    4380                 :             :  * which is what we want.  We do not want to hash unless we know that the
    4381                 :             :  * inner rel is well-dispersed (or the alternatives seem much worse).
    4382                 :             :  *
    4383                 :             :  * The caller should also check that the mcv_freq is not so large that the
    4384                 :             :  * most common value would by itself require an impractically large bucket.
    4385                 :             :  * In a hash join, the executor can split buckets if they get too big, but
    4386                 :             :  * obviously that doesn't help for a bucket that contains many duplicates of
    4387                 :             :  * the same value.
    4388                 :             :  */
    4389                 :             : void
    4390                 :       21687 : estimate_hash_bucket_stats(PlannerInfo *root, Node *hashkey, double nbuckets,
    4391                 :             :                                                    Selectivity *mcv_freq,
    4392                 :             :                                                    Selectivity *bucketsize_frac)
    4393                 :             : {
    4394                 :       21687 :         VariableStatData vardata;
    4395                 :       21687 :         double          estfract,
    4396                 :             :                                 ndistinct,
    4397                 :             :                                 stanullfrac,
    4398                 :             :                                 avgfreq;
    4399                 :       21687 :         bool            isdefault;
    4400                 :       21687 :         AttStatsSlot sslot;
    4401                 :             : 
    4402                 :       21687 :         examine_variable(root, hashkey, 0, &vardata);
    4403                 :             : 
    4404                 :             :         /* Initialize *mcv_freq to "unknown" */
    4405                 :       21687 :         *mcv_freq = 0.0;
    4406                 :             : 
    4407                 :             :         /* Look up the frequency of the most common value, if available */
    4408         [ +  + ]:       21687 :         if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple))
    4409                 :             :         {
    4410         [ +  + ]:       15339 :                 if (get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata.statsTuple,
    4411                 :             :                                                          STATISTIC_KIND_MCV, InvalidOid,
    4412                 :             :                                                          ATTSTATSSLOT_NUMBERS))
    4413                 :             :                 {
    4414                 :             :                         /*
    4415                 :             :                          * The first MCV stat is for the most common value.
    4416                 :             :                          */
    4417         [ -  + ]:       10159 :                         if (sslot.nnumbers > 0)
    4418                 :       10159 :                                 *mcv_freq = sslot.numbers[0];
    4419                 :       10159 :                         free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
    4420                 :       10159 :                 }
    4421         [ +  + ]:        5180 :                 else if (get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata.statsTuple,
    4422                 :             :                                                                   STATISTIC_KIND_HISTOGRAM, InvalidOid,
    4423                 :             :                                                                   0))
    4424                 :             :                 {
    4425                 :             :                         /*
    4426                 :             :                          * If there are no recorded MCVs, but we do have a histogram, then
    4427                 :             :                          * assume that ANALYZE determined that the column is unique.
    4428                 :             :                          */
    4429   [ +  -  +  + ]:        5101 :                         if (vardata.rel && vardata.rel->rows > 0)
    4430                 :        5098 :                                 *mcv_freq = 1.0 / vardata.rel->rows;
    4431                 :        5101 :                 }
    4432                 :       15339 :         }
    4433                 :             : 
    4434                 :             :         /* Get number of distinct values */
    4435                 :       21687 :         ndistinct = get_variable_numdistinct(&vardata, &isdefault);
    4436                 :             : 
    4437                 :             :         /*
    4438                 :             :          * If ndistinct isn't real, punt.  We normally return 0.1, but if the
    4439                 :             :          * mcv_freq is known to be even higher than that, use it instead.
    4440                 :             :          */
    4441         [ +  + ]:       21687 :         if (isdefault)
    4442                 :             :         {
    4443         [ +  - ]:        2965 :                 *bucketsize_frac = (Selectivity) Max(0.1, *mcv_freq);
    4444         [ +  + ]:        2965 :                 ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
    4445                 :        2965 :                 return;
    4446                 :             :         }
    4447                 :             : 
    4448                 :             :         /* Get fraction that are null */
    4449         [ +  + ]:       18722 :         if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple))
    4450                 :             :         {
    4451                 :       15336 :                 Form_pg_statistic stats;
    4452                 :             : 
    4453                 :       15336 :                 stats = (Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(vardata.statsTuple);
    4454                 :       15336 :                 stanullfrac = stats->stanullfrac;
    4455                 :       15336 :         }
    4456                 :             :         else
    4457                 :        3386 :                 stanullfrac = 0.0;
    4458                 :             : 
    4459                 :             :         /* Compute avg freq of all distinct data values in raw relation */
    4460                 :       18722 :         avgfreq = (1.0 - stanullfrac) / ndistinct;
    4461                 :             : 
    4462                 :             :         /*
    4463                 :             :          * Adjust ndistinct to account for restriction clauses.  Observe we are
    4464                 :             :          * assuming that the data distribution is affected uniformly by the
    4465                 :             :          * restriction clauses!
    4466                 :             :          *
    4467                 :             :          * XXX Possibly better way, but much more expensive: multiply by
    4468                 :             :          * selectivity of rel's restriction clauses that mention the target Var.
    4469                 :             :          */
    4470   [ +  -  +  + ]:       18722 :         if (vardata.rel && vardata.rel->tuples > 0)
    4471                 :             :         {
    4472                 :       18720 :                 ndistinct *= vardata.rel->rows / vardata.rel->tuples;
    4473                 :       18720 :                 ndistinct = clamp_row_est(ndistinct);
    4474                 :       18720 :         }
    4475                 :             : 
    4476                 :             :         /*
    4477                 :             :          * Initial estimate of bucketsize fraction is 1/nbuckets as long as the
    4478                 :             :          * number of buckets is less than the expected number of distinct values;
    4479                 :             :          * otherwise it is 1/ndistinct.
    4480                 :             :          */
    4481         [ +  + ]:       18722 :         if (ndistinct > nbuckets)
    4482                 :          14 :                 estfract = 1.0 / nbuckets;
    4483                 :             :         else
    4484                 :       18708 :                 estfract = 1.0 / ndistinct;
    4485                 :             : 
    4486                 :             :         /*
    4487                 :             :          * Adjust estimated bucketsize upward to account for skewed distribution.
    4488                 :             :          */
    4489   [ +  +  +  + ]:       18722 :         if (avgfreq > 0.0 && *mcv_freq > avgfreq)
    4490                 :       10599 :                 estfract *= *mcv_freq / avgfreq;
    4491                 :             : 
    4492                 :             :         /*
    4493                 :             :          * Clamp bucketsize to sane range (the above adjustment could easily
    4494                 :             :          * produce an out-of-range result).  We set the lower bound a little above
    4495                 :             :          * zero, since zero isn't a very sane result.
    4496                 :             :          */
    4497         [ -  + ]:       18722 :         if (estfract < 1.0e-6)
    4498                 :           0 :                 estfract = 1.0e-6;
    4499         [ +  + ]:       18722 :         else if (estfract > 1.0)
    4500                 :        4794 :                 estfract = 1.0;
    4501                 :             : 
    4502                 :       18722 :         *bucketsize_frac = (Selectivity) estfract;
    4503                 :             : 
    4504         [ +  + ]:       18722 :         ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
    4505         [ -  + ]:       21687 : }
    4506                 :             : 
    4507                 :             : /*
    4508                 :             :  * estimate_hashagg_tablesize
    4509                 :             :  *        estimate the number of bytes that a hash aggregate hashtable will
    4510                 :             :  *        require based on the agg_costs, path width and number of groups.
    4511                 :             :  *
    4512                 :             :  * We return the result as "double" to forestall any possible overflow
    4513                 :             :  * problem in the multiplication by dNumGroups.
    4514                 :             :  *
    4515                 :             :  * XXX this may be over-estimating the size now that hashagg knows to omit
    4516                 :             :  * unneeded columns from the hashtable.  Also for mixed-mode grouping sets,
    4517                 :             :  * grouping columns not in the hashed set are counted here even though hashagg
    4518                 :             :  * won't store them.  Is this a problem?
    4519                 :             :  */
    4520                 :             : double
    4521                 :         425 : estimate_hashagg_tablesize(PlannerInfo *root, Path *path,
    4522                 :             :                                                    const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs, double dNumGroups)
    4523                 :             : {
    4524                 :         425 :         Size            hashentrysize;
    4525                 :             : 
    4526                 :         850 :         hashentrysize = hash_agg_entry_size(list_length(root->aggtransinfos),
    4527                 :         425 :                                                                                 path->pathtarget->width,
    4528                 :         425 :                                                                                 agg_costs->transitionSpace);
    4529                 :             : 
    4530                 :             :         /*
    4531                 :             :          * Note that this disregards the effect of fill-factor and growth policy
    4532                 :             :          * of the hash table.  That's probably ok, given that the default
    4533                 :             :          * fill-factor is relatively high.  It'd be hard to meaningfully factor in
    4534                 :             :          * "double-in-size" growth policies here.
    4535                 :             :          */
    4536                 :         850 :         return hashentrysize * dNumGroups;
    4537                 :         425 : }
    4538                 :             : 
    4539                 :             : 
    4540                 :             : /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
    4541                 :             :  *
    4542                 :             :  * Support routines
    4543                 :             :  *
    4544                 :             :  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
    4545                 :             :  */
    4546                 :             : 
    4547                 :             : /*
    4548                 :             :  * Find the best matching ndistinct extended statistics for the given list of
    4549                 :             :  * GroupVarInfos.
    4550                 :             :  *
    4551                 :             :  * Callers must ensure that the given GroupVarInfos all belong to 'rel' and
    4552                 :             :  * the GroupVarInfos list does not contain any duplicate Vars or expressions.
    4553                 :             :  *
    4554                 :             :  * When statistics are found that match > 1 of the given GroupVarInfo, the
    4555                 :             :  * *ndistinct parameter is set according to the ndistinct estimate and a new
    4556                 :             :  * list is built with the matching GroupVarInfos removed, which is output via
    4557                 :             :  * the *varinfos parameter before returning true.  When no matching stats are
    4558                 :             :  * found, false is returned and the *varinfos and *ndistinct parameters are
    4559                 :             :  * left untouched.
    4560                 :             :  */
    4561                 :             : static bool
    4562                 :       25375 : estimate_multivariate_ndistinct(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
    4563                 :             :                                                                 List **varinfos, double *ndistinct)
    4564                 :             : {
    4565                 :       25375 :         ListCell   *lc;
    4566                 :       25375 :         int                     nmatches_vars;
    4567                 :       25375 :         int                     nmatches_exprs;
    4568                 :       25375 :         Oid                     statOid = InvalidOid;
    4569                 :       25375 :         MVNDistinct *stats;
    4570                 :       25375 :         StatisticExtInfo *matched_info = NULL;
    4571         [ -  + ]:       25375 :         RangeTblEntry *rte = planner_rt_fetch(rel->relid, root);
    4572                 :             : 
    4573                 :             :         /* bail out immediately if the table has no extended statistics */
    4574         [ +  + ]:       25375 :         if (!rel->statlist)
    4575                 :       25281 :                 return false;
    4576                 :             : 
    4577                 :             :         /* look for the ndistinct statistics object matching the most vars */
    4578                 :          94 :         nmatches_vars = 0;                      /* we require at least two matches */
    4579                 :          94 :         nmatches_exprs = 0;
    4580   [ +  -  +  +  :         374 :         foreach(lc, rel->statlist)
                   +  + ]
    4581                 :             :         {
    4582                 :         280 :                 ListCell   *lc2;
    4583                 :         280 :                 StatisticExtInfo *info = (StatisticExtInfo *) lfirst(lc);
    4584                 :         280 :                 int                     nshared_vars = 0;
    4585                 :         280 :                 int                     nshared_exprs = 0;
    4586                 :             : 
    4587                 :             :                 /* skip statistics of other kinds */
    4588         [ +  + ]:         280 :                 if (info->kind != STATS_EXT_NDISTINCT)
    4589                 :         132 :                         continue;
    4590                 :             : 
    4591                 :             :                 /* skip statistics with mismatching stxdinherit value */
    4592         [ +  + ]:         148 :                 if (info->inherit != rte->inh)
    4593                 :           5 :                         continue;
    4594                 :             : 
    4595                 :             :                 /*
    4596                 :             :                  * Determine how many expressions (and variables in non-matched
    4597                 :             :                  * expressions) match. We'll then use these numbers to pick the
    4598                 :             :                  * statistics object that best matches the clauses.
    4599                 :             :                  */
    4600   [ +  +  +  +  :         453 :                 foreach(lc2, *varinfos)
                   +  + ]
    4601                 :             :                 {
    4602                 :         310 :                         ListCell   *lc3;
    4603                 :         310 :                         GroupVarInfo *varinfo = (GroupVarInfo *) lfirst(lc2);
    4604                 :         310 :                         AttrNumber      attnum;
    4605                 :             : 
    4606         [ +  - ]:         310 :                         Assert(varinfo->rel == rel);
    4607                 :             : 
    4608                 :             :                         /* simple Var, search in statistics keys directly */
    4609         [ +  + ]:         310 :                         if (IsA(varinfo->var, Var))
    4610                 :             :                         {
    4611                 :         249 :                                 attnum = ((Var *) varinfo->var)->varattno;
    4612                 :             : 
    4613                 :             :                                 /*
    4614                 :             :                                  * Ignore system attributes - we don't support statistics on
    4615                 :             :                                  * them, so can't match them (and it'd fail as the values are
    4616                 :             :                                  * negative).
    4617                 :             :                                  */
    4618         [ +  + ]:         249 :                                 if (!AttrNumberIsForUserDefinedAttr(attnum))
    4619                 :           2 :                                         continue;
    4620                 :             : 
    4621         [ +  + ]:         247 :                                 if (bms_is_member(attnum, info->keys))
    4622                 :         146 :                                         nshared_vars++;
    4623                 :             : 
    4624                 :         247 :                                 continue;
    4625                 :             :                         }
    4626                 :             : 
    4627                 :             :                         /* expression - see if it's in the statistics object */
    4628   [ +  +  +  +  :         149 :                         foreach(lc3, info->exprs)
                   +  + ]
    4629                 :             :                         {
    4630                 :          88 :                                 Node       *expr = (Node *) lfirst(lc3);
    4631                 :             : 
    4632         [ +  + ]:          88 :                                 if (equal(varinfo->var, expr))
    4633                 :             :                                 {
    4634                 :          39 :                                         nshared_exprs++;
    4635                 :          39 :                                         break;
    4636                 :             :                                 }
    4637         [ +  + ]:          88 :                         }
    4638         [ +  + ]:         310 :                 }
    4639                 :             : 
    4640                 :             :                 /*
    4641                 :             :                  * The ndistinct extended statistics contain estimates for a minimum
    4642                 :             :                  * of pairs of columns which the statistics are defined on and
    4643                 :             :                  * certainly not single columns.  Here we skip unless we managed to
    4644                 :             :                  * match to at least two columns.
    4645                 :             :                  */
    4646         [ +  + ]:         143 :                 if (nshared_vars + nshared_exprs < 2)
    4647                 :          66 :                         continue;
    4648                 :             : 
    4649                 :             :                 /*
    4650                 :             :                  * Check if these statistics are a better match than the previous best
    4651                 :             :                  * match and if so, take note of the StatisticExtInfo.
    4652                 :             :                  *
    4653                 :             :                  * The statslist is sorted by statOid, so the StatisticExtInfo we
    4654                 :             :                  * select as the best match is deterministic even when multiple sets
    4655                 :             :                  * of statistics match equally as well.
    4656                 :             :                  */
    4657   [ +  +  +  + ]:         136 :                 if ((nshared_exprs > nmatches_exprs) ||
    4658         [ +  - ]:          59 :                         (((nshared_exprs == nmatches_exprs)) && (nshared_vars > nmatches_vars)))
    4659                 :             :                 {
    4660                 :          73 :                         statOid = info->statOid;
    4661                 :          73 :                         nmatches_vars = nshared_vars;
    4662                 :          73 :                         nmatches_exprs = nshared_exprs;
    4663                 :          73 :                         matched_info = info;
    4664                 :          73 :                 }
    4665         [ +  + ]:         280 :         }
    4666                 :             : 
    4667                 :             :         /* No match? */
    4668         [ +  + ]:          94 :         if (statOid == InvalidOid)
    4669                 :          23 :                 return false;
    4670                 :             : 
    4671         [ +  - ]:          71 :         Assert(nmatches_vars + nmatches_exprs > 1);
    4672                 :             : 
    4673                 :          71 :         stats = statext_ndistinct_load(statOid, rte->inh);
    4674                 :             : 
    4675                 :             :         /*
    4676                 :             :          * If we have a match, search it for the specific item that matches (there
    4677                 :             :          * must be one), and construct the output values.
    4678                 :             :          */
    4679         [ +  - ]:          71 :         if (stats)
    4680                 :             :         {
    4681                 :          71 :                 int                     i;
    4682                 :          71 :                 List       *newlist = NIL;
    4683                 :          71 :                 MVNDistinctItem *item = NULL;
    4684                 :          71 :                 ListCell   *lc2;
    4685                 :          71 :                 Bitmapset  *matched = NULL;
    4686                 :          71 :                 AttrNumber      attnum_offset;
    4687                 :             : 
    4688                 :             :                 /*
    4689                 :             :                  * How much we need to offset the attnums? If there are no
    4690                 :             :                  * expressions, no offset is needed. Otherwise offset enough to move
    4691                 :             :                  * the lowest one (which is equal to number of expressions) to 1.
    4692                 :             :                  */
    4693         [ +  + ]:          71 :                 if (matched_info->exprs)
    4694                 :          25 :                         attnum_offset = (list_length(matched_info->exprs) + 1);
    4695                 :             :                 else
    4696                 :          46 :                         attnum_offset = 0;
    4697                 :             : 
    4698                 :             :                 /* see what actually matched */
    4699   [ +  -  +  +  :         248 :                 foreach(lc2, *varinfos)
                   +  + ]
    4700                 :             :                 {
    4701                 :         177 :                         ListCell   *lc3;
    4702                 :         177 :                         int                     idx;
    4703                 :         177 :                         bool            found = false;
    4704                 :             : 
    4705                 :         177 :                         GroupVarInfo *varinfo = (GroupVarInfo *) lfirst(lc2);
    4706                 :             : 
    4707                 :             :                         /*
    4708                 :             :                          * Process a simple Var expression, by matching it to keys
    4709                 :             :                          * directly. If there's a matching expression, we'll try matching
    4710                 :             :                          * it later.
    4711                 :             :                          */
    4712         [ +  + ]:         177 :                         if (IsA(varinfo->var, Var))
    4713                 :             :                         {
    4714                 :         146 :                                 AttrNumber      attnum = ((Var *) varinfo->var)->varattno;
    4715                 :             : 
    4716                 :             :                                 /*
    4717                 :             :                                  * Ignore expressions on system attributes. Can't rely on the
    4718                 :             :                                  * bms check for negative values.
    4719                 :             :                                  */
    4720         [ +  + ]:         146 :                                 if (!AttrNumberIsForUserDefinedAttr(attnum))
    4721                 :           1 :                                         continue;
    4722                 :             : 
    4723                 :             :                                 /* Is the variable covered by the statistics object? */
    4724         [ +  + ]:         145 :                                 if (!bms_is_member(attnum, matched_info->keys))
    4725                 :          20 :                                         continue;
    4726                 :             : 
    4727                 :         125 :                                 attnum = attnum + attnum_offset;
    4728                 :             : 
    4729                 :             :                                 /* ensure sufficient offset */
    4730         [ -  + ]:         125 :                                 Assert(AttrNumberIsForUserDefinedAttr(attnum));
    4731                 :             : 
    4732                 :         125 :                                 matched = bms_add_member(matched, attnum);
    4733                 :             : 
    4734                 :         125 :                                 found = true;
    4735         [ +  + ]:         146 :                         }
    4736                 :             : 
    4737                 :             :                         /*
    4738                 :             :                          * XXX Maybe we should allow searching the expressions even if we
    4739                 :             :                          * found an attribute matching the expression? That would handle
    4740                 :             :                          * trivial expressions like "(a)" but it seems fairly useless.
    4741                 :             :                          */
    4742         [ +  + ]:         156 :                         if (found)
    4743                 :         125 :                                 continue;
    4744                 :             : 
    4745                 :             :                         /* expression - see if it's in the statistics object */
    4746                 :          31 :                         idx = 0;
    4747   [ +  +  +  +  :          77 :                         foreach(lc3, matched_info->exprs)
                   +  + ]
    4748                 :             :                         {
    4749                 :          46 :                                 Node       *expr = (Node *) lfirst(lc3);
    4750                 :             : 
    4751         [ +  + ]:          46 :                                 if (equal(varinfo->var, expr))
    4752                 :             :                                 {
    4753                 :          26 :                                         AttrNumber      attnum = -(idx + 1);
    4754                 :             : 
    4755                 :          26 :                                         attnum = attnum + attnum_offset;
    4756                 :             : 
    4757                 :             :                                         /* ensure sufficient offset */
    4758         [ -  + ]:          26 :                                         Assert(AttrNumberIsForUserDefinedAttr(attnum));
    4759                 :             : 
    4760                 :          26 :                                         matched = bms_add_member(matched, attnum);
    4761                 :             : 
    4762                 :             :                                         /* there should be just one matching expression */
    4763                 :             :                                         break;
    4764                 :          26 :                                 }
    4765                 :             : 
    4766                 :          20 :                                 idx++;
    4767         [ +  + ]:          46 :                         }
    4768         [ +  + ]:         177 :                 }
    4769                 :             : 
    4770                 :             :                 /* Find the specific item that exactly matches the combination */
    4771         [ -  + ]:         144 :                 for (i = 0; i < stats->nitems; i++)
    4772                 :             :                 {
    4773                 :         144 :                         int                     j;
    4774                 :         144 :                         MVNDistinctItem *tmpitem = &stats->items[i];
    4775                 :             : 
    4776         [ +  + ]:         144 :                         if (tmpitem->nattributes != bms_num_members(matched))
    4777                 :          27 :                                 continue;
    4778                 :             : 
    4779                 :             :                         /* assume it's the right item */
    4780                 :         117 :                         item = tmpitem;
    4781                 :             : 
    4782                 :             :                         /* check that all item attributes/expressions fit the match */
    4783         [ +  + ]:         282 :                         for (j = 0; j < tmpitem->nattributes; j++)
    4784                 :             :                         {
    4785                 :         211 :                                 AttrNumber      attnum = tmpitem->attributes[j];
    4786                 :             : 
    4787                 :             :                                 /*
    4788                 :             :                                  * Thanks to how we constructed the matched bitmap above, we
    4789                 :             :                                  * can just offset all attnums the same way.
    4790                 :             :                                  */
    4791                 :         211 :                                 attnum = attnum + attnum_offset;
    4792                 :             : 
    4793         [ +  + ]:         211 :                                 if (!bms_is_member(attnum, matched))
    4794                 :             :                                 {
    4795                 :             :                                         /* nah, it's not this item */
    4796                 :          46 :                                         item = NULL;
    4797                 :          46 :                                         break;
    4798                 :             :                                 }
    4799         [ +  + ]:         211 :                         }
    4800                 :             : 
    4801                 :             :                         /*
    4802                 :             :                          * If the item has all the matched attributes, we know it's the
    4803                 :             :                          * right one - there can't be a better one. matching more.
    4804                 :             :                          */
    4805         [ +  + ]:         117 :                         if (item)
    4806                 :          71 :                                 break;
    4807      [ +  +  + ]:         144 :                 }
    4808                 :             : 
    4809                 :             :                 /*
    4810                 :             :                  * Make sure we found an item. There has to be one, because ndistinct
    4811                 :             :                  * statistics includes all combinations of attributes.
    4812                 :             :                  */
    4813         [ +  - ]:          71 :                 if (!item)
    4814   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                         elog(ERROR, "corrupt MVNDistinct entry");
    4815                 :             : 
    4816                 :             :                 /* Form the output varinfo list, keeping only unmatched ones */
    4817   [ +  -  +  +  :         248 :                 foreach(lc, *varinfos)
                   +  + ]
    4818                 :             :                 {
    4819                 :         177 :                         GroupVarInfo *varinfo = (GroupVarInfo *) lfirst(lc);
    4820                 :         177 :                         ListCell   *lc3;
    4821                 :         177 :                         bool            found = false;
    4822                 :             : 
    4823                 :             :                         /*
    4824                 :             :                          * Let's look at plain variables first, because it's the most
    4825                 :             :                          * common case and the check is quite cheap. We can simply get the
    4826                 :             :                          * attnum and check (with an offset) matched bitmap.
    4827                 :             :                          */
    4828         [ +  + ]:         177 :                         if (IsA(varinfo->var, Var))
    4829                 :             :                         {
    4830                 :         146 :                                 AttrNumber      attnum = ((Var *) varinfo->var)->varattno;
    4831                 :             : 
    4832                 :             :                                 /*
    4833                 :             :                                  * If it's a system attribute, we're done. We don't support
    4834                 :             :                                  * extended statistics on system attributes, so it's clearly
    4835                 :             :                                  * not matched. Just keep the expression and continue.
    4836                 :             :                                  */
    4837         [ +  + ]:         146 :                                 if (!AttrNumberIsForUserDefinedAttr(attnum))
    4838                 :             :                                 {
    4839                 :           1 :                                         newlist = lappend(newlist, varinfo);
    4840                 :           1 :                                         continue;
    4841                 :             :                                 }
    4842                 :             : 
    4843                 :             :                                 /* apply the same offset as above */
    4844                 :         145 :                                 attnum += attnum_offset;
    4845                 :             : 
    4846                 :             :                                 /* if it's not matched, keep the varinfo */
    4847         [ +  + ]:         145 :                                 if (!bms_is_member(attnum, matched))
    4848                 :          20 :                                         newlist = lappend(newlist, varinfo);
    4849                 :             : 
    4850                 :             :                                 /* The rest of the loop deals with complex expressions. */
    4851                 :         145 :                                 continue;
    4852                 :         146 :                         }
    4853                 :             : 
    4854                 :             :                         /*
    4855                 :             :                          * Process complex expressions, not just simple Vars.
    4856                 :             :                          *
    4857                 :             :                          * First, we search for an exact match of an expression. If we
    4858                 :             :                          * find one, we can just discard the whole GroupVarInfo, with all
    4859                 :             :                          * the variables we extracted from it.
    4860                 :             :                          *
    4861                 :             :                          * Otherwise we inspect the individual vars, and try matching it
    4862                 :             :                          * to variables in the item.
    4863                 :             :                          */
    4864   [ +  +  +  +  :          77 :                         foreach(lc3, matched_info->exprs)
                   +  + ]
    4865                 :             :                         {
    4866                 :          46 :                                 Node       *expr = (Node *) lfirst(lc3);
    4867                 :             : 
    4868         [ +  + ]:          46 :                                 if (equal(varinfo->var, expr))
    4869                 :             :                                 {
    4870                 :          26 :                                         found = true;
    4871                 :          26 :                                         break;
    4872                 :             :                                 }
    4873         [ +  + ]:          46 :                         }
    4874                 :             : 
    4875                 :             :                         /* found exact match, skip */
    4876         [ +  + ]:          31 :                         if (found)
    4877                 :          26 :                                 continue;
    4878                 :             : 
    4879                 :           5 :                         newlist = lappend(newlist, varinfo);
    4880         [ +  + ]:         177 :                 }
    4881                 :             : 
    4882                 :          71 :                 *varinfos = newlist;
    4883                 :          71 :                 *ndistinct = item->ndistinct;
    4884                 :          71 :                 return true;
    4885                 :          71 :         }
    4886                 :             : 
    4887                 :           0 :         return false;
    4888                 :       25375 : }
    4889                 :             : 
    4890                 :             : /*
    4891                 :             :  * convert_to_scalar
    4892                 :             :  *        Convert non-NULL values of the indicated types to the comparison
    4893                 :             :  *        scale needed by scalarineqsel().
    4894                 :             :  *        Returns "true" if successful.
    4895                 :             :  *
    4896                 :             :  * XXX this routine is a hack: ideally we should look up the conversion
    4897                 :             :  * subroutines in pg_type.
    4898                 :             :  *
    4899                 :             :  * All numeric datatypes are simply converted to their equivalent
    4900                 :             :  * "double" values.  (NUMERIC values that are outside the range of "double"
    4901                 :             :  * are clamped to +/- HUGE_VAL.)
    4902                 :             :  *
    4903                 :             :  * String datatypes are converted by convert_string_to_scalar(),
    4904                 :             :  * which is explained below.  The reason why this routine deals with
    4905                 :             :  * three values at a time, not just one, is that we need it for strings.
    4906                 :             :  *
    4907                 :             :  * The bytea datatype is just enough different from strings that it has
    4908                 :             :  * to be treated separately.
    4909                 :             :  *
    4910                 :             :  * The several datatypes representing absolute times are all converted
    4911                 :             :  * to Timestamp, which is actually an int64, and then we promote that to
    4912                 :             :  * a double.  Note this will give correct results even for the "special"
    4913                 :             :  * values of Timestamp, since those are chosen to compare correctly;
    4914                 :             :  * see timestamp_cmp.
    4915                 :             :  *
    4916                 :             :  * The several datatypes representing relative times (intervals) are all
    4917                 :             :  * converted to measurements expressed in seconds.
    4918                 :             :  */
    4919                 :             : static bool
    4920                 :        6586 : convert_to_scalar(Datum value, Oid valuetypid, Oid collid, double *scaledvalue,
    4921                 :             :                                   Datum lobound, Datum hibound, Oid boundstypid,
    4922                 :             :                                   double *scaledlobound, double *scaledhibound)
    4923                 :             : {
    4924                 :        6586 :         bool            failure = false;
    4925                 :             : 
    4926                 :             :         /*
    4927                 :             :          * Both the valuetypid and the boundstypid should exactly match the
    4928                 :             :          * declared input type(s) of the operator we are invoked for.  However,
    4929                 :             :          * extensions might try to use scalarineqsel as estimator for operators
    4930                 :             :          * with input type(s) we don't handle here; in such cases, we want to
    4931                 :             :          * return false, not fail.  In any case, we mustn't assume that valuetypid
    4932                 :             :          * and boundstypid are identical.
    4933                 :             :          *
    4934                 :             :          * XXX The histogram we are interpolating between points of could belong
    4935                 :             :          * to a column that's only binary-compatible with the declared type. In
    4936                 :             :          * essence we are assuming that the semantics of binary-compatible types
    4937                 :             :          * are enough alike that we can use a histogram generated with one type's
    4938                 :             :          * operators to estimate selectivity for the other's.  This is outright
    4939                 :             :          * wrong in some cases --- in particular signed versus unsigned
    4940                 :             :          * interpretation could trip us up.  But it's useful enough in the
    4941                 :             :          * majority of cases that we do it anyway.  Should think about more
    4942                 :             :          * rigorous ways to do it.
    4943                 :             :          */
    4944   [ +  -  +  -  :        6586 :         switch (valuetypid)
                   -  - ]
    4945                 :             :         {
    4946                 :             :                         /*
    4947                 :             :                          * Built-in numeric types
    4948                 :             :                          */
    4949                 :             :                 case BOOLOID:
    4950                 :             :                 case INT2OID:
    4951                 :             :                 case INT4OID:
    4952                 :             :                 case INT8OID:
    4953                 :             :                 case FLOAT4OID:
    4954                 :             :                 case FLOAT8OID:
    4955                 :             :                 case NUMERICOID:
    4956                 :             :                 case OIDOID:
    4957                 :             :                 case REGPROCOID:
    4958                 :             :                 case REGPROCEDUREOID:
    4959                 :             :                 case REGOPEROID:
    4960                 :             :                 case REGOPERATOROID:
    4961                 :             :                 case REGCLASSOID:
    4962                 :             :                 case REGTYPEOID:
    4963                 :             :                 case REGCOLLATIONOID:
    4964                 :             :                 case REGCONFIGOID:
    4965                 :             :                 case REGDICTIONARYOID:
    4966                 :             :                 case REGROLEOID:
    4967                 :             :                 case REGNAMESPACEOID:
    4968                 :             :                 case REGDATABASEOID:
    4969                 :        6064 :                         *scaledvalue = convert_numeric_to_scalar(value, valuetypid,
    4970                 :             :                                                                                                          &failure);
    4971                 :        6064 :                         *scaledlobound = convert_numeric_to_scalar(lobound, boundstypid,
    4972                 :             :                                                                                                            &failure);
    4973                 :        6064 :                         *scaledhibound = convert_numeric_to_scalar(hibound, boundstypid,
    4974                 :             :                                                                                                            &failure);
    4975                 :        6064 :                         return !failure;
    4976                 :             : 
    4977                 :             :                         /*
    4978                 :             :                          * Built-in string types
    4979                 :             :                          */
    4980                 :             :                 case CHAROID:
    4981                 :             :                 case BPCHAROID:
    4982                 :             :                 case VARCHAROID:
    4983                 :             :                 case TEXTOID:
    4984                 :             :                 case NAMEOID:
    4985                 :             :                         {
    4986                 :        1044 :                                 char       *valstr = convert_string_datum(value, valuetypid,
    4987                 :         522 :                                                                                                                   collid, &failure);
    4988                 :        1044 :                                 char       *lostr = convert_string_datum(lobound, boundstypid,
    4989                 :         522 :                                                                                                                  collid, &failure);
    4990                 :        1044 :                                 char       *histr = convert_string_datum(hibound, boundstypid,
    4991                 :         522 :                                                                                                                  collid, &failure);
    4992                 :             : 
    4993                 :             :                                 /*
    4994                 :             :                                  * Bail out if any of the values is not of string type.  We
    4995                 :             :                                  * might leak converted strings for the other value(s), but
    4996                 :             :                                  * that's not worth troubling over.
    4997                 :             :                                  */
    4998         [ -  + ]:         522 :                                 if (failure)
    4999                 :           0 :                                         return false;
    5000                 :             : 
    5001                 :        1044 :                                 convert_string_to_scalar(valstr, scaledvalue,
    5002                 :         522 :                                                                                  lostr, scaledlobound,
    5003                 :         522 :                                                                                  histr, scaledhibound);
    5004                 :         522 :                                 pfree(valstr);
    5005                 :         522 :                                 pfree(lostr);
    5006                 :         522 :                                 pfree(histr);
    5007                 :         522 :                                 return true;
    5008                 :         522 :                         }
    5009                 :             : 
    5010                 :             :                         /*
    5011                 :             :                          * Built-in bytea type
    5012                 :             :                          */
    5013                 :             :                 case BYTEAOID:
    5014                 :             :                         {
    5015                 :             :                                 /* We only support bytea vs bytea comparison */
    5016         [ #  # ]:           0 :                                 if (boundstypid != BYTEAOID)
    5017                 :           0 :                                         return false;
    5018                 :           0 :                                 convert_bytea_to_scalar(value, scaledvalue,
    5019                 :           0 :                                                                                 lobound, scaledlobound,
    5020                 :           0 :                                                                                 hibound, scaledhibound);
    5021                 :           0 :                                 return true;
    5022                 :             :                         }
    5023                 :             : 
    5024                 :             :                         /*
    5025                 :             :                          * Built-in time types
    5026                 :             :                          */
    5027                 :             :                 case TIMESTAMPOID:
    5028                 :             :                 case TIMESTAMPTZOID:
    5029                 :             :                 case DATEOID:
    5030                 :             :                 case INTERVALOID:
    5031                 :             :                 case TIMEOID:
    5032                 :             :                 case TIMETZOID:
    5033                 :           0 :                         *scaledvalue = convert_timevalue_to_scalar(value, valuetypid,
    5034                 :             :                                                                                                            &failure);
    5035                 :           0 :                         *scaledlobound = convert_timevalue_to_scalar(lobound, boundstypid,
    5036                 :             :                                                                                                                  &failure);
    5037                 :           0 :                         *scaledhibound = convert_timevalue_to_scalar(hibound, boundstypid,
    5038                 :             :                                                                                                                  &failure);
    5039                 :           0 :                         return !failure;
    5040                 :             : 
    5041                 :             :                         /*
    5042                 :             :                          * Built-in network types
    5043                 :             :                          */
    5044                 :             :                 case INETOID:
    5045                 :             :                 case CIDROID:
    5046                 :             :                 case MACADDROID:
    5047                 :             :                 case MACADDR8OID:
    5048                 :           0 :                         *scaledvalue = convert_network_to_scalar(value, valuetypid,
    5049                 :             :                                                                                                          &failure);
    5050                 :           0 :                         *scaledlobound = convert_network_to_scalar(lobound, boundstypid,
    5051                 :             :                                                                                                            &failure);
    5052                 :           0 :                         *scaledhibound = convert_network_to_scalar(hibound, boundstypid,
    5053                 :             :                                                                                                            &failure);
    5054                 :           0 :                         return !failure;
    5055                 :             :         }
    5056                 :             :         /* Don't know how to convert */
    5057                 :           0 :         *scaledvalue = *scaledlobound = *scaledhibound = 0;
    5058                 :           0 :         return false;
    5059                 :        6586 : }
    5060                 :             : 
    5061                 :             : /*
    5062                 :             :  * Do convert_to_scalar()'s work for any numeric data type.
    5063                 :             :  *
    5064                 :             :  * On failure (e.g., unsupported typid), set *failure to true;
    5065                 :             :  * otherwise, that variable is not changed.
    5066                 :             :  */
    5067                 :             : static double
    5068                 :       18192 : convert_numeric_to_scalar(Datum value, Oid typid, bool *failure)
    5069                 :             : {
    5070   [ -  +  +  -  :       18192 :         switch (typid)
             -  +  -  -  
                      + ]
    5071                 :             :         {
    5072                 :             :                 case BOOLOID:
    5073                 :           0 :                         return (double) DatumGetBool(value);
    5074                 :             :                 case INT2OID:
    5075                 :           2 :                         return (double) DatumGetInt16(value);
    5076                 :             :                 case INT4OID:
    5077                 :        4234 :                         return (double) DatumGetInt32(value);
    5078                 :             :                 case INT8OID:
    5079                 :           0 :                         return (double) DatumGetInt64(value);
    5080                 :             :                 case FLOAT4OID:
    5081                 :           0 :                         return (double) DatumGetFloat4(value);
    5082                 :             :                 case FLOAT8OID:
    5083                 :           9 :                         return (double) DatumGetFloat8(value);
    5084                 :             :                 case NUMERICOID:
    5085                 :             :                         /* Note: out-of-range values will be clamped to +-HUGE_VAL */
    5086                 :           0 :                         return (double)
    5087                 :           0 :                                 DatumGetFloat8(DirectFunctionCall1(numeric_float8_no_overflow,
    5088                 :             :                                                                                                    value));
    5089                 :             :                 case OIDOID:
    5090                 :             :                 case REGPROCOID:
    5091                 :             :                 case REGPROCEDUREOID:
    5092                 :             :                 case REGOPEROID:
    5093                 :             :                 case REGOPERATOROID:
    5094                 :             :                 case REGCLASSOID:
    5095                 :             :                 case REGTYPEOID:
    5096                 :             :                 case REGCOLLATIONOID:
    5097                 :             :                 case REGCONFIGOID:
    5098                 :             :                 case REGDICTIONARYOID:
    5099                 :             :                 case REGROLEOID:
    5100                 :             :                 case REGNAMESPACEOID:
    5101                 :             :                 case REGDATABASEOID:
    5102                 :             :                         /* we can treat OIDs as integers... */
    5103                 :       13947 :                         return (double) DatumGetObjectId(value);
    5104                 :             :         }
    5105                 :             : 
    5106                 :           0 :         *failure = true;
    5107                 :           0 :         return 0;
    5108                 :       18192 : }
    5109                 :             : 
    5110                 :             : /*
    5111                 :             :  * Do convert_to_scalar()'s work for any character-string data type.
    5112                 :             :  *
    5113                 :             :  * String datatypes are converted to a scale that ranges from 0 to 1,
    5114                 :             :  * where we visualize the bytes of the string as fractional digits.
    5115                 :             :  *
    5116                 :             :  * We do not want the base to be 256, however, since that tends to
    5117                 :             :  * generate inflated selectivity estimates; few databases will have
    5118                 :             :  * occurrences of all 256 possible byte values at each position.
    5119                 :             :  * Instead, use the smallest and largest byte values seen in the bounds
    5120                 :             :  * as the estimated range for each byte, after some fudging to deal with
    5121                 :             :  * the fact that we probably aren't going to see the full range that way.
    5122                 :             :  *
    5123                 :             :  * An additional refinement is that we discard any common prefix of the
    5124                 :             :  * three strings before computing the scaled values.  This allows us to
    5125                 :             :  * "zoom in" when we encounter a narrow data range.  An example is a phone
    5126                 :             :  * number database where all the values begin with the same area code.
    5127                 :             :  * (Actually, the bounds will be adjacent histogram-bin-boundary values,
    5128                 :             :  * so this is more likely to happen than you might think.)
    5129                 :             :  */
    5130                 :             : static void
    5131                 :         522 : convert_string_to_scalar(char *value,
    5132                 :             :                                                  double *scaledvalue,
    5133                 :             :                                                  char *lobound,
    5134                 :             :                                                  double *scaledlobound,
    5135                 :             :                                                  char *hibound,
    5136                 :             :                                                  double *scaledhibound)
    5137                 :             : {
    5138                 :         522 :         int                     rangelo,
    5139                 :             :                                 rangehi;
    5140                 :         522 :         char       *sptr;
    5141                 :             : 
    5142                 :         522 :         rangelo = rangehi = (unsigned char) hibound[0];
    5143         [ +  + ]:        8201 :         for (sptr = lobound; *sptr; sptr++)
    5144                 :             :         {
    5145         [ +  + ]:        7679 :                 if (rangelo > (unsigned char) *sptr)
    5146                 :        1374 :                         rangelo = (unsigned char) *sptr;
    5147         [ +  + ]:        7679 :                 if (rangehi < (unsigned char) *sptr)
    5148                 :         800 :                         rangehi = (unsigned char) *sptr;
    5149                 :        7679 :         }
    5150         [ +  + ]:        8653 :         for (sptr = hibound; *sptr; sptr++)
    5151                 :             :         {
    5152         [ +  + ]:        8131 :                 if (rangelo > (unsigned char) *sptr)
    5153                 :         105 :                         rangelo = (unsigned char) *sptr;
    5154         [ +  + ]:        8131 :                 if (rangehi < (unsigned char) *sptr)
    5155                 :         120 :                         rangehi = (unsigned char) *sptr;
    5156                 :        8131 :         }
    5157                 :             :         /* If range includes any upper-case ASCII chars, make it include all */
    5158   [ +  +  +  + ]:         522 :         if (rangelo <= 'Z' && rangehi >= 'A')
    5159                 :             :         {
    5160         [ +  + ]:         158 :                 if (rangelo > 'A')
    5161                 :          37 :                         rangelo = 'A';
    5162         [ +  + ]:         158 :                 if (rangehi < 'Z')
    5163                 :          80 :                         rangehi = 'Z';
    5164                 :         158 :         }
    5165                 :             :         /* Ditto lower-case */
    5166   [ +  -  +  + ]:         522 :         if (rangelo <= 'z' && rangehi >= 'a')
    5167                 :             :         {
    5168         [ +  + ]:         432 :                 if (rangelo > 'a')
    5169                 :           1 :                         rangelo = 'a';
    5170         [ +  + ]:         432 :                 if (rangehi < 'z')
    5171                 :         430 :                         rangehi = 'z';
    5172                 :         432 :         }
    5173                 :             :         /* Ditto digits */
    5174   [ +  +  -  + ]:         522 :         if (rangelo <= '9' && rangehi >= '0')
    5175                 :             :         {
    5176         [ +  + ]:          43 :                 if (rangelo > '0')
    5177                 :          27 :                         rangelo = '0';
    5178         [ +  + ]:          43 :                 if (rangehi < '9')
    5179                 :           1 :                         rangehi = '9';
    5180                 :          43 :         }
    5181                 :             : 
    5182                 :             :         /*
    5183                 :             :          * If range includes less than 10 chars, assume we have not got enough
    5184                 :             :          * data, and make it include regular ASCII set.
    5185                 :             :          */
    5186         [ +  - ]:         522 :         if (rangehi - rangelo < 9)
    5187                 :             :         {
    5188                 :           0 :                 rangelo = ' ';
    5189                 :           0 :                 rangehi = 127;
    5190                 :           0 :         }
    5191                 :             : 
    5192                 :             :         /*
    5193                 :             :          * Now strip any common prefix of the three strings.
    5194                 :             :          */
    5195         [ -  + ]:         857 :         while (*lobound)
    5196                 :             :         {
    5197   [ +  +  +  - ]:         857 :                 if (*lobound != *hibound || *lobound != *value)
    5198                 :         522 :                         break;
    5199                 :         335 :                 lobound++, hibound++, value++;
    5200                 :             :         }
    5201                 :             : 
    5202                 :             :         /*
    5203                 :             :          * Now we can do the conversions.
    5204                 :             :          */
    5205                 :         522 :         *scaledvalue = convert_one_string_to_scalar(value, rangelo, rangehi);
    5206                 :         522 :         *scaledlobound = convert_one_string_to_scalar(lobound, rangelo, rangehi);
    5207                 :         522 :         *scaledhibound = convert_one_string_to_scalar(hibound, rangelo, rangehi);
    5208                 :         522 : }
    5209                 :             : 
    5210                 :             : static double
    5211                 :        1566 : convert_one_string_to_scalar(char *value, int rangelo, int rangehi)
    5212                 :             : {
    5213                 :        1566 :         int                     slen = strlen(value);
    5214                 :        1566 :         double          num,
    5215                 :             :                                 denom,
    5216                 :             :                                 base;
    5217                 :             : 
    5218         [ -  + ]:        1566 :         if (slen <= 0)
    5219                 :           0 :                 return 0.0;                             /* empty string has scalar value 0 */
    5220                 :             : 
    5221                 :             :         /*
    5222                 :             :          * There seems little point in considering more than a dozen bytes from
    5223                 :             :          * the string.  Since base is at least 10, that will give us nominal
    5224                 :             :          * resolution of at least 12 decimal digits, which is surely far more
    5225                 :             :          * precision than this estimation technique has got anyway (especially in
    5226                 :             :          * non-C locales).  Also, even with the maximum possible base of 256, this
    5227                 :             :          * ensures denom cannot grow larger than 256^13 = 2.03e31, which will not
    5228                 :             :          * overflow on any known machine.
    5229                 :             :          */
    5230         [ +  + ]:        1566 :         if (slen > 12)
    5231                 :         534 :                 slen = 12;
    5232                 :             : 
    5233                 :             :         /* Convert initial characters to fraction */
    5234                 :        1566 :         base = rangehi - rangelo + 1;
    5235                 :        1566 :         num = 0.0;
    5236                 :        1566 :         denom = base;
    5237         [ +  + ]:       13731 :         while (slen-- > 0)
    5238                 :             :         {
    5239                 :       12165 :                 int                     ch = (unsigned char) *value++;
    5240                 :             : 
    5241         [ +  + ]:       12165 :                 if (ch < rangelo)
    5242                 :          38 :                         ch = rangelo - 1;
    5243         [ +  - ]:       12127 :                 else if (ch > rangehi)
    5244                 :           0 :                         ch = rangehi + 1;
    5245                 :       12165 :                 num += ((double) (ch - rangelo)) / denom;
    5246                 :       12165 :                 denom *= base;
    5247                 :       12165 :         }
    5248                 :             : 
    5249                 :        1566 :         return num;
    5250                 :        1566 : }
    5251                 :             : 
    5252                 :             : /*
    5253                 :             :  * Convert a string-type Datum into a palloc'd, null-terminated string.
    5254                 :             :  *
    5255                 :             :  * On failure (e.g., unsupported typid), set *failure to true;
    5256                 :             :  * otherwise, that variable is not changed.  (We'll return NULL on failure.)
    5257                 :             :  *
    5258                 :             :  * When using a non-C locale, we must pass the string through pg_strxfrm()
    5259                 :             :  * before continuing, so as to generate correct locale-specific results.
    5260                 :             :  */
    5261                 :             : static char *
    5262                 :        1566 : convert_string_datum(Datum value, Oid typid, Oid collid, bool *failure)
    5263                 :             : {
    5264                 :        1566 :         char       *val;
    5265                 :        1566 :         pg_locale_t mylocale;
    5266                 :             : 
    5267   [ -  -  +  + ]:        1566 :         switch (typid)
    5268                 :             :         {
    5269                 :             :                 case CHAROID:
    5270                 :           0 :                         val = (char *) palloc(2);
    5271                 :           0 :                         val[0] = DatumGetChar(value);
    5272                 :           0 :                         val[1] = '\0';
    5273                 :           0 :                         break;
    5274                 :             :                 case BPCHAROID:
    5275                 :             :                 case VARCHAROID:
    5276                 :             :                 case TEXTOID:
    5277                 :         440 :                         val = TextDatumGetCString(value);
    5278                 :         440 :                         break;
    5279                 :             :                 case NAMEOID:
    5280                 :             :                         {
    5281                 :        1126 :                                 NameData   *nm = (NameData *) DatumGetPointer(value);
    5282                 :             : 
    5283                 :        1126 :                                 val = pstrdup(NameStr(*nm));
    5284                 :             :                                 break;
    5285                 :        1126 :                         }
    5286                 :             :                 default:
    5287                 :           0 :                         *failure = true;
    5288                 :           0 :                         return NULL;
    5289                 :             :         }
    5290                 :             : 
    5291                 :        1566 :         mylocale = pg_newlocale_from_collation(collid);
    5292                 :             : 
    5293         [ +  + ]:        1566 :         if (!mylocale->collate_is_c)
    5294                 :             :         {
    5295                 :          24 :                 char       *xfrmstr;
    5296                 :          24 :                 size_t          xfrmlen;
    5297                 :          24 :                 size_t          xfrmlen2 PG_USED_FOR_ASSERTS_ONLY;
    5298                 :             : 
    5299                 :             :                 /*
    5300                 :             :                  * XXX: We could guess at a suitable output buffer size and only call
    5301                 :             :                  * pg_strxfrm() twice if our guess is too small.
    5302                 :             :                  *
    5303                 :             :                  * XXX: strxfrm doesn't support UTF-8 encoding on Win32, it can return
    5304                 :             :                  * bogus data or set an error. This is not really a problem unless it
    5305                 :             :                  * crashes since it will only give an estimation error and nothing
    5306                 :             :                  * fatal.
    5307                 :             :                  *
    5308                 :             :                  * XXX: we do not check pg_strxfrm_enabled(). On some platforms and in
    5309                 :             :                  * some cases, libc strxfrm() may return the wrong results, but that
    5310                 :             :                  * will only lead to an estimation error.
    5311                 :             :                  */
    5312                 :          24 :                 xfrmlen = pg_strxfrm(NULL, val, 0, mylocale);
    5313                 :             : #ifdef WIN32
    5314                 :             : 
    5315                 :             :                 /*
    5316                 :             :                  * On Windows, strxfrm returns INT_MAX when an error occurs. Instead
    5317                 :             :                  * of trying to allocate this much memory (and fail), just return the
    5318                 :             :                  * original string unmodified as if we were in the C locale.
    5319                 :             :                  */
    5320                 :             :                 if (xfrmlen == INT_MAX)
    5321                 :             :                         return val;
    5322                 :             : #endif
    5323                 :          24 :                 xfrmstr = (char *) palloc(xfrmlen + 1);
    5324                 :          24 :                 xfrmlen2 = pg_strxfrm(xfrmstr, val, xfrmlen + 1, mylocale);
    5325                 :             : 
    5326                 :             :                 /*
    5327                 :             :                  * Some systems (e.g., glibc) can return a smaller value from the
    5328                 :             :                  * second call than the first; thus the Assert must be <= not ==.
    5329                 :             :                  */
    5330         [ +  - ]:          24 :                 Assert(xfrmlen2 <= xfrmlen);
    5331                 :          24 :                 pfree(val);
    5332                 :          24 :                 val = xfrmstr;
    5333                 :          24 :         }
    5334                 :             : 
    5335                 :        1566 :         return val;
    5336                 :        1566 : }
    5337                 :             : 
    5338                 :             : /*
    5339                 :             :  * Do convert_to_scalar()'s work for any bytea data type.
    5340                 :             :  *
    5341                 :             :  * Very similar to convert_string_to_scalar except we can't assume
    5342                 :             :  * null-termination and therefore pass explicit lengths around.
    5343                 :             :  *
    5344                 :             :  * Also, assumptions about likely "normal" ranges of characters have been
    5345                 :             :  * removed - a data range of 0..255 is always used, for now.  (Perhaps
    5346                 :             :  * someday we will add information about actual byte data range to
    5347                 :             :  * pg_statistic.)
    5348                 :             :  */
    5349                 :             : static void
    5350                 :           0 : convert_bytea_to_scalar(Datum value,
    5351                 :             :                                                 double *scaledvalue,
    5352                 :             :                                                 Datum lobound,
    5353                 :             :                                                 double *scaledlobound,
    5354                 :             :                                                 Datum hibound,
    5355                 :             :                                                 double *scaledhibound)
    5356                 :             : {
    5357                 :           0 :         bytea      *valuep = DatumGetByteaPP(value);
    5358                 :           0 :         bytea      *loboundp = DatumGetByteaPP(lobound);
    5359                 :           0 :         bytea      *hiboundp = DatumGetByteaPP(hibound);
    5360                 :           0 :         int                     rangelo,
    5361                 :             :                                 rangehi,
    5362                 :           0 :                                 valuelen = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(valuep),
    5363                 :           0 :                                 loboundlen = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(loboundp),
    5364                 :           0 :                                 hiboundlen = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(hiboundp),
    5365                 :             :                                 i,
    5366                 :             :                                 minlen;
    5367                 :           0 :         unsigned char *valstr = (unsigned char *) VARDATA_ANY(valuep);
    5368                 :           0 :         unsigned char *lostr = (unsigned char *) VARDATA_ANY(loboundp);
    5369                 :           0 :         unsigned char *histr = (unsigned char *) VARDATA_ANY(hiboundp);
    5370                 :             : 
    5371                 :             :         /*
    5372                 :             :          * Assume bytea data is uniformly distributed across all byte values.
    5373                 :             :          */
    5374                 :           0 :         rangelo = 0;
    5375                 :           0 :         rangehi = 255;
    5376                 :             : 
    5377                 :             :         /*
    5378                 :             :          * Now strip any common prefix of the three strings.
    5379                 :             :          */
    5380   [ #  #  #  #  :           0 :         minlen = Min(Min(valuelen, loboundlen), hiboundlen);
                   #  # ]
    5381         [ #  # ]:           0 :         for (i = 0; i < minlen; i++)
    5382                 :             :         {
    5383   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                 if (*lostr != *histr || *lostr != *valstr)
    5384                 :           0 :                         break;
    5385                 :           0 :                 lostr++, histr++, valstr++;
    5386                 :           0 :                 loboundlen--, hiboundlen--, valuelen--;
    5387                 :           0 :         }
    5388                 :             : 
    5389                 :             :         /*
    5390                 :             :          * Now we can do the conversions.
    5391                 :             :          */
    5392                 :           0 :         *scaledvalue = convert_one_bytea_to_scalar(valstr, valuelen, rangelo, rangehi);
    5393                 :           0 :         *scaledlobound = convert_one_bytea_to_scalar(lostr, loboundlen, rangelo, rangehi);
    5394                 :           0 :         *scaledhibound = convert_one_bytea_to_scalar(histr, hiboundlen, rangelo, rangehi);
    5395                 :           0 : }
    5396                 :             : 
    5397                 :             : static double
    5398                 :           0 : convert_one_bytea_to_scalar(unsigned char *value, int valuelen,
    5399                 :             :                                                         int rangelo, int rangehi)
    5400                 :             : {
    5401                 :           0 :         double          num,
    5402                 :             :                                 denom,
    5403                 :             :                                 base;
    5404                 :             : 
    5405         [ #  # ]:           0 :         if (valuelen <= 0)
    5406                 :           0 :                 return 0.0;                             /* empty string has scalar value 0 */
    5407                 :             : 
    5408                 :             :         /*
    5409                 :             :          * Since base is 256, need not consider more than about 10 chars (even
    5410                 :             :          * this many seems like overkill)
    5411                 :             :          */
    5412         [ #  # ]:           0 :         if (valuelen > 10)
    5413                 :           0 :                 valuelen = 10;
    5414                 :             : 
    5415                 :             :         /* Convert initial characters to fraction */
    5416                 :           0 :         base = rangehi - rangelo + 1;
    5417                 :           0 :         num = 0.0;
    5418                 :           0 :         denom = base;
    5419         [ #  # ]:           0 :         while (valuelen-- > 0)
    5420                 :             :         {
    5421                 :           0 :                 int                     ch = *value++;
    5422                 :             : 
    5423         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 if (ch < rangelo)
    5424                 :           0 :                         ch = rangelo - 1;
    5425         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 else if (ch > rangehi)
    5426                 :           0 :                         ch = rangehi + 1;
    5427                 :           0 :                 num += ((double) (ch - rangelo)) / denom;
    5428                 :           0 :                 denom *= base;
    5429                 :           0 :         }
    5430                 :             : 
    5431                 :           0 :         return num;
    5432                 :           0 : }
    5433                 :             : 
    5434                 :             : /*
    5435                 :             :  * Do convert_to_scalar()'s work for any timevalue data type.
    5436                 :             :  *
    5437                 :             :  * On failure (e.g., unsupported typid), set *failure to true;
    5438                 :             :  * otherwise, that variable is not changed.
    5439                 :             :  */
    5440                 :             : static double
    5441                 :           0 : convert_timevalue_to_scalar(Datum value, Oid typid, bool *failure)
    5442                 :             : {
    5443   [ #  #  #  #  :           0 :         switch (typid)
                #  #  # ]
    5444                 :             :         {
    5445                 :             :                 case TIMESTAMPOID:
    5446                 :           0 :                         return DatumGetTimestamp(value);
    5447                 :             :                 case TIMESTAMPTZOID:
    5448                 :           0 :                         return DatumGetTimestampTz(value);
    5449                 :             :                 case DATEOID:
    5450                 :           0 :                         return date2timestamp_no_overflow(DatumGetDateADT(value));
    5451                 :             :                 case INTERVALOID:
    5452                 :             :                         {
    5453                 :           0 :                                 Interval   *interval = DatumGetIntervalP(value);
    5454                 :             : 
    5455                 :             :                                 /*
    5456                 :             :                                  * Convert the month part of Interval to days using assumed
    5457                 :             :                                  * average month length of 365.25/12.0 days.  Not too
    5458                 :             :                                  * accurate, but plenty good enough for our purposes.
    5459                 :             :                                  *
    5460                 :             :                                  * This also works for infinite intervals, which just have all
    5461                 :             :                                  * fields set to INT_MIN/INT_MAX, and so will produce a result
    5462                 :             :                                  * smaller/larger than any finite interval.
    5463                 :             :                                  */
    5464                 :           0 :                                 return interval->time + interval->day * (double) USECS_PER_DAY +
    5465                 :           0 :                                         interval->month * ((DAYS_PER_YEAR / (double) MONTHS_PER_YEAR) * USECS_PER_DAY);
    5466                 :           0 :                         }
    5467                 :             :                 case TIMEOID:
    5468                 :           0 :                         return DatumGetTimeADT(value);
    5469                 :             :                 case TIMETZOID:
    5470                 :             :                         {
    5471                 :           0 :                                 TimeTzADT  *timetz = DatumGetTimeTzADTP(value);
    5472                 :             : 
    5473                 :             :                                 /* use GMT-equivalent time */
    5474                 :           0 :                                 return (double) (timetz->time + (timetz->zone * 1000000.0));
    5475                 :           0 :                         }
    5476                 :             :         }
    5477                 :             : 
    5478                 :           0 :         *failure = true;
    5479                 :           0 :         return 0;
    5480                 :           0 : }
    5481                 :             : 
    5482                 :             : 
    5483                 :             : /*
    5484                 :             :  * get_restriction_variable
    5485                 :             :  *              Examine the args of a restriction clause to see if it's of the
    5486                 :             :  *              form (variable op pseudoconstant) or (pseudoconstant op variable),
    5487                 :             :  *              where "variable" could be either a Var or an expression in vars of a
    5488                 :             :  *              single relation.  If so, extract information about the variable,
    5489                 :             :  *              and also indicate which side it was on and the other argument.
    5490                 :             :  *
    5491                 :             :  * Inputs:
    5492                 :             :  *      root: the planner info
    5493                 :             :  *      args: clause argument list
    5494                 :             :  *      varRelid: see specs for restriction selectivity functions
    5495                 :             :  *
    5496                 :             :  * Outputs: (these are valid only if true is returned)
    5497                 :             :  *      *vardata: gets information about variable (see examine_variable)
    5498                 :             :  *      *other: gets other clause argument, aggressively reduced to a constant
    5499                 :             :  *      *varonleft: set true if variable is on the left, false if on the right
    5500                 :             :  *
    5501                 :             :  * Returns true if a variable is identified, otherwise false.
    5502                 :             :  *
    5503                 :             :  * Note: if there are Vars on both sides of the clause, we must fail, because
    5504                 :             :  * callers are expecting that the other side will act like a pseudoconstant.
    5505                 :             :  */
    5506                 :             : bool
    5507                 :       73549 : get_restriction_variable(PlannerInfo *root, List *args, int varRelid,
    5508                 :             :                                                  VariableStatData *vardata, Node **other,
    5509                 :             :                                                  bool *varonleft)
    5510                 :             : {
    5511                 :       73549 :         Node       *left,
    5512                 :             :                            *right;
    5513                 :       73549 :         VariableStatData rdata;
    5514                 :             : 
    5515                 :             :         /* Fail if not a binary opclause (probably shouldn't happen) */
    5516         [ -  + ]:       73549 :         if (list_length(args) != 2)
    5517                 :           0 :                 return false;
    5518                 :             : 
    5519                 :       73549 :         left = (Node *) linitial(args);
    5520                 :       73549 :         right = (Node *) lsecond(args);
    5521                 :             : 
    5522                 :             :         /*
    5523                 :             :          * Examine both sides.  Note that when varRelid is nonzero, Vars of other
    5524                 :             :          * relations will be treated as pseudoconstants.
    5525                 :             :          */
    5526                 :       73549 :         examine_variable(root, left, varRelid, vardata);
    5527                 :       73549 :         examine_variable(root, right, varRelid, &rdata);
    5528                 :             : 
    5529                 :             :         /*
    5530                 :             :          * If one side is a variable and the other not, we win.
    5531                 :             :          */
    5532   [ +  +  +  + ]:       73549 :         if (vardata->rel && rdata.rel == NULL)
    5533                 :             :         {
    5534                 :       65235 :                 *varonleft = true;
    5535                 :       65235 :                 *other = estimate_expression_value(root, rdata.var);
    5536                 :             :                 /* Assume we need no ReleaseVariableStats(rdata) here */
    5537                 :       65235 :                 return true;
    5538                 :             :         }
    5539                 :             : 
    5540   [ +  +  +  + ]:        8314 :         if (vardata->rel == NULL && rdata.rel)
    5541                 :             :         {
    5542                 :        7910 :                 *varonleft = false;
    5543                 :        7910 :                 *other = estimate_expression_value(root, vardata->var);
    5544                 :             :                 /* Assume we need no ReleaseVariableStats(*vardata) here */
    5545                 :        7910 :                 *vardata = rdata;
    5546                 :        7910 :                 return true;
    5547                 :             :         }
    5548                 :             : 
    5549                 :             :         /* Oops, clause has wrong structure (probably var op var) */
    5550         [ +  + ]:         404 :         ReleaseVariableStats(*vardata);
    5551         [ +  + ]:         404 :         ReleaseVariableStats(rdata);
    5552                 :             : 
    5553                 :         404 :         return false;
    5554                 :       73549 : }
    5555                 :             : 
    5556                 :             : /*
    5557                 :             :  * get_join_variables
    5558                 :             :  *              Apply examine_variable() to each side of a join clause.
    5559                 :             :  *              Also, attempt to identify whether the join clause has the same
    5560                 :             :  *              or reversed sense compared to the SpecialJoinInfo.
    5561                 :             :  *
    5562                 :             :  * We consider the join clause "normal" if it is "lhs_var OP rhs_var",
    5563                 :             :  * or "reversed" if it is "rhs_var OP lhs_var".  In complicated cases
    5564                 :             :  * where we can't tell for sure, we default to assuming it's normal.
    5565                 :             :  */
    5566                 :             : void
    5567                 :       25133 : get_join_variables(PlannerInfo *root, List *args, SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo,
    5568                 :             :                                    VariableStatData *vardata1, VariableStatData *vardata2,
    5569                 :             :                                    bool *join_is_reversed)
    5570                 :             : {
    5571                 :       25133 :         Node       *left,
    5572                 :             :                            *right;
    5573                 :             : 
    5574         [ +  - ]:       25133 :         if (list_length(args) != 2)
    5575   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                 elog(ERROR, "join operator should take two arguments");
    5576                 :             : 
    5577                 :       25133 :         left = (Node *) linitial(args);
    5578                 :       25133 :         right = (Node *) lsecond(args);
    5579                 :             : 
    5580                 :       25133 :         examine_variable(root, left, 0, vardata1);
    5581                 :       25133 :         examine_variable(root, right, 0, vardata2);
    5582                 :             : 
    5583   [ +  +  +  + ]:       25133 :         if (vardata1->rel &&
    5584                 :       25101 :                 bms_is_subset(vardata1->rel->relids, sjinfo->syn_righthand))
    5585                 :        7357 :                 *join_is_reversed = true;       /* var1 is on RHS */
    5586   [ +  +  +  + ]:       17776 :         else if (vardata2->rel &&
    5587                 :       17743 :                          bms_is_subset(vardata2->rel->relids, sjinfo->syn_lefthand))
    5588                 :          48 :                 *join_is_reversed = true;       /* var2 is on LHS */
    5589                 :             :         else
    5590                 :       17728 :                 *join_is_reversed = false;
    5591                 :       25133 : }
    5592                 :             : 
    5593                 :             : /* statext_expressions_load copies the tuple, so just pfree it. */
    5594                 :             : static void
    5595                 :         275 : ReleaseDummy(HeapTuple tuple)
    5596                 :             : {
    5597                 :         275 :         pfree(tuple);
    5598                 :         275 : }
    5599                 :             : 
    5600                 :             : /*
    5601                 :             :  * examine_variable
    5602                 :             :  *              Try to look up statistical data about an expression.
    5603                 :             :  *              Fill in a VariableStatData struct to describe the expression.
    5604                 :             :  *
    5605                 :             :  * Inputs:
    5606                 :             :  *      root: the planner info
    5607                 :             :  *      node: the expression tree to examine
    5608                 :             :  *      varRelid: see specs for restriction selectivity functions
    5609                 :             :  *
    5610                 :             :  * Outputs: *vardata is filled as follows:
    5611                 :             :  *      var: the input expression (with any phvs or binary relabeling stripped,
    5612                 :             :  *              if it is or contains a variable; but otherwise unchanged)
    5613                 :             :  *      rel: RelOptInfo for relation containing variable; NULL if expression
    5614                 :             :  *              contains no Vars (NOTE this could point to a RelOptInfo of a
    5615                 :             :  *              subquery, not one in the current query).
    5616                 :             :  *      statsTuple: the pg_statistic entry for the variable, if one exists;
    5617                 :             :  *              otherwise NULL.
    5618                 :             :  *      freefunc: pointer to a function to release statsTuple with.
    5619                 :             :  *      vartype: exposed type of the expression; this should always match
    5620                 :             :  *              the declared input type of the operator we are estimating for.
    5621                 :             :  *      atttype, atttypmod: actual type/typmod of the "var" expression.  This is
    5622                 :             :  *              commonly the same as the exposed type of the variable argument,
    5623                 :             :  *              but can be different in binary-compatible-type cases.
    5624                 :             :  *      isunique: true if we were able to match the var to a unique index, a
    5625                 :             :  *              single-column DISTINCT or GROUP-BY clause, implying its values are
    5626                 :             :  *              unique for this query.  (Caution: this should be trusted for
    5627                 :             :  *              statistical purposes only, since we do not check indimmediate nor
    5628                 :             :  *              verify that the exact same definition of equality applies.)
    5629                 :             :  *      acl_ok: true if current user has permission to read all table rows from
    5630                 :             :  *              the column(s) underlying the pg_statistic entry.  This is consulted by
    5631                 :             :  *              statistic_proc_security_check().
    5632                 :             :  *
    5633                 :             :  * Caller is responsible for doing ReleaseVariableStats() before exiting.
    5634                 :             :  */
    5635                 :             : void
    5636                 :      299987 : examine_variable(PlannerInfo *root, Node *node, int varRelid,
    5637                 :             :                                  VariableStatData *vardata)
    5638                 :             : {
    5639                 :      299987 :         Node       *basenode;
    5640                 :      299987 :         Relids          varnos;
    5641                 :      299987 :         Relids          basevarnos;
    5642                 :      299987 :         RelOptInfo *onerel;
    5643                 :             : 
    5644                 :             :         /* Make sure we don't return dangling pointers in vardata */
    5645   [ +  -  +  -  :     2099909 :         MemSet(vardata, 0, sizeof(VariableStatData));
          +  -  -  +  +  
                      + ]
    5646                 :             : 
    5647                 :             :         /* Save the exposed type of the expression */
    5648                 :      299987 :         vardata->vartype = exprType(node);
    5649                 :             : 
    5650                 :             :         /*
    5651                 :             :          * PlaceHolderVars are transparent for the purpose of statistics lookup;
    5652                 :             :          * they do not alter the value distribution of the underlying expression.
    5653                 :             :          * However, they can obscure the structure, preventing us from recognizing
    5654                 :             :          * matches to base columns, index expressions, or extended statistics.  So
    5655                 :             :          * strip them out first.
    5656                 :             :          */
    5657                 :      299987 :         basenode = strip_all_phvs_deep(root, node);
    5658                 :             : 
    5659                 :             :         /*
    5660                 :             :          * Look inside any binary-compatible relabeling.  We need to handle nested
    5661                 :             :          * RelabelType nodes here, because the prior stripping of PlaceHolderVars
    5662                 :             :          * may have brought separate RelabelTypes into adjacency.
    5663                 :             :          */
    5664         [ +  + ]:      307505 :         while (IsA(basenode, RelabelType))
    5665                 :        7518 :                 basenode = (Node *) ((RelabelType *) basenode)->arg;
    5666                 :             : 
    5667                 :             :         /* Fast path for a simple Var */
    5668   [ +  +  +  + ]:      370670 :         if (IsA(basenode, Var) &&
    5669         [ +  + ]:      246065 :                 (varRelid == 0 || varRelid == ((Var *) basenode)->varno))
    5670                 :             :         {
    5671                 :      212579 :                 Var                *var = (Var *) basenode;
    5672                 :             : 
    5673                 :             :                 /* Set up result fields other than the stats tuple */
    5674                 :      212579 :                 vardata->var = basenode;     /* return Var without phvs or relabeling */
    5675                 :      212579 :                 vardata->rel = find_base_rel(root, var->varno);
    5676                 :      212579 :                 vardata->atttype = var->vartype;
    5677                 :      212579 :                 vardata->atttypmod = var->vartypmod;
    5678                 :      212579 :                 vardata->isunique = has_unique_index(vardata->rel, var->varattno);
    5679                 :             : 
    5680                 :             :                 /* Try to locate some stats */
    5681                 :      212579 :                 examine_simple_variable(root, var, vardata);
    5682                 :             : 
    5683                 :             :                 return;
    5684                 :      212579 :         }
    5685                 :             : 
    5686                 :             :         /*
    5687                 :             :          * Okay, it's a more complicated expression.  Determine variable
    5688                 :             :          * membership.  Note that when varRelid isn't zero, only vars of that
    5689                 :             :          * relation are considered "real" vars.
    5690                 :             :          */
    5691                 :       87408 :         varnos = pull_varnos(root, basenode);
    5692                 :       87408 :         basevarnos = bms_difference(varnos, root->outer_join_rels);
    5693                 :             : 
    5694                 :       87408 :         onerel = NULL;
    5695                 :             : 
    5696         [ +  + ]:       87408 :         if (bms_is_empty(basevarnos))
    5697                 :             :         {
    5698                 :             :                 /* No Vars at all ... must be pseudo-constant clause */
    5699                 :       42126 :         }
    5700                 :             :         else
    5701                 :             :         {
    5702                 :       45282 :                 int                     relid;
    5703                 :             : 
    5704                 :             :                 /* Check if the expression is in vars of a single base relation */
    5705         [ +  + ]:       45282 :                 if (bms_get_singleton_member(basevarnos, &relid))
    5706                 :             :                 {
    5707   [ +  +  +  + ]:       44696 :                         if (varRelid == 0 || varRelid == relid)
    5708                 :             :                         {
    5709                 :        9218 :                                 onerel = find_base_rel(root, relid);
    5710                 :        9218 :                                 vardata->rel = onerel;
    5711                 :        9218 :                                 node = basenode;        /* strip any phvs or relabeling */
    5712                 :        9218 :                         }
    5713                 :             :                         /* else treat it as a constant */
    5714                 :       44696 :                 }
    5715                 :             :                 else
    5716                 :             :                 {
    5717                 :             :                         /* varnos has multiple relids */
    5718         [ +  + ]:         586 :                         if (varRelid == 0)
    5719                 :             :                         {
    5720                 :             :                                 /* treat it as a variable of a join relation */
    5721                 :         444 :                                 vardata->rel = find_join_rel(root, varnos);
    5722                 :         444 :                                 node = basenode;        /* strip any phvs or relabeling */
    5723                 :         444 :                         }
    5724         [ +  + ]:         142 :                         else if (bms_is_member(varRelid, varnos))
    5725                 :             :                         {
    5726                 :             :                                 /* ignore the vars belonging to other relations */
    5727                 :         123 :                                 vardata->rel = find_base_rel(root, varRelid);
    5728                 :         123 :                                 node = basenode;        /* strip any phvs or relabeling */
    5729                 :             :                                 /* note: no point in expressional-index search here */
    5730                 :         123 :                         }
    5731                 :             :                         /* else treat it as a constant */
    5732                 :             :                 }
    5733                 :       45282 :         }
    5734                 :             : 
    5735                 :       87408 :         bms_free(basevarnos);
    5736                 :             : 
    5737                 :       87408 :         vardata->var = node;
    5738                 :       87408 :         vardata->atttype = exprType(node);
    5739                 :       87408 :         vardata->atttypmod = exprTypmod(node);
    5740                 :             : 
    5741         [ +  + ]:       87408 :         if (onerel)
    5742                 :             :         {
    5743                 :             :                 /*
    5744                 :             :                  * We have an expression in vars of a single relation.  Try to match
    5745                 :             :                  * it to expressional index columns, in hopes of finding some
    5746                 :             :                  * statistics.
    5747                 :             :                  *
    5748                 :             :                  * Note that we consider all index columns including INCLUDE columns,
    5749                 :             :                  * since there could be stats for such columns.  But the test for
    5750                 :             :                  * uniqueness needs to be warier.
    5751                 :             :                  *
    5752                 :             :                  * XXX it's conceivable that there are multiple matches with different
    5753                 :             :                  * index opfamilies; if so, we need to pick one that matches the
    5754                 :             :                  * operator we are estimating for.  FIXME later.
    5755                 :             :                  */
    5756                 :        9218 :                 ListCell   *ilist;
    5757                 :        9218 :                 ListCell   *slist;
    5758                 :             : 
    5759                 :             :                 /*
    5760                 :             :                  * The nullingrels bits within the expression could prevent us from
    5761                 :             :                  * matching it to expressional index columns or to the expressions in
    5762                 :             :                  * extended statistics.  So strip them out first.
    5763                 :             :                  */
    5764         [ +  + ]:        9218 :                 if (bms_overlap(varnos, root->outer_join_rels))
    5765                 :         126 :                         node = remove_nulling_relids(node, root->outer_join_rels, NULL);
    5766                 :             : 
    5767   [ +  +  +  +  :       19906 :                 foreach(ilist, onerel->indexlist)
                   +  + ]
    5768                 :             :                 {
    5769                 :       10688 :                         IndexOptInfo *index = (IndexOptInfo *) lfirst(ilist);
    5770                 :       10688 :                         ListCell   *indexpr_item;
    5771                 :       10688 :                         int                     pos;
    5772                 :             : 
    5773                 :       10688 :                         indexpr_item = list_head(index->indexprs);
    5774         [ +  + ]:       10688 :                         if (indexpr_item == NULL)
    5775                 :        9876 :                                 continue;               /* no expressions here... */
    5776                 :             : 
    5777         [ +  + ]:        1139 :                         for (pos = 0; pos < index->ncolumns; pos++)
    5778                 :             :                         {
    5779         [ +  + ]:         824 :                                 if (index->indexkeys[pos] == 0)
    5780                 :             :                                 {
    5781                 :         812 :                                         Node       *indexkey;
    5782                 :             : 
    5783         [ +  - ]:         812 :                                         if (indexpr_item == NULL)
    5784   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                                                 elog(ERROR, "too few entries in indexprs list");
    5785                 :         812 :                                         indexkey = (Node *) lfirst(indexpr_item);
    5786   [ +  -  +  - ]:         812 :                                         if (indexkey && IsA(indexkey, RelabelType))
    5787                 :           0 :                                                 indexkey = (Node *) ((RelabelType *) indexkey)->arg;
    5788         [ +  + ]:         812 :                                         if (equal(node, indexkey))
    5789                 :             :                                         {
    5790                 :             :                                                 /*
    5791                 :             :                                                  * Found a match ... is it a unique index? Tests here
    5792                 :             :                                                  * should match has_unique_index().
    5793                 :             :                                                  */
    5794         [ +  + ]:         603 :                                                 if (index->unique &&
    5795         [ +  - ]:          73 :                                                         index->nkeycolumns == 1 &&
    5796   [ +  -  #  # ]:          73 :                                                         pos == 0 &&
    5797         [ -  + ]:          73 :                                                         (index->indpred == NIL || index->predOK))
    5798                 :          73 :                                                         vardata->isunique = true;
    5799                 :             : 
    5800                 :             :                                                 /*
    5801                 :             :                                                  * Has it got stats?  We only consider stats for
    5802                 :             :                                                  * non-partial indexes, since partial indexes probably
    5803                 :             :                                                  * don't reflect whole-relation statistics; the above
    5804                 :             :                                                  * check for uniqueness is the only info we take from
    5805                 :             :                                                  * a partial index.
    5806                 :             :                                                  *
    5807                 :             :                                                  * An index stats hook, however, must make its own
    5808                 :             :                                                  * decisions about what to do with partial indexes.
    5809                 :             :                                                  */
    5810   [ -  +  #  # ]:         603 :                                                 if (get_index_stats_hook &&
    5811                 :           0 :                                                         (*get_index_stats_hook) (root, index->indexoid,
    5812                 :           0 :                                                                                                          pos + 1, vardata))
    5813                 :             :                                                 {
    5814                 :             :                                                         /*
    5815                 :             :                                                          * The hook took control of acquiring a stats
    5816                 :             :                                                          * tuple.  If it did supply a tuple, it'd better
    5817                 :             :                                                          * have supplied a freefunc.
    5818                 :             :                                                          */
    5819   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                                                         if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple) &&
    5820                 :           0 :                                                                 !vardata->freefunc)
    5821   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                                                                 elog(ERROR, "no function provided to release variable stats with");
    5822                 :           0 :                                                 }
    5823         [ -  + ]:         603 :                                                 else if (index->indpred == NIL)
    5824                 :             :                                                 {
    5825                 :         603 :                                                         vardata->statsTuple =
    5826                 :         603 :                                                                 SearchSysCache3(STATRELATTINH,
    5827                 :         603 :                                                                                                 ObjectIdGetDatum(index->indexoid),
    5828                 :         603 :                                                                                                 Int16GetDatum(pos + 1),
    5829                 :         603 :                                                                                                 BoolGetDatum(false));
    5830                 :         603 :                                                         vardata->freefunc = ReleaseSysCache;
    5831                 :             : 
    5832         [ +  + ]:         603 :                                                         if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple))
    5833                 :             :                                                         {
    5834                 :             :                                                                 /*
    5835                 :             :                                                                  * Test if user has permission to access all
    5836                 :             :                                                                  * rows from the index's table.
    5837                 :             :                                                                  *
    5838                 :             :                                                                  * For simplicity, we insist on the whole
    5839                 :             :                                                                  * table being selectable, rather than trying
    5840                 :             :                                                                  * to identify which column(s) the index
    5841                 :             :                                                                  * depends on.
    5842                 :             :                                                                  *
    5843                 :             :                                                                  * Note that for an inheritance child,
    5844                 :             :                                                                  * permissions are checked on the inheritance
    5845                 :             :                                                                  * root parent, and whole-table select
    5846                 :             :                                                                  * privilege on the parent doesn't quite
    5847                 :             :                                                                  * guarantee that the user could read all
    5848                 :             :                                                                  * columns of the child.  But in practice it's
    5849                 :             :                                                                  * unlikely that any interesting security
    5850                 :             :                                                                  * violation could result from allowing access
    5851                 :             :                                                                  * to the expression index's stats, so we
    5852                 :             :                                                                  * allow it anyway.  See similar code in
    5853                 :             :                                                                  * examine_simple_variable() for additional
    5854                 :             :                                                                  * comments.
    5855                 :             :                                                                  */
    5856                 :         497 :                                                                 vardata->acl_ok =
    5857                 :         994 :                                                                         all_rows_selectable(root,
    5858                 :         497 :                                                                                                                 index->rel->relid,
    5859                 :             :                                                                                                                 NULL);
    5860                 :         497 :                                                         }
    5861                 :             :                                                         else
    5862                 :             :                                                         {
    5863                 :             :                                                                 /* suppress leakproofness checks later */
    5864                 :         106 :                                                                 vardata->acl_ok = true;
    5865                 :             :                                                         }
    5866                 :         603 :                                                 }
    5867         [ +  + ]:         603 :                                                 if (vardata->statsTuple)
    5868                 :         497 :                                                         break;
    5869                 :         106 :                                         }
    5870                 :         315 :                                         indexpr_item = lnext(index->indexprs, indexpr_item);
    5871         [ +  + ]:         812 :                                 }
    5872                 :         327 :                         }
    5873         [ +  + ]:         812 :                         if (vardata->statsTuple)
    5874                 :         497 :                                 break;
    5875      [ +  +  + ]:       10688 :                 }
    5876                 :             : 
    5877                 :             :                 /*
    5878                 :             :                  * Search extended statistics for one with a matching expression.
    5879                 :             :                  * There might be multiple ones, so just grab the first one. In the
    5880                 :             :                  * future, we might consider the statistics target (and pick the most
    5881                 :             :                  * accurate statistics) and maybe some other parameters.
    5882                 :             :                  */
    5883   [ +  +  +  +  :        9952 :                 foreach(slist, onerel->statlist)
                   +  + ]
    5884                 :             :                 {
    5885                 :         734 :                         StatisticExtInfo *info = (StatisticExtInfo *) lfirst(slist);
    5886         [ +  - ]:         734 :                         RangeTblEntry *rte = planner_rt_fetch(onerel->relid, root);
    5887                 :         734 :                         ListCell   *expr_item;
    5888                 :         734 :                         int                     pos;
    5889                 :             : 
    5890                 :             :                         /*
    5891                 :             :                          * Stop once we've found statistics for the expression (either
    5892                 :             :                          * from extended stats, or for an index in the preceding loop).
    5893                 :             :                          */
    5894         [ +  + ]:         734 :                         if (vardata->statsTuple)
    5895                 :          48 :                                 break;
    5896                 :             : 
    5897                 :             :                         /* skip stats without per-expression stats */
    5898         [ +  + ]:         686 :                         if (info->kind != STATS_EXT_EXPRESSIONS)
    5899                 :         351 :                                 continue;
    5900                 :             : 
    5901                 :             :                         /* skip stats with mismatching stxdinherit value */
    5902         [ +  + ]:         335 :                         if (info->inherit != rte->inh)
    5903                 :           1 :                                 continue;
    5904                 :             : 
    5905                 :         334 :                         pos = 0;
    5906   [ +  -  +  +  :         826 :                         foreach(expr_item, info->exprs)
                   +  + ]
    5907                 :             :                         {
    5908                 :         492 :                                 Node       *expr = (Node *) lfirst(expr_item);
    5909                 :             : 
    5910         [ +  - ]:         492 :                                 Assert(expr);
    5911                 :             : 
    5912                 :             :                                 /* strip RelabelType before comparing it */
    5913   [ +  -  +  - ]:         492 :                                 if (expr && IsA(expr, RelabelType))
    5914                 :           0 :                                         expr = (Node *) ((RelabelType *) expr)->arg;
    5915                 :             : 
    5916                 :             :                                 /* found a match, see if we can extract pg_statistic row */
    5917         [ +  + ]:         492 :                                 if (equal(node, expr))
    5918                 :             :                                 {
    5919                 :             :                                         /*
    5920                 :             :                                          * XXX Not sure if we should cache the tuple somewhere.
    5921                 :             :                                          * Now we just create a new copy every time.
    5922                 :             :                                          */
    5923                 :         275 :                                         vardata->statsTuple =
    5924                 :         275 :                                                 statext_expressions_load(info->statOid, rte->inh, pos);
    5925                 :             : 
    5926                 :         275 :                                         vardata->freefunc = ReleaseDummy;
    5927                 :             : 
    5928                 :             :                                         /*
    5929                 :             :                                          * Test if user has permission to access all rows from the
    5930                 :             :                                          * table.
    5931                 :             :                                          *
    5932                 :             :                                          * For simplicity, we insist on the whole table being
    5933                 :             :                                          * selectable, rather than trying to identify which
    5934                 :             :                                          * column(s) the statistics object depends on.
    5935                 :             :                                          *
    5936                 :             :                                          * Note that for an inheritance child, permissions are
    5937                 :             :                                          * checked on the inheritance root parent, and whole-table
    5938                 :             :                                          * select privilege on the parent doesn't quite guarantee
    5939                 :             :                                          * that the user could read all columns of the child.  But
    5940                 :             :                                          * in practice it's unlikely that any interesting security
    5941                 :             :                                          * violation could result from allowing access to the
    5942                 :             :                                          * expression stats, so we allow it anyway.  See similar
    5943                 :             :                                          * code in examine_simple_variable() for additional
    5944                 :             :                                          * comments.
    5945                 :             :                                          */
    5946                 :         550 :                                         vardata->acl_ok = all_rows_selectable(root,
    5947                 :         275 :                                                                                                                   onerel->relid,
    5948                 :             :                                                                                                                   NULL);
    5949                 :             : 
    5950                 :         275 :                                         break;
    5951                 :             :                                 }
    5952                 :             : 
    5953                 :         217 :                                 pos++;
    5954         [ +  + ]:         492 :                         }
    5955      [ +  +  + ]:         734 :                 }
    5956                 :        9218 :         }
    5957                 :             : 
    5958                 :       87408 :         bms_free(varnos);
    5959                 :      299987 : }
    5960                 :             : 
    5961                 :             : /*
    5962                 :             :  * strip_all_phvs_deep
    5963                 :             :  *              Deeply strip all PlaceHolderVars in an expression.
    5964                 :             : 
    5965                 :             :  * As a performance optimization, we first use a lightweight walker to check
    5966                 :             :  * for the presence of any PlaceHolderVars.  The expensive mutator is invoked
    5967                 :             :  * only if a PlaceHolderVar is found, avoiding unnecessary memory allocation
    5968                 :             :  * and tree copying in the common case where no PlaceHolderVars are present.
    5969                 :             :  */
    5970                 :             : static Node *
    5971                 :      299987 : strip_all_phvs_deep(PlannerInfo *root, Node *node)
    5972                 :             : {
    5973                 :             :         /* If there are no PHVs anywhere, we needn't work hard */
    5974         [ +  + ]:      299987 :         if (root->glob->lastPHId == 0)
    5975                 :      295253 :                 return node;
    5976                 :             : 
    5977         [ +  + ]:        4734 :         if (!contain_placeholder_walker(node, NULL))
    5978                 :        4068 :                 return node;
    5979                 :         666 :         return strip_all_phvs_mutator(node, NULL);
    5980                 :      299987 : }
    5981                 :             : 
    5982                 :             : /*
    5983                 :             :  * contain_placeholder_walker
    5984                 :             :  *              Lightweight walker to check if an expression contains any
    5985                 :             :  *              PlaceHolderVars
    5986                 :             :  */
    5987                 :             : static bool
    5988                 :        5294 : contain_placeholder_walker(Node *node, void *context)
    5989                 :             : {
    5990         [ +  + ]:        5294 :         if (node == NULL)
    5991                 :           2 :                 return false;
    5992         [ +  + ]:        5292 :         if (IsA(node, PlaceHolderVar))
    5993                 :         666 :                 return true;
    5994                 :             : 
    5995                 :        4626 :         return expression_tree_walker(node, contain_placeholder_walker, context);
    5996                 :        5294 : }
    5997                 :             : 
    5998                 :             : /*
    5999                 :             :  * strip_all_phvs_mutator
    6000                 :             :  *              Mutator to deeply strip all PlaceHolderVars
    6001                 :             :  */
    6002                 :             : static Node *
    6003                 :        1835 : strip_all_phvs_mutator(Node *node, void *context)
    6004                 :             : {
    6005         [ +  + ]:        1835 :         if (node == NULL)
    6006                 :           8 :                 return NULL;
    6007         [ +  + ]:        1827 :         if (IsA(node, PlaceHolderVar))
    6008                 :             :         {
    6009                 :             :                 /* Strip it and recurse into its contained expression */
    6010                 :         691 :                 PlaceHolderVar *phv = (PlaceHolderVar *) node;
    6011                 :             : 
    6012                 :         691 :                 return strip_all_phvs_mutator((Node *) phv->phexpr, context);
    6013                 :         691 :         }
    6014                 :             : 
    6015                 :        1136 :         return expression_tree_mutator(node, strip_all_phvs_mutator, context);
    6016                 :        1835 : }
    6017                 :             : 
    6018                 :             : /*
    6019                 :             :  * examine_simple_variable
    6020                 :             :  *              Handle a simple Var for examine_variable
    6021                 :             :  *
    6022                 :             :  * This is split out as a subroutine so that we can recurse to deal with
    6023                 :             :  * Vars referencing subqueries (either sub-SELECT-in-FROM or CTE style).
    6024                 :             :  *
    6025                 :             :  * We already filled in all the fields of *vardata except for the stats tuple.
    6026                 :             :  */
    6027                 :             : static void
    6028                 :      213080 : examine_simple_variable(PlannerInfo *root, Var *var,
    6029                 :             :                                                 VariableStatData *vardata)
    6030                 :             : {
    6031                 :      213080 :         RangeTblEntry *rte = root->simple_rte_array[var->varno];
    6032                 :             : 
    6033         [ +  - ]:      213080 :         Assert(IsA(rte, RangeTblEntry));
    6034                 :             : 
    6035   [ -  +  #  # ]:      213080 :         if (get_relation_stats_hook &&
    6036                 :           0 :                 (*get_relation_stats_hook) (root, rte, var->varattno, vardata))
    6037                 :             :         {
    6038                 :             :                 /*
    6039                 :             :                  * The hook took control of acquiring a stats tuple.  If it did supply
    6040                 :             :                  * a tuple, it'd better have supplied a freefunc.
    6041                 :             :                  */
    6042   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                 if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple) &&
    6043                 :           0 :                         !vardata->freefunc)
    6044   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                         elog(ERROR, "no function provided to release variable stats with");
    6045                 :           0 :         }
    6046         [ +  + ]:      213080 :         else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_RELATION)
    6047                 :             :         {
    6048                 :             :                 /*
    6049                 :             :                  * Plain table or parent of an inheritance appendrel, so look up the
    6050                 :             :                  * column in pg_statistic
    6051                 :             :                  */
    6052                 :      202123 :                 vardata->statsTuple = SearchSysCache3(STATRELATTINH,
    6053                 :      202123 :                                                                                           ObjectIdGetDatum(rte->relid),
    6054                 :      202123 :                                                                                           Int16GetDatum(var->varattno),
    6055                 :      202123 :                                                                                           BoolGetDatum(rte->inh));
    6056                 :      202123 :                 vardata->freefunc = ReleaseSysCache;
    6057                 :             : 
    6058         [ +  + ]:      202123 :                 if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple))
    6059                 :             :                 {
    6060                 :             :                         /*
    6061                 :             :                          * Test if user has permission to read all rows from this column.
    6062                 :             :                          *
    6063                 :             :                          * This requires that the user has the appropriate SELECT
    6064                 :             :                          * privileges and that there are no securityQuals from security
    6065                 :             :                          * barrier views or RLS policies.  If that's not the case, then we
    6066                 :             :                          * only permit leakproof functions to be passed pg_statistic data
    6067                 :             :                          * in vardata, otherwise the functions might reveal data that the
    6068                 :             :                          * user doesn't have permission to see --- see
    6069                 :             :                          * statistic_proc_security_check().
    6070                 :             :                          */
    6071                 :      131795 :                         vardata->acl_ok =
    6072                 :      263590 :                                 all_rows_selectable(root, var->varno,
    6073                 :      131795 :                                                                         bms_make_singleton(var->varattno - FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber));
    6074                 :      131795 :                 }
    6075                 :             :                 else
    6076                 :             :                 {
    6077                 :             :                         /* suppress any possible leakproofness checks later */
    6078                 :       70328 :                         vardata->acl_ok = true;
    6079                 :             :                 }
    6080                 :      202123 :         }
    6081   [ +  +  +  + ]:       11342 :         else if ((rte->rtekind == RTE_SUBQUERY && !rte->inh) ||
    6082         [ +  + ]:        9681 :                          (rte->rtekind == RTE_CTE && !rte->self_reference))
    6083                 :             :         {
    6084                 :             :                 /*
    6085                 :             :                  * Plain subquery (not one that was converted to an appendrel) or
    6086                 :             :                  * non-recursive CTE.  In either case, we can try to find out what the
    6087                 :             :                  * Var refers to within the subquery.  We skip this for appendrel and
    6088                 :             :                  * recursive-CTE cases because any column stats we did find would
    6089                 :             :                  * likely not be very relevant.
    6090                 :             :                  */
    6091                 :        1276 :                 PlannerInfo *subroot;
    6092                 :        1276 :                 Query      *subquery;
    6093                 :        1276 :                 List       *subtlist;
    6094                 :        1276 :                 TargetEntry *ste;
    6095                 :             : 
    6096                 :             :                 /*
    6097                 :             :                  * Punt if it's a whole-row var rather than a plain column reference.
    6098                 :             :                  */
    6099         [ +  - ]:        1276 :                 if (var->varattno == InvalidAttrNumber)
    6100                 :           0 :                         return;
    6101                 :             : 
    6102                 :             :                 /*
    6103                 :             :                  * Otherwise, find the subquery's planner subroot.
    6104                 :             :                  */
    6105         [ +  + ]:        1276 :                 if (rte->rtekind == RTE_SUBQUERY)
    6106                 :             :                 {
    6107                 :        1047 :                         RelOptInfo *rel;
    6108                 :             : 
    6109                 :             :                         /*
    6110                 :             :                          * Fetch RelOptInfo for subquery.  Note that we don't change the
    6111                 :             :                          * rel returned in vardata, since caller expects it to be a rel of
    6112                 :             :                          * the caller's query level.  Because we might already be
    6113                 :             :                          * recursing, we can't use that rel pointer either, but have to
    6114                 :             :                          * look up the Var's rel afresh.
    6115                 :             :                          */
    6116                 :        1047 :                         rel = find_base_rel(root, var->varno);
    6117                 :             : 
    6118                 :        1047 :                         subroot = rel->subroot;
    6119                 :        1047 :                 }
    6120                 :             :                 else
    6121                 :             :                 {
    6122                 :             :                         /* CTE case is more difficult */
    6123                 :         229 :                         PlannerInfo *cteroot;
    6124                 :         229 :                         Index           levelsup;
    6125                 :         229 :                         int                     ndx;
    6126                 :         229 :                         int                     plan_id;
    6127                 :         229 :                         ListCell   *lc;
    6128                 :             : 
    6129                 :             :                         /*
    6130                 :             :                          * Find the referenced CTE, and locate the subroot previously made
    6131                 :             :                          * for it.
    6132                 :             :                          */
    6133                 :         229 :                         levelsup = rte->ctelevelsup;
    6134                 :         229 :                         cteroot = root;
    6135         [ +  + ]:         380 :                         while (levelsup-- > 0)
    6136                 :             :                         {
    6137                 :         151 :                                 cteroot = cteroot->parent_root;
    6138         [ +  - ]:         151 :                                 if (!cteroot)   /* shouldn't happen */
    6139   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                                         elog(ERROR, "bad levelsup for CTE \"%s\"", rte->ctename);
    6140                 :             :                         }
    6141                 :             : 
    6142                 :             :                         /*
    6143                 :             :                          * Note: cte_plan_ids can be shorter than cteList, if we are still
    6144                 :             :                          * working on planning the CTEs (ie, this is a side-reference from
    6145                 :             :                          * another CTE).  So we mustn't use forboth here.
    6146                 :             :                          */
    6147                 :         229 :                         ndx = 0;
    6148   [ +  -  -  +  :         490 :                         foreach(lc, cteroot->parse->cteList)
                   +  - ]
    6149                 :             :                         {
    6150                 :         261 :                                 CommonTableExpr *cte = (CommonTableExpr *) lfirst(lc);
    6151                 :             : 
    6152         [ +  + ]:         261 :                                 if (strcmp(cte->ctename, rte->ctename) == 0)
    6153                 :         229 :                                         break;
    6154                 :          32 :                                 ndx++;
    6155         [ +  + ]:         261 :                         }
    6156         [ +  - ]:         229 :                         if (lc == NULL)         /* shouldn't happen */
    6157   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                                 elog(ERROR, "could not find CTE \"%s\"", rte->ctename);
    6158         [ +  - ]:         229 :                         if (ndx >= list_length(cteroot->cte_plan_ids))
    6159   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                                 elog(ERROR, "could not find plan for CTE \"%s\"", rte->ctename);
    6160                 :         229 :                         plan_id = list_nth_int(cteroot->cte_plan_ids, ndx);
    6161         [ +  - ]:         229 :                         if (plan_id <= 0)
    6162   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                                 elog(ERROR, "no plan was made for CTE \"%s\"", rte->ctename);
    6163                 :         229 :                         subroot = list_nth(root->glob->subroots, plan_id - 1);
    6164                 :         229 :                 }
    6165                 :             : 
    6166                 :             :                 /* If the subquery hasn't been planned yet, we have to punt */
    6167         [ +  - ]:        1276 :                 if (subroot == NULL)
    6168                 :           0 :                         return;
    6169         [ +  - ]:        1276 :                 Assert(IsA(subroot, PlannerInfo));
    6170                 :             : 
    6171                 :             :                 /*
    6172                 :             :                  * We must use the subquery parsetree as mangled by the planner, not
    6173                 :             :                  * the raw version from the RTE, because we need a Var that will refer
    6174                 :             :                  * to the subroot's live RelOptInfos.  For instance, if any subquery
    6175                 :             :                  * pullup happened during planning, Vars in the targetlist might have
    6176                 :             :                  * gotten replaced, and we need to see the replacement expressions.
    6177                 :             :                  */
    6178                 :        1276 :                 subquery = subroot->parse;
    6179         [ +  - ]:        1276 :                 Assert(IsA(subquery, Query));
    6180                 :             : 
    6181                 :             :                 /*
    6182                 :             :                  * Punt if subquery uses set operations or grouping sets, as these
    6183                 :             :                  * will mash underlying columns' stats beyond recognition.  (Set ops
    6184                 :             :                  * are particularly nasty; if we forged ahead, we would return stats
    6185                 :             :                  * relevant to only the leftmost subselect...)  DISTINCT is also
    6186                 :             :                  * problematic, but we check that later because there is a possibility
    6187                 :             :                  * of learning something even with it.
    6188                 :             :                  */
    6189   [ +  +  +  + ]:        1276 :                 if (subquery->setOperations ||
    6190                 :        1198 :                         subquery->groupingSets)
    6191                 :          94 :                         return;
    6192                 :             : 
    6193                 :             :                 /* Get the subquery output expression referenced by the upper Var */
    6194         [ +  + ]:        1182 :                 if (subquery->returningList)
    6195                 :          29 :                         subtlist = subquery->returningList;
    6196                 :             :                 else
    6197                 :        1153 :                         subtlist = subquery->targetList;
    6198                 :        1182 :                 ste = get_tle_by_resno(subtlist, var->varattno);
    6199         [ +  - ]:        1182 :                 if (ste == NULL || ste->resjunk)
    6200   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                         elog(ERROR, "subquery %s does not have attribute %d",
    6201                 :             :                                  rte->eref->aliasname, var->varattno);
    6202                 :        1182 :                 var = (Var *) ste->expr;
    6203                 :             : 
    6204                 :             :                 /*
    6205                 :             :                  * If subquery uses DISTINCT, we can't make use of any stats for the
    6206                 :             :                  * variable ... but, if it's the only DISTINCT column, we are entitled
    6207                 :             :                  * to consider it unique.  We do the test this way so that it works
    6208                 :             :                  * for cases involving DISTINCT ON.
    6209                 :             :                  */
    6210         [ +  + ]:        1182 :                 if (subquery->distinctClause)
    6211                 :             :                 {
    6212   [ +  +  -  + ]:          71 :                         if (list_length(subquery->distinctClause) == 1 &&
    6213                 :          25 :                                 targetIsInSortList(ste, InvalidOid, subquery->distinctClause))
    6214                 :          25 :                                 vardata->isunique = true;
    6215                 :             :                         /* cannot go further */
    6216                 :          71 :                         return;
    6217                 :             :                 }
    6218                 :             : 
    6219                 :             :                 /* The same idea as with DISTINCT clause works for a GROUP-BY too */
    6220         [ +  + ]:        1111 :                 if (subquery->groupClause)
    6221                 :             :                 {
    6222   [ +  +  +  + ]:          99 :                         if (list_length(subquery->groupClause) == 1 &&
    6223                 :          69 :                                 targetIsInSortList(ste, InvalidOid, subquery->groupClause))
    6224                 :          57 :                                 vardata->isunique = true;
    6225                 :             :                         /* cannot go further */
    6226                 :          99 :                         return;
    6227                 :             :                 }
    6228                 :             : 
    6229                 :             :                 /*
    6230                 :             :                  * If the sub-query originated from a view with the security_barrier
    6231                 :             :                  * attribute, we must not look at the variable's statistics, though it
    6232                 :             :                  * seems all right to notice the existence of a DISTINCT clause. So
    6233                 :             :                  * stop here.
    6234                 :             :                  *
    6235                 :             :                  * This is probably a harsher restriction than necessary; it's
    6236                 :             :                  * certainly OK for the selectivity estimator (which is a C function,
    6237                 :             :                  * and therefore omnipotent anyway) to look at the statistics.  But
    6238                 :             :                  * many selectivity estimators will happily *invoke the operator
    6239                 :             :                  * function* to try to work out a good estimate - and that's not OK.
    6240                 :             :                  * So for now, don't dig down for stats.
    6241                 :             :                  */
    6242         [ +  + ]:        1012 :                 if (rte->security_barrier)
    6243                 :          39 :                         return;
    6244                 :             : 
    6245                 :             :                 /* Can only handle a simple Var of subquery's query level */
    6246   [ +  -  +  +  :         973 :                 if (var && IsA(var, Var) &&
                   -  + ]
    6247                 :         501 :                         var->varlevelsup == 0)
    6248                 :             :                 {
    6249                 :             :                         /*
    6250                 :             :                          * OK, recurse into the subquery.  Note that the original setting
    6251                 :             :                          * of vardata->isunique (which will surely be false) is left
    6252                 :             :                          * unchanged in this situation.  That's what we want, since even
    6253                 :             :                          * if the underlying column is unique, the subquery may have
    6254                 :             :                          * joined to other tables in a way that creates duplicates.
    6255                 :             :                          */
    6256                 :         501 :                         examine_simple_variable(subroot, var, vardata);
    6257                 :         501 :                 }
    6258         [ +  + ]:        1276 :         }
    6259                 :             :         else
    6260                 :             :         {
    6261                 :             :                 /*
    6262                 :             :                  * Otherwise, the Var comes from a FUNCTION or VALUES RTE.  (We won't
    6263                 :             :                  * see RTE_JOIN here because join alias Vars have already been
    6264                 :             :                  * flattened.)  There's not much we can do with function outputs, but
    6265                 :             :                  * maybe someday try to be smarter about VALUES.
    6266                 :             :                  */
    6267                 :             :         }
    6268         [ -  + ]:      213080 : }
    6269                 :             : 
    6270                 :             : /*
    6271                 :             :  * all_rows_selectable
    6272                 :             :  *              Test whether the user has permission to select all rows from a given
    6273                 :             :  *              relation.
    6274                 :             :  *
    6275                 :             :  * Inputs:
    6276                 :             :  *      root: the planner info
    6277                 :             :  *      varno: the index of the relation (assumed to be an RTE_RELATION)
    6278                 :             :  *      varattnos: the attributes for which permission is required, or NULL if
    6279                 :             :  *              whole-table access is required
    6280                 :             :  *
    6281                 :             :  * Returns true if the user has the required select permissions, and there are
    6282                 :             :  * no securityQuals from security barrier views or RLS policies.
    6283                 :             :  *
    6284                 :             :  * Note that if the relation is an inheritance child relation, securityQuals
    6285                 :             :  * and access permissions are checked against the inheritance root parent (the
    6286                 :             :  * relation actually mentioned in the query) --- see the comments in
    6287                 :             :  * expand_single_inheritance_child() for an explanation of why it has to be
    6288                 :             :  * done this way.
    6289                 :             :  *
    6290                 :             :  * If varattnos is non-NULL, its attribute numbers should be offset by
    6291                 :             :  * FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber so that system attributes can be
    6292                 :             :  * checked.  If varattnos is NULL, only table-level SELECT privileges are
    6293                 :             :  * checked, not any column-level privileges.
    6294                 :             :  *
    6295                 :             :  * Note: if the relation is accessed via a view, this function actually tests
    6296                 :             :  * whether the view owner has permission to select from the relation.  To
    6297                 :             :  * ensure that the current user has permission, it is also necessary to check
    6298                 :             :  * that the current user has permission to select from the view, which we do
    6299                 :             :  * at planner-startup --- see subquery_planner().
    6300                 :             :  *
    6301                 :             :  * This is exported so that other estimation functions can use it.
    6302                 :             :  */
    6303                 :             : bool
    6304                 :      132609 : all_rows_selectable(PlannerInfo *root, Index varno, Bitmapset *varattnos)
    6305                 :             : {
    6306                 :      132609 :         RelOptInfo *rel = find_base_rel_noerr(root, varno);
    6307         [ +  - ]:      132609 :         RangeTblEntry *rte = planner_rt_fetch(varno, root);
    6308                 :      132609 :         Oid                     userid;
    6309                 :      132609 :         int                     varattno;
    6310                 :             : 
    6311         [ +  - ]:      132609 :         Assert(rte->rtekind == RTE_RELATION);
    6312                 :             : 
    6313                 :             :         /*
    6314                 :             :          * Determine the user ID to use for privilege checks (either the current
    6315                 :             :          * user or the view owner, if we're accessing the table via a view).
    6316                 :             :          *
    6317                 :             :          * Normally the relation will have an associated RelOptInfo from which we
    6318                 :             :          * can find the userid, but it might not if it's a RETURNING Var for an
    6319                 :             :          * INSERT target relation.  In that case use the RTEPermissionInfo
    6320                 :             :          * associated with the RTE.
    6321                 :             :          *
    6322                 :             :          * If we navigate up to a parent relation, we keep using the same userid,
    6323                 :             :          * since it's the same in all relations of a given inheritance tree.
    6324                 :             :          */
    6325         [ +  + ]:      132609 :         if (rel)
    6326                 :      132602 :                 userid = rel->userid;
    6327                 :             :         else
    6328                 :             :         {
    6329                 :           7 :                 RTEPermissionInfo *perminfo;
    6330                 :             : 
    6331                 :           7 :                 perminfo = getRTEPermissionInfo(root->parse->rteperminfos, rte);
    6332                 :           7 :                 userid = perminfo->checkAsUser;
    6333                 :           7 :         }
    6334         [ +  + ]:      132609 :         if (!OidIsValid(userid))
    6335                 :      118388 :                 userid = GetUserId();
    6336                 :             : 
    6337                 :             :         /*
    6338                 :             :          * Permissions and securityQuals must be checked on the table actually
    6339                 :             :          * mentioned in the query, so if this is an inheritance child, navigate up
    6340                 :             :          * to the inheritance root parent.  If the user can read the whole table
    6341                 :             :          * or the required columns there, then they can read from the child table
    6342                 :             :          * too.  For per-column checks, we must find out which of the root
    6343                 :             :          * parent's attributes the child relation's attributes correspond to.
    6344                 :             :          */
    6345         [ +  + ]:      132609 :         if (root->append_rel_array != NULL)
    6346                 :             :         {
    6347                 :       37801 :                 AppendRelInfo *appinfo;
    6348                 :             : 
    6349                 :       37801 :                 appinfo = root->append_rel_array[varno];
    6350                 :             : 
    6351                 :             :                 /*
    6352                 :             :                  * Partitions are mapped to their immediate parent, not the root
    6353                 :             :                  * parent, so must be ready to walk up multiple AppendRelInfos.  But
    6354                 :             :                  * stop if we hit a parent that is not RTE_RELATION --- that's a
    6355                 :             :                  * flattened UNION ALL subquery, not an inheritance parent.
    6356                 :             :                  */
    6357   [ +  +  +  + ]:      106281 :                 while (appinfo &&
    6358         [ +  - ]:       34271 :                            planner_rt_fetch(appinfo->parent_relid,
    6359                 :       34271 :                                                                 root)->rtekind == RTE_RELATION)
    6360                 :             :                 {
    6361                 :       34209 :                         Bitmapset  *parent_varattnos = NULL;
    6362                 :             : 
    6363                 :             :                         /*
    6364                 :             :                          * For each child attribute, find the corresponding parent
    6365                 :             :                          * attribute.  In rare cases, the attribute may be local to the
    6366                 :             :                          * child table, in which case, we've got to live with having no
    6367                 :             :                          * access to this column.
    6368                 :             :                          */
    6369                 :       34209 :                         varattno = -1;
    6370         [ +  + ]:       67943 :                         while ((varattno = bms_next_member(varattnos, varattno)) >= 0)
    6371                 :             :                         {
    6372                 :       33734 :                                 AttrNumber      attno;
    6373                 :       33734 :                                 AttrNumber      parent_attno;
    6374                 :             : 
    6375                 :       33734 :                                 attno = varattno + FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber;
    6376                 :             : 
    6377         [ +  + ]:       33734 :                                 if (attno == InvalidAttrNumber)
    6378                 :             :                                 {
    6379                 :             :                                         /*
    6380                 :             :                                          * Whole-row reference, so must map each column of the
    6381                 :             :                                          * child to the parent table.
    6382                 :             :                                          */
    6383         [ +  + ]:           6 :                                         for (attno = 1; attno <= appinfo->num_child_cols; attno++)
    6384                 :             :                                         {
    6385                 :           4 :                                                 parent_attno = appinfo->parent_colnos[attno - 1];
    6386         [ -  + ]:           4 :                                                 if (parent_attno == 0)
    6387                 :           0 :                                                         return false;   /* attr is local to child */
    6388                 :           4 :                                                 parent_varattnos =
    6389                 :           8 :                                                         bms_add_member(parent_varattnos,
    6390                 :           4 :                                                                                    parent_attno - FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber);
    6391                 :           4 :                                         }
    6392                 :           2 :                                 }
    6393                 :             :                                 else
    6394                 :             :                                 {
    6395         [ -  + ]:       33732 :                                         if (attno < 0)
    6396                 :             :                                         {
    6397                 :             :                                                 /* System attnos are the same in all tables */
    6398                 :           0 :                                                 parent_attno = attno;
    6399                 :           0 :                                         }
    6400                 :             :                                         else
    6401                 :             :                                         {
    6402         [ -  + ]:       33732 :                                                 if (attno > appinfo->num_child_cols)
    6403                 :           0 :                                                         return false;   /* safety check */
    6404                 :       33732 :                                                 parent_attno = appinfo->parent_colnos[attno - 1];
    6405         [ +  - ]:       33732 :                                                 if (parent_attno == 0)
    6406                 :           0 :                                                         return false;   /* attr is local to child */
    6407                 :             :                                         }
    6408                 :       33732 :                                         parent_varattnos =
    6409                 :       67464 :                                                 bms_add_member(parent_varattnos,
    6410                 :       33732 :                                                                            parent_attno - FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber);
    6411                 :             :                                 }
    6412         [ -  + ]:       33734 :                         }
    6413                 :             : 
    6414                 :             :                         /* If the parent is itself a child, continue up */
    6415                 :       34209 :                         varno = appinfo->parent_relid;
    6416                 :       34209 :                         varattnos = parent_varattnos;
    6417                 :       34209 :                         appinfo = root->append_rel_array[varno];
    6418         [ -  + ]:       34209 :                 }
    6419                 :             : 
    6420                 :             :                 /* Perform the access check on this parent rel */
    6421         [ +  - ]:       37801 :                 rte = planner_rt_fetch(varno, root);
    6422         [ +  - ]:       37801 :                 Assert(rte->rtekind == RTE_RELATION);
    6423         [ -  + ]:       37801 :         }
    6424                 :             : 
    6425                 :             :         /*
    6426                 :             :          * For all rows to be accessible, there must be no securityQuals from
    6427                 :             :          * security barrier views or RLS policies.
    6428                 :             :          */
    6429         [ +  + ]:      132609 :         if (rte->securityQuals != NIL)
    6430                 :         138 :                 return false;
    6431                 :             : 
    6432                 :             :         /*
    6433                 :             :          * Test for table-level SELECT privilege.
    6434                 :             :          *
    6435                 :             :          * If varattnos is non-NULL, this is sufficient to give access to all
    6436                 :             :          * requested attributes, even for a child table, since we have verified
    6437                 :             :          * that all required child columns have matching parent columns.
    6438                 :             :          *
    6439                 :             :          * If varattnos is NULL (whole-table access requested), this doesn't
    6440                 :             :          * necessarily guarantee that the user can read all columns of a child
    6441                 :             :          * table, but we allow it anyway (see comments in examine_variable()) and
    6442                 :             :          * don't bother checking any column privileges.
    6443                 :             :          */
    6444         [ +  + ]:      132471 :         if (pg_class_aclcheck(rte->relid, userid, ACL_SELECT) == ACLCHECK_OK)
    6445                 :      132407 :                 return true;
    6446                 :             : 
    6447         [ +  + ]:          64 :         if (varattnos == NULL)
    6448                 :           2 :                 return false;                   /* whole-table access requested */
    6449                 :             : 
    6450                 :             :         /*
    6451                 :             :          * Don't have table-level SELECT privilege, so check per-column
    6452                 :             :          * privileges.
    6453                 :             :          */
    6454                 :          62 :         varattno = -1;
    6455         [ +  + ]:          85 :         while ((varattno = bms_next_member(varattnos, varattno)) >= 0)
    6456                 :             :         {
    6457                 :          62 :                 AttrNumber      attno = varattno + FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber;
    6458                 :             : 
    6459         [ +  + ]:          62 :                 if (attno == InvalidAttrNumber)
    6460                 :             :                 {
    6461                 :             :                         /* Whole-row reference, so must have access to all columns */
    6462                 :           1 :                         if (pg_attribute_aclcheck_all(rte->relid, userid, ACL_SELECT,
    6463         [ +  - ]:           1 :                                                                                   ACLMASK_ALL) != ACLCHECK_OK)
    6464                 :           1 :                                 return false;
    6465                 :           0 :                 }
    6466                 :             :                 else
    6467                 :             :                 {
    6468                 :          61 :                         if (pg_attribute_aclcheck(rte->relid, attno, userid,
    6469         [ +  + ]:          61 :                                                                           ACL_SELECT) != ACLCHECK_OK)
    6470                 :          38 :                                 return false;
    6471                 :             :                 }
    6472         [ +  + ]:          62 :         }
    6473                 :             : 
    6474                 :             :         /* If we reach here, have all required column privileges */
    6475                 :          23 :         return true;
    6476                 :      132609 : }
    6477                 :             : 
    6478                 :             : /*
    6479                 :             :  * examine_indexcol_variable
    6480                 :             :  *              Try to look up statistical data about an index column/expression.
    6481                 :             :  *              Fill in a VariableStatData struct to describe the column.
    6482                 :             :  *
    6483                 :             :  * Inputs:
    6484                 :             :  *      root: the planner info
    6485                 :             :  *      index: the index whose column we're interested in
    6486                 :             :  *      indexcol: 0-based index column number (subscripts index->indexkeys[])
    6487                 :             :  *
    6488                 :             :  * Outputs: *vardata is filled as follows:
    6489                 :             :  *      var: the input expression (with any binary relabeling stripped, if
    6490                 :             :  *              it is or contains a variable; but otherwise the type is preserved)
    6491                 :             :  *      rel: RelOptInfo for table relation containing variable.
    6492                 :             :  *      statsTuple: the pg_statistic entry for the variable, if one exists;
    6493                 :             :  *              otherwise NULL.
    6494                 :             :  *      freefunc: pointer to a function to release statsTuple with.
    6495                 :             :  *
    6496                 :             :  * Caller is responsible for doing ReleaseVariableStats() before exiting.
    6497                 :             :  */
    6498                 :             : static void
    6499                 :       72841 : examine_indexcol_variable(PlannerInfo *root, IndexOptInfo *index,
    6500                 :             :                                                   int indexcol, VariableStatData *vardata)
    6501                 :             : {
    6502                 :       72841 :         AttrNumber      colnum;
    6503                 :       72841 :         Oid                     relid;
    6504                 :             : 
    6505         [ +  + ]:       72841 :         if (index->indexkeys[indexcol] != 0)
    6506                 :             :         {
    6507                 :             :                 /* Simple variable --- look to stats for the underlying table */
    6508         [ +  - ]:       72474 :                 RangeTblEntry *rte = planner_rt_fetch(index->rel->relid, root);
    6509                 :             : 
    6510         [ +  - ]:       72474 :                 Assert(rte->rtekind == RTE_RELATION);
    6511                 :       72474 :                 relid = rte->relid;
    6512         [ +  - ]:       72474 :                 Assert(relid != InvalidOid);
    6513                 :       72474 :                 colnum = index->indexkeys[indexcol];
    6514                 :       72474 :                 vardata->rel = index->rel;
    6515                 :             : 
    6516   [ -  +  #  # ]:       72474 :                 if (get_relation_stats_hook &&
    6517                 :           0 :                         (*get_relation_stats_hook) (root, rte, colnum, vardata))
    6518                 :             :                 {
    6519                 :             :                         /*
    6520                 :             :                          * The hook took control of acquiring a stats tuple.  If it did
    6521                 :             :                          * supply a tuple, it'd better have supplied a freefunc.
    6522                 :             :                          */
    6523   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                         if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple) &&
    6524                 :           0 :                                 !vardata->freefunc)
    6525   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                                 elog(ERROR, "no function provided to release variable stats with");
    6526                 :           0 :                 }
    6527                 :             :                 else
    6528                 :             :                 {
    6529                 :       72474 :                         vardata->statsTuple = SearchSysCache3(STATRELATTINH,
    6530                 :       72474 :                                                                                                   ObjectIdGetDatum(relid),
    6531                 :       72474 :                                                                                                   Int16GetDatum(colnum),
    6532                 :       72474 :                                                                                                   BoolGetDatum(rte->inh));
    6533                 :       72474 :                         vardata->freefunc = ReleaseSysCache;
    6534                 :             :                 }
    6535                 :       72474 :         }
    6536                 :             :         else
    6537                 :             :         {
    6538                 :             :                 /* Expression --- maybe there are stats for the index itself */
    6539                 :         367 :                 relid = index->indexoid;
    6540                 :         367 :                 colnum = indexcol + 1;
    6541                 :             : 
    6542   [ -  +  #  # ]:         367 :                 if (get_index_stats_hook &&
    6543                 :           0 :                         (*get_index_stats_hook) (root, relid, colnum, vardata))
    6544                 :             :                 {
    6545                 :             :                         /*
    6546                 :             :                          * The hook took control of acquiring a stats tuple.  If it did
    6547                 :             :                          * supply a tuple, it'd better have supplied a freefunc.
    6548                 :             :                          */
    6549   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                         if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple) &&
    6550                 :           0 :                                 !vardata->freefunc)
    6551   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                                 elog(ERROR, "no function provided to release variable stats with");
    6552                 :           0 :                 }
    6553                 :             :                 else
    6554                 :             :                 {
    6555                 :         367 :                         vardata->statsTuple = SearchSysCache3(STATRELATTINH,
    6556                 :         367 :                                                                                                   ObjectIdGetDatum(relid),
    6557                 :         367 :                                                                                                   Int16GetDatum(colnum),
    6558                 :         367 :                                                                                                   BoolGetDatum(false));
    6559                 :         367 :                         vardata->freefunc = ReleaseSysCache;
    6560                 :             :                 }
    6561                 :             :         }
    6562                 :       72841 : }
    6563                 :             : 
    6564                 :             : /*
    6565                 :             :  * Check whether it is permitted to call func_oid passing some of the
    6566                 :             :  * pg_statistic data in vardata.  We allow this if either of the following
    6567                 :             :  * conditions is met: (1) the user has SELECT privileges on the table or
    6568                 :             :  * column underlying the pg_statistic data and there are no securityQuals from
    6569                 :             :  * security barrier views or RLS policies, or (2) the function is marked
    6570                 :             :  * leakproof.
    6571                 :             :  */
    6572                 :             : bool
    6573                 :      107456 : statistic_proc_security_check(VariableStatData *vardata, Oid func_oid)
    6574                 :             : {
    6575         [ +  + ]:      107456 :         if (vardata->acl_ok)
    6576                 :      107163 :                 return true;                    /* have SELECT privs and no securityQuals */
    6577                 :             : 
    6578         [ +  - ]:         293 :         if (!OidIsValid(func_oid))
    6579                 :           0 :                 return false;
    6580                 :             : 
    6581         [ +  + ]:         293 :         if (get_func_leakproof(func_oid))
    6582                 :         145 :                 return true;
    6583                 :             : 
    6584   [ -  +  -  + ]:         148 :         ereport(DEBUG2,
    6585                 :             :                         (errmsg_internal("not using statistics because function \"%s\" is not leakproof",
    6586                 :             :                                                          get_func_name(func_oid))));
    6587                 :         148 :         return false;
    6588                 :      107456 : }
    6589                 :             : 
    6590                 :             : /*
    6591                 :             :  * get_variable_numdistinct
    6592                 :             :  *        Estimate the number of distinct values of a variable.
    6593                 :             :  *
    6594                 :             :  * vardata: results of examine_variable
    6595                 :             :  * *isdefault: set to true if the result is a default rather than based on
    6596                 :             :  * anything meaningful.
    6597                 :             :  *
    6598                 :             :  * NB: be careful to produce a positive integral result, since callers may
    6599                 :             :  * compare the result to exact integer counts, or might divide by it.
    6600                 :             :  */
    6601                 :             : double
    6602                 :      147436 : get_variable_numdistinct(VariableStatData *vardata, bool *isdefault)
    6603                 :             : {
    6604                 :      147436 :         double          stadistinct;
    6605                 :      147436 :         double          stanullfrac = 0.0;
    6606                 :      147436 :         double          ntuples;
    6607                 :             : 
    6608                 :      147436 :         *isdefault = false;
    6609                 :             : 
    6610                 :             :         /*
    6611                 :             :          * Determine the stadistinct value to use.  There are cases where we can
    6612                 :             :          * get an estimate even without a pg_statistic entry, or can get a better
    6613                 :             :          * value than is in pg_statistic.  Grab stanullfrac too if we can find it
    6614                 :             :          * (otherwise, assume no nulls, for lack of any better idea).
    6615                 :             :          */
    6616         [ +  + ]:      147436 :         if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple))
    6617                 :             :         {
    6618                 :             :                 /* Use the pg_statistic entry */
    6619                 :       91293 :                 Form_pg_statistic stats;
    6620                 :             : 
    6621                 :       91293 :                 stats = (Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(vardata->statsTuple);
    6622                 :       91293 :                 stadistinct = stats->stadistinct;
    6623                 :       91293 :                 stanullfrac = stats->stanullfrac;
    6624                 :       91293 :         }
    6625         [ +  + ]:       56143 :         else if (vardata->vartype == BOOLOID)
    6626                 :             :         {
    6627                 :             :                 /*
    6628                 :             :                  * Special-case boolean columns: presumably, two distinct values.
    6629                 :             :                  *
    6630                 :             :                  * Are there any other datatypes we should wire in special estimates
    6631                 :             :                  * for?
    6632                 :             :                  */
    6633                 :          80 :                 stadistinct = 2.0;
    6634                 :          80 :         }
    6635   [ +  +  +  + ]:       56063 :         else if (vardata->rel && vardata->rel->rtekind == RTE_VALUES)
    6636                 :             :         {
    6637                 :             :                 /*
    6638                 :             :                  * If the Var represents a column of a VALUES RTE, assume it's unique.
    6639                 :             :                  * This could of course be very wrong, but it should tend to be true
    6640                 :             :                  * in well-written queries.  We could consider examining the VALUES'
    6641                 :             :                  * contents to get some real statistics; but that only works if the
    6642                 :             :                  * entries are all constants, and it would be pretty expensive anyway.
    6643                 :             :                  */
    6644                 :         668 :                 stadistinct = -1.0;             /* unique (and all non null) */
    6645                 :         668 :         }
    6646                 :             :         else
    6647                 :             :         {
    6648                 :             :                 /*
    6649                 :             :                  * We don't keep statistics for system columns, but in some cases we
    6650                 :             :                  * can infer distinctness anyway.
    6651                 :             :                  */
    6652   [ +  +  +  + ]:       55395 :                 if (vardata->var && IsA(vardata->var, Var))
    6653                 :             :                 {
    6654      [ +  +  + ]:       50950 :                         switch (((Var *) vardata->var)->varattno)
    6655                 :             :                         {
    6656                 :             :                                 case SelfItemPointerAttributeNumber:
    6657                 :         148 :                                         stadistinct = -1.0; /* unique (and all non null) */
    6658                 :         148 :                                         break;
    6659                 :             :                                 case TableOidAttributeNumber:
    6660                 :         369 :                                         stadistinct = 1.0;      /* only 1 value */
    6661                 :         369 :                                         break;
    6662                 :             :                                 default:
    6663                 :       50433 :                                         stadistinct = 0.0;      /* means "unknown" */
    6664                 :       50433 :                                         break;
    6665                 :             :                         }
    6666                 :       50950 :                 }
    6667                 :             :                 else
    6668                 :        4445 :                         stadistinct = 0.0;      /* means "unknown" */
    6669                 :             : 
    6670                 :             :                 /*
    6671                 :             :                  * XXX consider using estimate_num_groups on expressions?
    6672                 :             :                  */
    6673                 :             :         }
    6674                 :             : 
    6675                 :             :         /*
    6676                 :             :          * If there is a unique index, DISTINCT or GROUP-BY clause for the
    6677                 :             :          * variable, assume it is unique no matter what pg_statistic says; the
    6678                 :             :          * statistics could be out of date, or we might have found a partial
    6679                 :             :          * unique index that proves the var is unique for this query.  However,
    6680                 :             :          * we'd better still believe the null-fraction statistic.
    6681                 :             :          */
    6682         [ +  + ]:      147436 :         if (vardata->isunique)
    6683                 :       28898 :                 stadistinct = -1.0 * (1.0 - stanullfrac);
    6684                 :             : 
    6685                 :             :         /*
    6686                 :             :          * If we had an absolute estimate, use that.
    6687                 :             :          */
    6688         [ +  + ]:      147436 :         if (stadistinct > 0.0)
    6689                 :       42840 :                 return clamp_row_est(stadistinct);
    6690                 :             : 
    6691                 :             :         /*
    6692                 :             :          * Otherwise we need to get the relation size; punt if not available.
    6693                 :             :          */
    6694         [ +  + ]:      104596 :         if (vardata->rel == NULL)
    6695                 :             :         {
    6696                 :          96 :                 *isdefault = true;
    6697                 :          96 :                 return DEFAULT_NUM_DISTINCT;
    6698                 :             :         }
    6699                 :      104500 :         ntuples = vardata->rel->tuples;
    6700         [ +  + ]:      104500 :         if (ntuples <= 0.0)
    6701                 :             :         {
    6702                 :        6120 :                 *isdefault = true;
    6703                 :        6120 :                 return DEFAULT_NUM_DISTINCT;
    6704                 :             :         }
    6705                 :             : 
    6706                 :             :         /*
    6707                 :             :          * If we had a relative estimate, use that.
    6708                 :             :          */
    6709         [ +  + ]:       98380 :         if (stadistinct < 0.0)
    6710                 :       55421 :                 return clamp_row_est(-stadistinct * ntuples);
    6711                 :             : 
    6712                 :             :         /*
    6713                 :             :          * With no data, estimate ndistinct = ntuples if the table is small, else
    6714                 :             :          * use default.  We use DEFAULT_NUM_DISTINCT as the cutoff for "small" so
    6715                 :             :          * that the behavior isn't discontinuous.
    6716                 :             :          */
    6717         [ +  + ]:       42959 :         if (ntuples < DEFAULT_NUM_DISTINCT)
    6718                 :       19495 :                 return clamp_row_est(ntuples);
    6719                 :             : 
    6720                 :       23464 :         *isdefault = true;
    6721                 :       23464 :         return DEFAULT_NUM_DISTINCT;
    6722                 :      147436 : }
    6723                 :             : 
    6724                 :             : /*
    6725                 :             :  * get_variable_range
    6726                 :             :  *              Estimate the minimum and maximum value of the specified variable.
    6727                 :             :  *              If successful, store values in *min and *max, and return true.
    6728                 :             :  *              If no data available, return false.
    6729                 :             :  *
    6730                 :             :  * sortop is the "<" comparison operator to use.  This should generally
    6731                 :             :  * be "<" not ">", as only the former is likely to be found in pg_statistic.
    6732                 :             :  * The collation must be specified too.
    6733                 :             :  */
    6734                 :             : static bool
    6735                 :       24688 : get_variable_range(PlannerInfo *root, VariableStatData *vardata,
    6736                 :             :                                    Oid sortop, Oid collation,
    6737                 :             :                                    Datum *min, Datum *max)
    6738                 :             : {
    6739                 :       24688 :         Datum           tmin = 0;
    6740                 :       24688 :         Datum           tmax = 0;
    6741                 :       24688 :         bool            have_data = false;
    6742                 :       24688 :         int16           typLen;
    6743                 :       24688 :         bool            typByVal;
    6744                 :       24688 :         Oid                     opfuncoid;
    6745                 :       24688 :         FmgrInfo        opproc;
    6746                 :       24688 :         AttStatsSlot sslot;
    6747                 :             : 
    6748                 :             :         /*
    6749                 :             :          * XXX It's very tempting to try to use the actual column min and max, if
    6750                 :             :          * we can get them relatively-cheaply with an index probe.  However, since
    6751                 :             :          * this function is called many times during join planning, that could
    6752                 :             :          * have unpleasant effects on planning speed.  Need more investigation
    6753                 :             :          * before enabling this.
    6754                 :             :          */
    6755                 :             : #ifdef NOT_USED
    6756                 :             :         if (get_actual_variable_range(root, vardata, sortop, collation, min, max))
    6757                 :             :                 return true;
    6758                 :             : #endif
    6759                 :             : 
    6760         [ +  + ]:       24688 :         if (!HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple))
    6761                 :             :         {
    6762                 :             :                 /* no stats available, so default result */
    6763                 :        6054 :                 return false;
    6764                 :             :         }
    6765                 :             : 
    6766                 :             :         /*
    6767                 :             :          * If we can't apply the sortop to the stats data, just fail.  In
    6768                 :             :          * principle, if there's a histogram and no MCVs, we could return the
    6769                 :             :          * histogram endpoints without ever applying the sortop ... but it's
    6770                 :             :          * probably not worth trying, because whatever the caller wants to do with
    6771                 :             :          * the endpoints would likely fail the security check too.
    6772                 :             :          */
    6773   [ +  -  +  - ]:       37268 :         if (!statistic_proc_security_check(vardata,
    6774                 :       18634 :                                                                            (opfuncoid = get_opcode(sortop))))
    6775                 :           0 :                 return false;
    6776                 :             : 
    6777                 :       18634 :         opproc.fn_oid = InvalidOid; /* mark this as not looked up yet */
    6778                 :             : 
    6779                 :       18634 :         get_typlenbyval(vardata->atttype, &typLen, &typByVal);
    6780                 :             : 
    6781                 :             :         /*
    6782                 :             :          * If there is a histogram with the ordering we want, grab the first and
    6783                 :             :          * last values.
    6784                 :             :          */
    6785   [ +  +  +  + ]:       37268 :         if (get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata->statsTuple,
    6786                 :       18634 :                                                  STATISTIC_KIND_HISTOGRAM, sortop,
    6787                 :             :                                                  ATTSTATSSLOT_VALUES))
    6788                 :             :         {
    6789   [ +  -  -  + ]:        9822 :                 if (sslot.stacoll == collation && sslot.nvalues > 0)
    6790                 :             :                 {
    6791                 :        9822 :                         tmin = datumCopy(sslot.values[0], typByVal, typLen);
    6792                 :        9822 :                         tmax = datumCopy(sslot.values[sslot.nvalues - 1], typByVal, typLen);
    6793                 :        9822 :                         have_data = true;
    6794                 :        9822 :                 }
    6795                 :        9822 :                 free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
    6796                 :        9822 :         }
    6797                 :             : 
    6798                 :             :         /*
    6799                 :             :          * Otherwise, if there is a histogram with some other ordering, scan it
    6800                 :             :          * and get the min and max values according to the ordering we want.  This
    6801                 :             :          * of course may not find values that are really extremal according to our
    6802                 :             :          * ordering, but it beats ignoring available data.
    6803                 :             :          */
    6804   [ +  +  -  + ]:       18634 :         if (!have_data &&
    6805                 :        8812 :                 get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata->statsTuple,
    6806                 :             :                                                  STATISTIC_KIND_HISTOGRAM, InvalidOid,
    6807                 :             :                                                  ATTSTATSSLOT_VALUES))
    6808                 :             :         {
    6809                 :           0 :                 get_stats_slot_range(&sslot, opfuncoid, &opproc,
    6810                 :           0 :                                                          collation, typLen, typByVal,
    6811                 :             :                                                          &tmin, &tmax, &have_data);
    6812                 :           0 :                 free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
    6813                 :           0 :         }
    6814                 :             : 
    6815                 :             :         /*
    6816                 :             :          * If we have most-common-values info, look for extreme MCVs.  This is
    6817                 :             :          * needed even if we also have a histogram, since the histogram excludes
    6818                 :             :          * the MCVs.  However, if we *only* have MCVs and no histogram, we should
    6819                 :             :          * be pretty wary of deciding that that is a full representation of the
    6820                 :             :          * data.  Proceed only if the MCVs represent the whole table (to within
    6821                 :             :          * roundoff error).
    6822                 :             :          */
    6823   [ +  +  +  + ]:       37268 :         if (get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata->statsTuple,
    6824                 :             :                                                  STATISTIC_KIND_MCV, InvalidOid,
    6825                 :       18634 :                                                  have_data ? ATTSTATSSLOT_VALUES :
    6826                 :             :                                                  (ATTSTATSSLOT_VALUES | ATTSTATSSLOT_NUMBERS)))
    6827                 :             :         {
    6828                 :       11049 :                 bool            use_mcvs = have_data;
    6829                 :             : 
    6830         [ +  + ]:       11049 :                 if (!have_data)
    6831                 :             :                 {
    6832                 :        8761 :                         double          sumcommon = 0.0;
    6833                 :        8761 :                         double          nullfrac;
    6834                 :        8761 :                         int                     i;
    6835                 :             : 
    6836         [ +  + ]:       68916 :                         for (i = 0; i < sslot.nnumbers; i++)
    6837                 :       60155 :                                 sumcommon += sslot.numbers[i];
    6838                 :        8761 :                         nullfrac = ((Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(vardata->statsTuple))->stanullfrac;
    6839         [ +  + ]:        8761 :                         if (sumcommon + nullfrac > 0.99999)
    6840                 :        8730 :                                 use_mcvs = true;
    6841                 :        8761 :                 }
    6842                 :             : 
    6843         [ +  + ]:       11049 :                 if (use_mcvs)
    6844                 :       22036 :                         get_stats_slot_range(&sslot, opfuncoid, &opproc,
    6845                 :       11018 :                                                                  collation, typLen, typByVal,
    6846                 :             :                                                                  &tmin, &tmax, &have_data);
    6847                 :       11049 :                 free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
    6848                 :       11049 :         }
    6849                 :             : 
    6850                 :       18634 :         *min = tmin;
    6851                 :       18634 :         *max = tmax;
    6852                 :       18634 :         return have_data;
    6853                 :       24688 : }
    6854                 :             : 
    6855                 :             : /*
    6856                 :             :  * get_stats_slot_range: scan sslot for min/max values
    6857                 :             :  *
    6858                 :             :  * Subroutine for get_variable_range: update min/max/have_data according
    6859                 :             :  * to what we find in the statistics array.
    6860                 :             :  */
    6861                 :             : static void
    6862                 :       11018 : get_stats_slot_range(AttStatsSlot *sslot, Oid opfuncoid, FmgrInfo *opproc,
    6863                 :             :                                          Oid collation, int16 typLen, bool typByVal,
    6864                 :             :                                          Datum *min, Datum *max, bool *p_have_data)
    6865                 :             : {
    6866                 :       11018 :         Datum           tmin = *min;
    6867                 :       11018 :         Datum           tmax = *max;
    6868                 :       11018 :         bool            have_data = *p_have_data;
    6869                 :       11018 :         bool            found_tmin = false;
    6870                 :       11018 :         bool            found_tmax = false;
    6871                 :             : 
    6872                 :             :         /* Look up the comparison function, if we didn't already do so */
    6873         [ -  + ]:       11018 :         if (opproc->fn_oid != opfuncoid)
    6874                 :       11018 :                 fmgr_info(opfuncoid, opproc);
    6875                 :             : 
    6876                 :             :         /* Scan all the slot's values */
    6877         [ +  + ]:      171263 :         for (int i = 0; i < sslot->nvalues; i++)
    6878                 :             :         {
    6879         [ +  + ]:      160245 :                 if (!have_data)
    6880                 :             :                 {
    6881                 :        8730 :                         tmin = tmax = sslot->values[i];
    6882                 :        8730 :                         found_tmin = found_tmax = true;
    6883                 :        8730 :                         *p_have_data = have_data = true;
    6884                 :        8730 :                         continue;
    6885                 :             :                 }
    6886   [ +  +  +  + ]:      303030 :                 if (DatumGetBool(FunctionCall2Coll(opproc,
    6887                 :      151515 :                                                                                    collation,
    6888                 :      151515 :                                                                                    sslot->values[i], tmin)))
    6889                 :             :                 {
    6890                 :        5874 :                         tmin = sslot->values[i];
    6891                 :        5874 :                         found_tmin = true;
    6892                 :        5874 :                 }
    6893   [ +  +  +  + ]:      303030 :                 if (DatumGetBool(FunctionCall2Coll(opproc,
    6894                 :      151515 :                                                                                    collation,
    6895                 :      151515 :                                                                                    tmax, sslot->values[i])))
    6896                 :             :                 {
    6897                 :       37422 :                         tmax = sslot->values[i];
    6898                 :       37422 :                         found_tmax = true;
    6899                 :       37422 :                 }
    6900                 :      151515 :         }
    6901                 :             : 
    6902                 :             :         /*
    6903                 :             :          * Copy the slot's values, if we found new extreme values.
    6904                 :             :          */
    6905         [ +  + ]:       11018 :         if (found_tmin)
    6906                 :       10748 :                 *min = datumCopy(tmin, typByVal, typLen);
    6907         [ +  + ]:       11018 :         if (found_tmax)
    6908                 :        8860 :                 *max = datumCopy(tmax, typByVal, typLen);
    6909                 :       11018 : }
    6910                 :             : 
    6911                 :             : 
    6912                 :             : /*
    6913                 :             :  * get_actual_variable_range
    6914                 :             :  *              Attempt to identify the current *actual* minimum and/or maximum
    6915                 :             :  *              of the specified variable, by looking for a suitable btree index
    6916                 :             :  *              and fetching its low and/or high values.
    6917                 :             :  *              If successful, store values in *min and *max, and return true.
    6918                 :             :  *              (Either pointer can be NULL if that endpoint isn't needed.)
    6919                 :             :  *              If unsuccessful, return false.
    6920                 :             :  *
    6921                 :             :  * sortop is the "<" comparison operator to use.
    6922                 :             :  * collation is the required collation.
    6923                 :             :  */
    6924                 :             : static bool
    6925                 :       13533 : get_actual_variable_range(PlannerInfo *root, VariableStatData *vardata,
    6926                 :             :                                                   Oid sortop, Oid collation,
    6927                 :             :                                                   Datum *min, Datum *max)
    6928                 :             : {
    6929                 :       13533 :         bool            have_data = false;
    6930                 :       13533 :         RelOptInfo *rel = vardata->rel;
    6931                 :       13533 :         RangeTblEntry *rte;
    6932                 :       13533 :         ListCell   *lc;
    6933                 :             : 
    6934                 :             :         /* No hope if no relation or it doesn't have indexes */
    6935   [ +  -  +  + ]:       13533 :         if (rel == NULL || rel->indexlist == NIL)
    6936                 :        1859 :                 return false;
    6937                 :             :         /* If it has indexes it must be a plain relation */
    6938                 :       11674 :         rte = root->simple_rte_array[rel->relid];
    6939         [ +  - ]:       11674 :         Assert(rte->rtekind == RTE_RELATION);
    6940                 :             : 
    6941                 :             :         /* ignore partitioned tables.  Any indexes here are not real indexes */
    6942         [ +  + ]:       11674 :         if (rte->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
    6943                 :         178 :                 return false;
    6944                 :             : 
    6945                 :             :         /* Search through the indexes to see if any match our problem */
    6946   [ +  -  +  +  :       31297 :         foreach(lc, rel->indexlist)
                   +  + ]
    6947                 :             :         {
    6948                 :       19801 :                 IndexOptInfo *index = (IndexOptInfo *) lfirst(lc);
    6949                 :       19801 :                 ScanDirection indexscandir;
    6950                 :       19801 :                 StrategyNumber strategy;
    6951                 :             : 
    6952                 :             :                 /* Ignore non-ordering indexes */
    6953         [ +  + ]:       19801 :                 if (index->sortopfamily == NULL)
    6954                 :           1 :                         continue;
    6955                 :             : 
    6956                 :             :                 /*
    6957                 :             :                  * Ignore partial indexes --- we only want stats that cover the entire
    6958                 :             :                  * relation.
    6959                 :             :                  */
    6960         [ +  + ]:       19800 :                 if (index->indpred != NIL)
    6961                 :          48 :                         continue;
    6962                 :             : 
    6963                 :             :                 /*
    6964                 :             :                  * The index list might include hypothetical indexes inserted by a
    6965                 :             :                  * get_relation_info hook --- don't try to access them.
    6966                 :             :                  */
    6967         [ -  + ]:       19752 :                 if (index->hypothetical)
    6968                 :           0 :                         continue;
    6969                 :             : 
    6970                 :             :                 /*
    6971                 :             :                  * get_actual_variable_endpoint uses the index-only-scan machinery, so
    6972                 :             :                  * ignore indexes that can't use it on their first column.
    6973                 :             :                  */
    6974         [ +  - ]:       19752 :                 if (!index->canreturn[0])
    6975                 :           0 :                         continue;
    6976                 :             : 
    6977                 :             :                 /*
    6978                 :             :                  * The first index column must match the desired variable, sortop, and
    6979                 :             :                  * collation --- but we can use a descending-order index.
    6980                 :             :                  */
    6981         [ +  + ]:       19752 :                 if (collation != index->indexcollations[0])
    6982                 :        2905 :                         continue;                       /* test first 'cause it's cheapest */
    6983         [ +  + ]:       16847 :                 if (!match_index_to_operand(vardata->var, 0, index))
    6984                 :        8174 :                         continue;
    6985                 :        8673 :                 strategy = get_op_opfamily_strategy(sortop, index->sortopfamily[0]);
    6986      [ -  +  - ]:        8673 :                 switch (IndexAmTranslateStrategy(strategy, index->relam, index->sortopfamily[0], true))
    6987                 :             :                 {
    6988                 :             :                         case COMPARE_LT:
    6989         [ -  + ]:        8673 :                                 if (index->reverse_sort[0])
    6990                 :           0 :                                         indexscandir = BackwardScanDirection;
    6991                 :             :                                 else
    6992                 :        8673 :                                         indexscandir = ForwardScanDirection;
    6993                 :        8673 :                                 break;
    6994                 :             :                         case COMPARE_GT:
    6995         [ #  # ]:           0 :                                 if (index->reverse_sort[0])
    6996                 :           0 :                                         indexscandir = ForwardScanDirection;
    6997                 :             :                                 else
    6998                 :           0 :                                         indexscandir = BackwardScanDirection;
    6999                 :           0 :                                 break;
    7000                 :             :                         default:
    7001                 :             :                                 /* index doesn't match the sortop */
    7002                 :           0 :                                 continue;
    7003                 :             :                 }
    7004                 :             : 
    7005                 :             :                 /*
    7006                 :             :                  * Found a suitable index to extract data from.  Set up some data that
    7007                 :             :                  * can be used by both invocations of get_actual_variable_endpoint.
    7008                 :             :                  */
    7009                 :             :                 {
    7010                 :        8673 :                         MemoryContext tmpcontext;
    7011                 :        8673 :                         MemoryContext oldcontext;
    7012                 :        8673 :                         Relation        heapRel;
    7013                 :        8673 :                         Relation        indexRel;
    7014                 :        8673 :                         TupleTableSlot *slot;
    7015                 :        8673 :                         int16           typLen;
    7016                 :        8673 :                         bool            typByVal;
    7017                 :        8673 :                         ScanKeyData scankeys[1];
    7018                 :             : 
    7019                 :             :                         /* Make sure any cruft gets recycled when we're done */
    7020                 :        8673 :                         tmpcontext = AllocSetContextCreate(CurrentMemoryContext,
    7021                 :             :                                                                                            "get_actual_variable_range workspace",
    7022                 :             :                                                                                            ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
    7023                 :        8673 :                         oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(tmpcontext);
    7024                 :             : 
    7025                 :             :                         /*
    7026                 :             :                          * Open the table and index so we can read from them.  We should
    7027                 :             :                          * already have some type of lock on each.
    7028                 :             :                          */
    7029                 :        8673 :                         heapRel = table_open(rte->relid, NoLock);
    7030                 :        8673 :                         indexRel = index_open(index->indexoid, NoLock);
    7031                 :             : 
    7032                 :             :                         /* build some stuff needed for indexscan execution */
    7033                 :        8673 :                         slot = table_slot_create(heapRel, NULL);
    7034                 :        8673 :                         get_typlenbyval(vardata->atttype, &typLen, &typByVal);
    7035                 :             : 
    7036                 :             :                         /* set up an IS NOT NULL scan key so that we ignore nulls */
    7037                 :        8673 :                         ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&scankeys[0],
    7038                 :             :                                                                    SK_ISNULL | SK_SEARCHNOTNULL,
    7039                 :             :                                                                    1,   /* index col to scan */
    7040                 :             :                                                                    InvalidStrategy, /* no strategy */
    7041                 :             :                                                                    InvalidOid,  /* no strategy subtype */
    7042                 :             :                                                                    InvalidOid,  /* no collation */
    7043                 :             :                                                                    InvalidOid,  /* no reg proc for this */
    7044                 :             :                                                                    (Datum) 0);  /* constant */
    7045                 :             : 
    7046                 :             :                         /* If min is requested ... */
    7047         [ +  + ]:        8673 :                         if (min)
    7048                 :             :                         {
    7049                 :       10764 :                                 have_data = get_actual_variable_endpoint(heapRel,
    7050                 :        5382 :                                                                                                                  indexRel,
    7051                 :        5382 :                                                                                                                  indexscandir,
    7052                 :        5382 :                                                                                                                  scankeys,
    7053                 :        5382 :                                                                                                                  typLen,
    7054                 :        5382 :                                                                                                                  typByVal,
    7055                 :        5382 :                                                                                                                  slot,
    7056                 :        5382 :                                                                                                                  oldcontext,
    7057                 :        5382 :                                                                                                                  min);
    7058                 :        5382 :                         }
    7059                 :             :                         else
    7060                 :             :                         {
    7061                 :             :                                 /* If min not requested, still want to fetch max */
    7062                 :        3291 :                                 have_data = true;
    7063                 :             :                         }
    7064                 :             : 
    7065                 :             :                         /* If max is requested, and we didn't already fail ... */
    7066   [ +  +  -  + ]:        8673 :                         if (max && have_data)
    7067                 :             :                         {
    7068                 :             :                                 /* scan in the opposite direction; all else is the same */
    7069                 :        6746 :                                 have_data = get_actual_variable_endpoint(heapRel,
    7070                 :        3373 :                                                                                                                  indexRel,
    7071                 :        3373 :                                                                                                                  -indexscandir,
    7072                 :        3373 :                                                                                                                  scankeys,
    7073                 :        3373 :                                                                                                                  typLen,
    7074                 :        3373 :                                                                                                                  typByVal,
    7075                 :        3373 :                                                                                                                  slot,
    7076                 :        3373 :                                                                                                                  oldcontext,
    7077                 :        3373 :                                                                                                                  max);
    7078                 :        3373 :                         }
    7079                 :             : 
    7080                 :             :                         /* Clean everything up */
    7081                 :        8673 :                         ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot);
    7082                 :             : 
    7083                 :        8673 :                         index_close(indexRel, NoLock);
    7084                 :        8673 :                         table_close(heapRel, NoLock);
    7085                 :             : 
    7086                 :        8673 :                         MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
    7087                 :        8673 :                         MemoryContextDelete(tmpcontext);
    7088                 :             : 
    7089                 :             :                         /* And we're done */
    7090                 :             :                         break;
    7091                 :        8673 :                 }
    7092         [ +  + ]:       19801 :         }
    7093                 :             : 
    7094                 :       11496 :         return have_data;
    7095                 :       13533 : }
    7096                 :             : 
    7097                 :             : /*
    7098                 :             :  * Get one endpoint datum (min or max depending on indexscandir) from the
    7099                 :             :  * specified index.  Return true if successful, false if not.
    7100                 :             :  * On success, endpoint value is stored to *endpointDatum (and copied into
    7101                 :             :  * outercontext).
    7102                 :             :  *
    7103                 :             :  * scankeys is a 1-element scankey array set up to reject nulls.
    7104                 :             :  * typLen/typByVal describe the datatype of the index's first column.
    7105                 :             :  * tableslot is a slot suitable to hold table tuples, in case we need
    7106                 :             :  * to probe the heap.
    7107                 :             :  * (We could compute these values locally, but that would mean computing them
    7108                 :             :  * twice when get_actual_variable_range needs both the min and the max.)
    7109                 :             :  *
    7110                 :             :  * Failure occurs either when the index is empty, or we decide that it's
    7111                 :             :  * taking too long to find a suitable tuple.
    7112                 :             :  */
    7113                 :             : static bool
    7114                 :        8755 : get_actual_variable_endpoint(Relation heapRel,
    7115                 :             :                                                          Relation indexRel,
    7116                 :             :                                                          ScanDirection indexscandir,
    7117                 :             :                                                          ScanKey scankeys,
    7118                 :             :                                                          int16 typLen,
    7119                 :             :                                                          bool typByVal,
    7120                 :             :                                                          TupleTableSlot *tableslot,
    7121                 :             :                                                          MemoryContext outercontext,
    7122                 :             :                                                          Datum *endpointDatum)
    7123                 :             : {
    7124                 :        8755 :         bool            have_data = false;
    7125                 :        8755 :         SnapshotData SnapshotNonVacuumable;
    7126                 :        8755 :         IndexScanDesc index_scan;
    7127                 :        8755 :         Buffer          vmbuffer = InvalidBuffer;
    7128                 :        8755 :         BlockNumber last_heap_block = InvalidBlockNumber;
    7129                 :        8755 :         int                     n_visited_heap_pages = 0;
    7130                 :        8755 :         ItemPointer tid;
    7131                 :        8755 :         Datum           values[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
    7132                 :        8755 :         bool            isnull[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
    7133                 :        8755 :         MemoryContext oldcontext;
    7134                 :             : 
    7135                 :             :         /*
    7136                 :             :          * We use the index-only-scan machinery for this.  With mostly-static
    7137                 :             :          * tables that's a win because it avoids a heap visit.  It's also a win
    7138                 :             :          * for dynamic data, but the reason is less obvious; read on for details.
    7139                 :             :          *
    7140                 :             :          * In principle, we should scan the index with our current active
    7141                 :             :          * snapshot, which is the best approximation we've got to what the query
    7142                 :             :          * will see when executed.  But that won't be exact if a new snap is taken
    7143                 :             :          * before running the query, and it can be very expensive if a lot of
    7144                 :             :          * recently-dead or uncommitted rows exist at the beginning or end of the
    7145                 :             :          * index (because we'll laboriously fetch each one and reject it).
    7146                 :             :          * Instead, we use SnapshotNonVacuumable.  That will accept recently-dead
    7147                 :             :          * and uncommitted rows as well as normal visible rows.  On the other
    7148                 :             :          * hand, it will reject known-dead rows, and thus not give a bogus answer
    7149                 :             :          * when the extreme value has been deleted (unless the deletion was quite
    7150                 :             :          * recent); that case motivates not using SnapshotAny here.
    7151                 :             :          *
    7152                 :             :          * A crucial point here is that SnapshotNonVacuumable, with
    7153                 :             :          * GlobalVisTestFor(heapRel) as horizon, yields the inverse of the
    7154                 :             :          * condition that the indexscan will use to decide that index entries are
    7155                 :             :          * killable (see heap_hot_search_buffer()).  Therefore, if the snapshot
    7156                 :             :          * rejects a tuple (or more precisely, all tuples of a HOT chain) and we
    7157                 :             :          * have to continue scanning past it, we know that the indexscan will mark
    7158                 :             :          * that index entry killed.  That means that the next
    7159                 :             :          * get_actual_variable_endpoint() call will not have to re-consider that
    7160                 :             :          * index entry.  In this way we avoid repetitive work when this function
    7161                 :             :          * is used a lot during planning.
    7162                 :             :          *
    7163                 :             :          * But using SnapshotNonVacuumable creates a hazard of its own.  In a
    7164                 :             :          * recently-created index, some index entries may point at "broken" HOT
    7165                 :             :          * chains in which not all the tuple versions contain data matching the
    7166                 :             :          * index entry.  The live tuple version(s) certainly do match the index,
    7167                 :             :          * but SnapshotNonVacuumable can accept recently-dead tuple versions that
    7168                 :             :          * don't match.  Hence, if we took data from the selected heap tuple, we
    7169                 :             :          * might get a bogus answer that's not close to the index extremal value,
    7170                 :             :          * or could even be NULL.  We avoid this hazard because we take the data
    7171                 :             :          * from the index entry not the heap.
    7172                 :             :          *
    7173                 :             :          * Despite all this care, there are situations where we might find many
    7174                 :             :          * non-visible tuples near the end of the index.  We don't want to expend
    7175                 :             :          * a huge amount of time here, so we give up once we've read too many heap
    7176                 :             :          * pages.  When we fail for that reason, the caller will end up using
    7177                 :             :          * whatever extremal value is recorded in pg_statistic.
    7178                 :             :          */
    7179                 :        8755 :         InitNonVacuumableSnapshot(SnapshotNonVacuumable,
    7180                 :             :                                                           GlobalVisTestFor(heapRel));
    7181                 :             : 
    7182                 :        8755 :         index_scan = index_beginscan(heapRel, indexRel,
    7183                 :             :                                                                  &SnapshotNonVacuumable, NULL,
    7184                 :             :                                                                  1, 0);
    7185                 :             :         /* Set it up for index-only scan */
    7186                 :        8755 :         index_scan->xs_want_itup = true;
    7187                 :        8755 :         index_rescan(index_scan, scankeys, 1, NULL, 0);
    7188                 :             : 
    7189                 :             :         /* Fetch first/next tuple in specified direction */
    7190         [ +  + ]:       18976 :         while ((tid = index_getnext_tid(index_scan, indexscandir)) != NULL)
    7191                 :             :         {
    7192                 :       10221 :                 BlockNumber block = ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(tid);
    7193                 :             : 
    7194         [ +  + ]:       10221 :                 if (!VM_ALL_VISIBLE(heapRel,
    7195                 :             :                                                         block,
    7196                 :             :                                                         &vmbuffer))
    7197                 :             :                 {
    7198                 :             :                         /* Rats, we have to visit the heap to check visibility */
    7199         [ +  + ]:        7454 :                         if (!index_fetch_heap(index_scan, tableslot))
    7200                 :             :                         {
    7201                 :             :                                 /*
    7202                 :             :                                  * No visible tuple for this index entry, so we need to
    7203                 :             :                                  * advance to the next entry.  Before doing so, count heap
    7204                 :             :                                  * page fetches and give up if we've done too many.
    7205                 :             :                                  *
    7206                 :             :                                  * We don't charge a page fetch if this is the same heap page
    7207                 :             :                                  * as the previous tuple.  This is on the conservative side,
    7208                 :             :                                  * since other recently-accessed pages are probably still in
    7209                 :             :                                  * buffers too; but it's good enough for this heuristic.
    7210                 :             :                                  */
    7211                 :             : #define VISITED_PAGES_LIMIT 100
    7212                 :             : 
    7213         [ +  + ]:        1466 :                                 if (block != last_heap_block)
    7214                 :             :                                 {
    7215                 :         144 :                                         last_heap_block = block;
    7216                 :         144 :                                         n_visited_heap_pages++;
    7217         [ -  + ]:         144 :                                         if (n_visited_heap_pages > VISITED_PAGES_LIMIT)
    7218                 :           0 :                                                 break;
    7219                 :         144 :                                 }
    7220                 :             : 
    7221                 :        1466 :                                 continue;               /* no visible tuple, try next index entry */
    7222                 :             :                         }
    7223                 :             : 
    7224                 :             :                         /* We don't actually need the heap tuple for anything */
    7225                 :        5988 :                         ExecClearTuple(tableslot);
    7226                 :             : 
    7227                 :             :                         /*
    7228                 :             :                          * We don't care whether there's more than one visible tuple in
    7229                 :             :                          * the HOT chain; if any are visible, that's good enough.
    7230                 :             :                          */
    7231                 :        5988 :                 }
    7232                 :             : 
    7233                 :             :                 /*
    7234                 :             :                  * We expect that the index will return data in IndexTuple not
    7235                 :             :                  * HeapTuple format.
    7236                 :             :                  */
    7237         [ -  + ]:        8755 :                 if (!index_scan->xs_itup)
    7238   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                         elog(ERROR, "no data returned for index-only scan");
    7239                 :             : 
    7240                 :             :                 /*
    7241                 :             :                  * We do not yet support recheck here.
    7242                 :             :                  */
    7243         [ -  + ]:        8755 :                 if (index_scan->xs_recheck)
    7244                 :           0 :                         break;
    7245                 :             : 
    7246                 :             :                 /* OK to deconstruct the index tuple */
    7247                 :       17510 :                 index_deform_tuple(index_scan->xs_itup,
    7248                 :        8755 :                                                    index_scan->xs_itupdesc,
    7249                 :        8755 :                                                    values, isnull);
    7250                 :             : 
    7251                 :             :                 /* Shouldn't have got a null, but be careful */
    7252         [ +  - ]:        8755 :                 if (isnull[0])
    7253   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                         elog(ERROR, "found unexpected null value in index \"%s\"",
    7254                 :             :                                  RelationGetRelationName(indexRel));
    7255                 :             : 
    7256                 :             :                 /* Copy the index column value out to caller's context */
    7257                 :        8755 :                 oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(outercontext);
    7258                 :        8755 :                 *endpointDatum = datumCopy(values[0], typByVal, typLen);
    7259                 :        8755 :                 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
    7260                 :        8755 :                 have_data = true;
    7261                 :        8755 :                 break;
    7262         [ -  + ]:       10221 :         }
    7263                 :             : 
    7264         [ +  + ]:        8755 :         if (vmbuffer != InvalidBuffer)
    7265                 :        7075 :                 ReleaseBuffer(vmbuffer);
    7266                 :        8755 :         index_endscan(index_scan);
    7267                 :             : 
    7268                 :       17510 :         return have_data;
    7269                 :        8755 : }
    7270                 :             : 
    7271                 :             : /*
    7272                 :             :  * find_join_input_rel
    7273                 :             :  *              Look up the input relation for a join.
    7274                 :             :  *
    7275                 :             :  * We assume that the input relation's RelOptInfo must have been constructed
    7276                 :             :  * already.
    7277                 :             :  */
    7278                 :             : static RelOptInfo *
    7279                 :        1380 : find_join_input_rel(PlannerInfo *root, Relids relids)
    7280                 :             : {
    7281                 :        1380 :         RelOptInfo *rel = NULL;
    7282                 :             : 
    7283         [ -  + ]:        1380 :         if (!bms_is_empty(relids))
    7284                 :             :         {
    7285                 :        1380 :                 int                     relid;
    7286                 :             : 
    7287         [ +  + ]:        1380 :                 if (bms_get_singleton_member(relids, &relid))
    7288                 :        1334 :                         rel = find_base_rel(root, relid);
    7289                 :             :                 else
    7290                 :          46 :                         rel = find_join_rel(root, relids);
    7291                 :        1380 :         }
    7292                 :             : 
    7293         [ +  - ]:        1380 :         if (rel == NULL)
    7294   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                 elog(ERROR, "could not find RelOptInfo for given relids");
    7295                 :             : 
    7296                 :        2760 :         return rel;
    7297                 :        1380 : }
    7298                 :             : 
    7299                 :             : 
    7300                 :             : /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
    7301                 :             :  *
    7302                 :             :  * Index cost estimation functions
    7303                 :             :  *
    7304                 :             :  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
    7305                 :             :  */
    7306                 :             : 
    7307                 :             : /*
    7308                 :             :  * Extract the actual indexquals (as RestrictInfos) from an IndexClause list
    7309                 :             :  */
    7310                 :             : List *
    7311                 :       75698 : get_quals_from_indexclauses(List *indexclauses)
    7312                 :             : {
    7313                 :       75698 :         List       *result = NIL;
    7314                 :       75698 :         ListCell   *lc;
    7315                 :             : 
    7316   [ +  +  +  +  :      129708 :         foreach(lc, indexclauses)
                   +  + ]
    7317                 :             :         {
    7318                 :       54010 :                 IndexClause *iclause = lfirst_node(IndexClause, lc);
    7319                 :       54010 :                 ListCell   *lc2;
    7320                 :             : 
    7321   [ +  -  +  +  :      108450 :                 foreach(lc2, iclause->indexquals)
                   +  + ]
    7322                 :             :                 {
    7323                 :       54440 :                         RestrictInfo *rinfo = lfirst_node(RestrictInfo, lc2);
    7324                 :             : 
    7325                 :       54440 :                         result = lappend(result, rinfo);
    7326                 :       54440 :                 }
    7327                 :       54010 :         }
    7328                 :      151396 :         return result;
    7329                 :       75698 : }
    7330                 :             : 
    7331                 :             : /*
    7332                 :             :  * Compute the total evaluation cost of the comparison operands in a list
    7333                 :             :  * of index qual expressions.  Since we know these will be evaluated just
    7334                 :             :  * once per scan, there's no need to distinguish startup from per-row cost.
    7335                 :             :  *
    7336                 :             :  * This can be used either on the result of get_quals_from_indexclauses(),
    7337                 :             :  * or directly on an indexorderbys list.  In both cases, we expect that the
    7338                 :             :  * index key expression is on the left side of binary clauses.
    7339                 :             :  */
    7340                 :             : Cost
    7341                 :      149396 : index_other_operands_eval_cost(PlannerInfo *root, List *indexquals)
    7342                 :             : {
    7343                 :      149396 :         Cost            qual_arg_cost = 0;
    7344                 :      149396 :         ListCell   *lc;
    7345                 :             : 
    7346   [ +  +  +  +  :      203895 :         foreach(lc, indexquals)
                   +  + ]
    7347                 :             :         {
    7348                 :       54499 :                 Expr       *clause = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
    7349                 :       54499 :                 Node       *other_operand;
    7350                 :       54499 :                 QualCost        index_qual_cost;
    7351                 :             : 
    7352                 :             :                 /*
    7353                 :             :                  * Index quals will have RestrictInfos, indexorderbys won't.  Look
    7354                 :             :                  * through RestrictInfo if present.
    7355                 :             :                  */
    7356         [ +  + ]:       54499 :                 if (IsA(clause, RestrictInfo))
    7357                 :       54438 :                         clause = ((RestrictInfo *) clause)->clause;
    7358                 :             : 
    7359         [ +  + ]:       54499 :                 if (IsA(clause, OpExpr))
    7360                 :             :                 {
    7361                 :       52499 :                         OpExpr     *op = (OpExpr *) clause;
    7362                 :             : 
    7363                 :       52499 :                         other_operand = (Node *) lsecond(op->args);
    7364                 :       52499 :                 }
    7365         [ +  + ]:        2000 :                 else if (IsA(clause, RowCompareExpr))
    7366                 :             :                 {
    7367                 :          66 :                         RowCompareExpr *rc = (RowCompareExpr *) clause;
    7368                 :             : 
    7369                 :          66 :                         other_operand = (Node *) rc->rargs;
    7370                 :          66 :                 }
    7371         [ +  + ]:        1934 :                 else if (IsA(clause, ScalarArrayOpExpr))
    7372                 :             :                 {
    7373                 :        1462 :                         ScalarArrayOpExpr *saop = (ScalarArrayOpExpr *) clause;
    7374                 :             : 
    7375                 :        1462 :                         other_operand = (Node *) lsecond(saop->args);
    7376                 :        1462 :                 }
    7377         [ +  - ]:         472 :                 else if (IsA(clause, NullTest))
    7378                 :             :                 {
    7379                 :         472 :                         other_operand = NULL;
    7380                 :         472 :                 }
    7381                 :             :                 else
    7382                 :             :                 {
    7383   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                         elog(ERROR, "unsupported indexqual type: %d",
    7384                 :             :                                  (int) nodeTag(clause));
    7385                 :           0 :                         other_operand = NULL;   /* keep compiler quiet */
    7386                 :             :                 }
    7387                 :             : 
    7388                 :       54499 :                 cost_qual_eval_node(&index_qual_cost, other_operand, root);
    7389                 :       54499 :                 qual_arg_cost += index_qual_cost.startup + index_qual_cost.per_tuple;
    7390                 :       54499 :         }
    7391                 :      298792 :         return qual_arg_cost;
    7392                 :      149396 : }
    7393                 :             : 
    7394                 :             : void
    7395                 :       73700 : genericcostestimate(PlannerInfo *root,
    7396                 :             :                                         IndexPath *path,
    7397                 :             :                                         double loop_count,
    7398                 :             :                                         GenericCosts *costs)
    7399                 :             : {
    7400                 :       73700 :         IndexOptInfo *index = path->indexinfo;
    7401                 :       73700 :         List       *indexQuals = get_quals_from_indexclauses(path->indexclauses);
    7402                 :       73700 :         List       *indexOrderBys = path->indexorderbys;
    7403                 :       73700 :         Cost            indexStartupCost;
    7404                 :       73700 :         Cost            indexTotalCost;
    7405                 :       73700 :         Selectivity indexSelectivity;
    7406                 :       73700 :         double          indexCorrelation;
    7407                 :       73700 :         double          numIndexPages;
    7408                 :       73700 :         double          numIndexTuples;
    7409                 :       73700 :         double          spc_random_page_cost;
    7410                 :       73700 :         double          num_sa_scans;
    7411                 :       73700 :         double          num_outer_scans;
    7412                 :       73700 :         double          num_scans;
    7413                 :       73700 :         double          qual_op_cost;
    7414                 :       73700 :         double          qual_arg_cost;
    7415                 :       73700 :         List       *selectivityQuals;
    7416                 :       73700 :         ListCell   *l;
    7417                 :             : 
    7418                 :             :         /*
    7419                 :             :          * If the index is partial, AND the index predicate with the explicitly
    7420                 :             :          * given indexquals to produce a more accurate idea of the index
    7421                 :             :          * selectivity.
    7422                 :             :          */
    7423                 :       73700 :         selectivityQuals = add_predicate_to_index_quals(index, indexQuals);
    7424                 :             : 
    7425                 :             :         /*
    7426                 :             :          * If caller didn't give us an estimate for ScalarArrayOpExpr index scans,
    7427                 :             :          * just assume that the number of index descents is the number of distinct
    7428                 :             :          * combinations of array elements from all of the scan's SAOP clauses.
    7429                 :             :          */
    7430                 :       73700 :         num_sa_scans = costs->num_sa_scans;
    7431         [ +  + ]:       73700 :         if (num_sa_scans < 1)
    7432                 :             :         {
    7433                 :         945 :                 num_sa_scans = 1;
    7434   [ +  +  +  +  :        1981 :                 foreach(l, indexQuals)
                   +  + ]
    7435                 :             :                 {
    7436                 :        1036 :                         RestrictInfo *rinfo = (RestrictInfo *) lfirst(l);
    7437                 :             : 
    7438         [ +  + ]:        1036 :                         if (IsA(rinfo->clause, ScalarArrayOpExpr))
    7439                 :             :                         {
    7440                 :           4 :                                 ScalarArrayOpExpr *saop = (ScalarArrayOpExpr *) rinfo->clause;
    7441                 :           4 :                                 double          alength = estimate_array_length(root, lsecond(saop->args));
    7442                 :             : 
    7443         [ -  + ]:           4 :                                 if (alength > 1)
    7444                 :           4 :                                         num_sa_scans *= alength;
    7445                 :           4 :                         }
    7446                 :        1036 :                 }
    7447                 :         945 :         }
    7448                 :             : 
    7449                 :             :         /* Estimate the fraction of main-table tuples that will be visited */
    7450                 :      147400 :         indexSelectivity = clauselist_selectivity(root, selectivityQuals,
    7451                 :       73700 :                                                                                           index->rel->relid,
    7452                 :             :                                                                                           JOIN_INNER,
    7453                 :             :                                                                                           NULL);
    7454                 :             : 
    7455                 :             :         /*
    7456                 :             :          * If caller didn't give us an estimate, estimate the number of index
    7457                 :             :          * tuples that will be visited.  We do it in this rather peculiar-looking
    7458                 :             :          * way in order to get the right answer for partial indexes.
    7459                 :             :          */
    7460                 :       73700 :         numIndexTuples = costs->numIndexTuples;
    7461         [ +  + ]:       73700 :         if (numIndexTuples <= 0.0)
    7462                 :             :         {
    7463                 :        7073 :                 numIndexTuples = indexSelectivity * index->rel->tuples;
    7464                 :             : 
    7465                 :             :                 /*
    7466                 :             :                  * The above calculation counts all the tuples visited across all
    7467                 :             :                  * scans induced by ScalarArrayOpExpr nodes.  We want to consider the
    7468                 :             :                  * average per-indexscan number, so adjust.  This is a handy place to
    7469                 :             :                  * round to integer, too.  (If caller supplied tuple estimate, it's
    7470                 :             :                  * responsible for handling these considerations.)
    7471                 :             :                  */
    7472                 :        7073 :                 numIndexTuples = rint(numIndexTuples / num_sa_scans);
    7473                 :        7073 :         }
    7474                 :             : 
    7475                 :             :         /*
    7476                 :             :          * We can bound the number of tuples by the index size in any case. Also,
    7477                 :             :          * always estimate at least one tuple is touched, even when
    7478                 :             :          * indexSelectivity estimate is tiny.
    7479                 :             :          */
    7480         [ +  + ]:       73700 :         if (numIndexTuples > index->tuples)
    7481                 :         690 :                 numIndexTuples = index->tuples;
    7482         [ +  + ]:       73700 :         if (numIndexTuples < 1.0)
    7483                 :        7000 :                 numIndexTuples = 1.0;
    7484                 :             : 
    7485                 :             :         /*
    7486                 :             :          * Estimate the number of index pages that will be retrieved.
    7487                 :             :          *
    7488                 :             :          * We use the simplistic method of taking a pro-rata fraction of the total
    7489                 :             :          * number of index pages.  In effect, this counts only leaf pages and not
    7490                 :             :          * any overhead such as index metapage or upper tree levels.
    7491                 :             :          *
    7492                 :             :          * In practice access to upper index levels is often nearly free because
    7493                 :             :          * those tend to stay in cache under load; moreover, the cost involved is
    7494                 :             :          * highly dependent on index type.  We therefore ignore such costs here
    7495                 :             :          * and leave it to the caller to add a suitable charge if needed.
    7496                 :             :          */
    7497   [ +  +  +  + ]:       73700 :         if (index->pages > 1 && index->tuples > 1)
    7498                 :       68138 :                 numIndexPages = ceil(numIndexTuples * index->pages / index->tuples);
    7499                 :             :         else
    7500                 :        5562 :                 numIndexPages = 1.0;
    7501                 :             : 
    7502                 :             :         /* fetch estimated page cost for tablespace containing index */
    7503                 :       73700 :         get_tablespace_page_costs(index->reltablespace,
    7504                 :             :                                                           &spc_random_page_cost,
    7505                 :             :                                                           NULL);
    7506                 :             : 
    7507                 :             :         /*
    7508                 :             :          * Now compute the disk access costs.
    7509                 :             :          *
    7510                 :             :          * The above calculations are all per-index-scan.  However, if we are in a
    7511                 :             :          * nestloop inner scan, we can expect the scan to be repeated (with
    7512                 :             :          * different search keys) for each row of the outer relation.  Likewise,
    7513                 :             :          * ScalarArrayOpExpr quals result in multiple index scans.  This creates
    7514                 :             :          * the potential for cache effects to reduce the number of disk page
    7515                 :             :          * fetches needed.  We want to estimate the average per-scan I/O cost in
    7516                 :             :          * the presence of caching.
    7517                 :             :          *
    7518                 :             :          * We use the Mackert-Lohman formula (see costsize.c for details) to
    7519                 :             :          * estimate the total number of page fetches that occur.  While this
    7520                 :             :          * wasn't what it was designed for, it seems a reasonable model anyway.
    7521                 :             :          * Note that we are counting pages not tuples anymore, so we take N = T =
    7522                 :             :          * index size, as if there were one "tuple" per page.
    7523                 :             :          */
    7524                 :       73700 :         num_outer_scans = loop_count;
    7525                 :       73700 :         num_scans = num_sa_scans * num_outer_scans;
    7526                 :             : 
    7527         [ +  + ]:       73700 :         if (num_scans > 1)
    7528                 :             :         {
    7529                 :        8411 :                 double          pages_fetched;
    7530                 :             : 
    7531                 :             :                 /* total page fetches ignoring cache effects */
    7532                 :        8411 :                 pages_fetched = numIndexPages * num_scans;
    7533                 :             : 
    7534                 :             :                 /* use Mackert and Lohman formula to adjust for cache effects */
    7535                 :       16822 :                 pages_fetched = index_pages_fetched(pages_fetched,
    7536                 :        8411 :                                                                                         index->pages,
    7537                 :        8411 :                                                                                         (double) index->pages,
    7538                 :        8411 :                                                                                         root);
    7539                 :             : 
    7540                 :             :                 /*
    7541                 :             :                  * Now compute the total disk access cost, and then report a pro-rated
    7542                 :             :                  * share for each outer scan.  (Don't pro-rate for ScalarArrayOpExpr,
    7543                 :             :                  * since that's internal to the indexscan.)
    7544                 :             :                  */
    7545                 :       16822 :                 indexTotalCost = (pages_fetched * spc_random_page_cost)
    7546                 :        8411 :                         / num_outer_scans;
    7547                 :        8411 :         }
    7548                 :             :         else
    7549                 :             :         {
    7550                 :             :                 /*
    7551                 :             :                  * For a single index scan, we just charge spc_random_page_cost per
    7552                 :             :                  * page touched.
    7553                 :             :                  */
    7554                 :       65289 :                 indexTotalCost = numIndexPages * spc_random_page_cost;
    7555                 :             :         }
    7556                 :             : 
    7557                 :             :         /*
    7558                 :             :          * CPU cost: any complex expressions in the indexquals will need to be
    7559                 :             :          * evaluated once at the start of the scan to reduce them to runtime keys
    7560                 :             :          * to pass to the index AM (see nodeIndexscan.c).  We model the per-tuple
    7561                 :             :          * CPU costs as cpu_index_tuple_cost plus one cpu_operator_cost per
    7562                 :             :          * indexqual operator.  Because we have numIndexTuples as a per-scan
    7563                 :             :          * number, we have to multiply by num_sa_scans to get the correct result
    7564                 :             :          * for ScalarArrayOpExpr cases.  Similarly add in costs for any index
    7565                 :             :          * ORDER BY expressions.
    7566                 :             :          *
    7567                 :             :          * Note: this neglects the possible costs of rechecking lossy operators.
    7568                 :             :          * Detecting that that might be needed seems more expensive than it's
    7569                 :             :          * worth, though, considering all the other inaccuracies here ...
    7570                 :             :          */
    7571                 :      147400 :         qual_arg_cost = index_other_operands_eval_cost(root, indexQuals) +
    7572                 :       73700 :                 index_other_operands_eval_cost(root, indexOrderBys);
    7573                 :      147400 :         qual_op_cost = cpu_operator_cost *
    7574                 :       73700 :                 (list_length(indexQuals) + list_length(indexOrderBys));
    7575                 :             : 
    7576                 :       73700 :         indexStartupCost = qual_arg_cost;
    7577                 :       73700 :         indexTotalCost += qual_arg_cost;
    7578                 :       73700 :         indexTotalCost += numIndexTuples * num_sa_scans * (cpu_index_tuple_cost + qual_op_cost);
    7579                 :             : 
    7580                 :             :         /*
    7581                 :             :          * Generic assumption about index correlation: there isn't any.
    7582                 :             :          */
    7583                 :       73700 :         indexCorrelation = 0.0;
    7584                 :             : 
    7585                 :             :         /*
    7586                 :             :          * Return everything to caller.
    7587                 :             :          */
    7588                 :       73700 :         costs->indexStartupCost = indexStartupCost;
    7589                 :       73700 :         costs->indexTotalCost = indexTotalCost;
    7590                 :       73700 :         costs->indexSelectivity = indexSelectivity;
    7591                 :       73700 :         costs->indexCorrelation = indexCorrelation;
    7592                 :       73700 :         costs->numIndexPages = numIndexPages;
    7593                 :       73700 :         costs->numIndexTuples = numIndexTuples;
    7594                 :       73700 :         costs->spc_random_page_cost = spc_random_page_cost;
    7595                 :       73700 :         costs->num_sa_scans = num_sa_scans;
    7596                 :       73700 : }
    7597                 :             : 
    7598                 :             : /*
    7599                 :             :  * If the index is partial, add its predicate to the given qual list.
    7600                 :             :  *
    7601                 :             :  * ANDing the index predicate with the explicitly given indexquals produces
    7602                 :             :  * a more accurate idea of the index's selectivity.  However, we need to be
    7603                 :             :  * careful not to insert redundant clauses, because clauselist_selectivity()
    7604                 :             :  * is easily fooled into computing a too-low selectivity estimate.  Our
    7605                 :             :  * approach is to add only the predicate clause(s) that cannot be proven to
    7606                 :             :  * be implied by the given indexquals.  This successfully handles cases such
    7607                 :             :  * as a qual "x = 42" used with a partial index "WHERE x >= 40 AND x < 50".
    7608                 :             :  * There are many other cases where we won't detect redundancy, leading to a
    7609                 :             :  * too-low selectivity estimate, which will bias the system in favor of using
    7610                 :             :  * partial indexes where possible.  That is not necessarily bad though.
    7611                 :             :  *
    7612                 :             :  * Note that indexQuals contains RestrictInfo nodes while the indpred
    7613                 :             :  * does not, so the output list will be mixed.  This is OK for both
    7614                 :             :  * predicate_implied_by() and clauselist_selectivity(), but might be
    7615                 :             :  * problematic if the result were passed to other things.
    7616                 :             :  */
    7617                 :             : List *
    7618                 :      128775 : add_predicate_to_index_quals(IndexOptInfo *index, List *indexQuals)
    7619                 :             : {
    7620                 :      128775 :         List       *predExtraQuals = NIL;
    7621                 :      128775 :         ListCell   *lc;
    7622                 :             : 
    7623         [ +  + ]:      128775 :         if (index->indpred == NIL)
    7624                 :      128521 :                 return indexQuals;
    7625                 :             : 
    7626   [ +  -  +  +  :         510 :         foreach(lc, index->indpred)
                   +  + ]
    7627                 :             :         {
    7628                 :         256 :                 Node       *predQual = (Node *) lfirst(lc);
    7629                 :         256 :                 List       *oneQual = list_make1(predQual);
    7630                 :             : 
    7631         [ +  + ]:         256 :                 if (!predicate_implied_by(oneQual, indexQuals, false))
    7632                 :         222 :                         predExtraQuals = list_concat(predExtraQuals, oneQual);
    7633                 :         256 :         }
    7634                 :         254 :         return list_concat(predExtraQuals, indexQuals);
    7635                 :      128775 : }
    7636                 :             : 
    7637                 :             : /*
    7638                 :             :  * Estimate correlation of btree index's first column.
    7639                 :             :  *
    7640                 :             :  * If we can get an estimate of the first column's ordering correlation C
    7641                 :             :  * from pg_statistic, estimate the index correlation as C for a single-column
    7642                 :             :  * index, or C * 0.75 for multiple columns.  The idea here is that multiple
    7643                 :             :  * columns dilute the importance of the first column's ordering, but don't
    7644                 :             :  * negate it entirely.
    7645                 :             :  *
    7646                 :             :  * We already filled in the stats tuple for *vardata when called.
    7647                 :             :  */
    7648                 :             : static double
    7649                 :       46393 : btcost_correlation(IndexOptInfo *index, VariableStatData *vardata)
    7650                 :             : {
    7651                 :       46393 :         Oid                     sortop;
    7652                 :       46393 :         AttStatsSlot sslot;
    7653                 :       46393 :         double          indexCorrelation = 0;
    7654                 :             : 
    7655         [ +  - ]:       46393 :         Assert(HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple));
    7656                 :             : 
    7657                 :       92786 :         sortop = get_opfamily_member(index->opfamily[0],
    7658                 :       46393 :                                                                  index->opcintype[0],
    7659                 :       46393 :                                                                  index->opcintype[0],
    7660                 :             :                                                                  BTLessStrategyNumber);
    7661   [ +  -  +  + ]:       46393 :         if (OidIsValid(sortop) &&
    7662                 :       92786 :                 get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata->statsTuple,
    7663                 :       46393 :                                                  STATISTIC_KIND_CORRELATION, sortop,
    7664                 :             :                                                  ATTSTATSSLOT_NUMBERS))
    7665                 :             :         {
    7666                 :       46203 :                 double          varCorrelation;
    7667                 :             : 
    7668         [ +  - ]:       46203 :                 Assert(sslot.nnumbers == 1);
    7669                 :       46203 :                 varCorrelation = sslot.numbers[0];
    7670                 :             : 
    7671         [ +  - ]:       46203 :                 if (index->reverse_sort[0])
    7672                 :           0 :                         varCorrelation = -varCorrelation;
    7673                 :             : 
    7674         [ +  + ]:       46203 :                 if (index->nkeycolumns > 1)
    7675                 :       15725 :                         indexCorrelation = varCorrelation * 0.75;
    7676                 :             :                 else
    7677                 :       30478 :                         indexCorrelation = varCorrelation;
    7678                 :             : 
    7679                 :       46203 :                 free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
    7680                 :       46203 :         }
    7681                 :             : 
    7682                 :       92786 :         return indexCorrelation;
    7683                 :       46393 : }
    7684                 :             : 
    7685                 :             : void
    7686                 :       72755 : btcostestimate(PlannerInfo *root, IndexPath *path, double loop_count,
    7687                 :             :                            Cost *indexStartupCost, Cost *indexTotalCost,
    7688                 :             :                            Selectivity *indexSelectivity, double *indexCorrelation,
    7689                 :             :                            double *indexPages)
    7690                 :             : {
    7691                 :       72755 :         IndexOptInfo *index = path->indexinfo;
    7692                 :       72755 :         GenericCosts costs = {0};
    7693                 :       72755 :         VariableStatData vardata = {0};
    7694                 :       72755 :         double          numIndexTuples;
    7695                 :       72755 :         Cost            descentCost;
    7696                 :       72755 :         List       *indexBoundQuals;
    7697                 :       72755 :         List       *indexSkipQuals;
    7698                 :       72755 :         int                     indexcol;
    7699                 :       72755 :         bool            eqQualHere;
    7700                 :       72755 :         bool            found_row_compare;
    7701                 :       72755 :         bool            found_array;
    7702                 :       72755 :         bool            found_is_null_op;
    7703                 :       72755 :         bool            have_correlation = false;
    7704                 :       72755 :         double          num_sa_scans;
    7705                 :       72755 :         double          correlation = 0.0;
    7706                 :       72755 :         ListCell   *lc;
    7707                 :             : 
    7708                 :             :         /*
    7709                 :             :          * For a btree scan, only leading '=' quals plus inequality quals for the
    7710                 :             :          * immediately next attribute contribute to index selectivity (these are
    7711                 :             :          * the "boundary quals" that determine the starting and stopping points of
    7712                 :             :          * the index scan).  Additional quals can suppress visits to the heap, so
    7713                 :             :          * it's OK to count them in indexSelectivity, but they should not count
    7714                 :             :          * for estimating numIndexTuples.  So we must examine the given indexquals
    7715                 :             :          * to find out which ones count as boundary quals.  We rely on the
    7716                 :             :          * knowledge that they are given in index column order.  Note that nbtree
    7717                 :             :          * preprocessing can add skip arrays that act as leading '=' quals in the
    7718                 :             :          * absence of ordinary input '=' quals, so in practice _most_ input quals
    7719                 :             :          * are able to act as index bound quals (which we take into account here).
    7720                 :             :          *
    7721                 :             :          * For a RowCompareExpr, we consider only the first column, just as
    7722                 :             :          * rowcomparesel() does.
    7723                 :             :          *
    7724                 :             :          * If there's a SAOP or skip array in the quals, we'll actually perform up
    7725                 :             :          * to N index descents (not just one), but the underlying array key's
    7726                 :             :          * operator can be considered to act the same as it normally does.
    7727                 :             :          */
    7728                 :       72755 :         indexBoundQuals = NIL;
    7729                 :       72755 :         indexSkipQuals = NIL;
    7730                 :       72755 :         indexcol = 0;
    7731                 :       72755 :         eqQualHere = false;
    7732                 :       72755 :         found_row_compare = false;
    7733                 :       72755 :         found_array = false;
    7734                 :       72755 :         found_is_null_op = false;
    7735                 :       72755 :         num_sa_scans = 1;
    7736   [ +  +  +  +  :      123660 :         foreach(lc, path->indexclauses)
                   +  + ]
    7737                 :             :         {
    7738                 :       50905 :                 IndexClause *iclause = lfirst_node(IndexClause, lc);
    7739                 :       50905 :                 ListCell   *lc2;
    7740                 :             : 
    7741         [ +  + ]:       50905 :                 if (indexcol < iclause->indexcol)
    7742                 :             :                 {
    7743                 :        8935 :                         double          num_sa_scans_prev_cols = num_sa_scans;
    7744                 :             : 
    7745                 :             :                         /*
    7746                 :             :                          * Beginning of a new column's quals.
    7747                 :             :                          *
    7748                 :             :                          * Skip scans use skip arrays, which are ScalarArrayOp style
    7749                 :             :                          * arrays that generate their elements procedurally and on demand.
    7750                 :             :                          * Given a multi-column index on "(a, b)", and an SQL WHERE clause
    7751                 :             :                          * "WHERE b = 42", a skip scan will effectively use an indexqual
    7752                 :             :                          * "WHERE a = ANY('{every col a value}') AND b = 42".  (Obviously,
    7753                 :             :                          * the array on "a" must also return "IS NULL" matches, since our
    7754                 :             :                          * WHERE clause used no strict operator on "a").
    7755                 :             :                          *
    7756                 :             :                          * Here we consider how nbtree will backfill skip arrays for any
    7757                 :             :                          * index columns that lacked an '=' qual.  This maintains our
    7758                 :             :                          * num_sa_scans estimate, and determines if this new column (the
    7759                 :             :                          * "iclause->indexcol" column, not the prior "indexcol" column)
    7760                 :             :                          * can have its RestrictInfos/quals added to indexBoundQuals.
    7761                 :             :                          *
    7762                 :             :                          * We'll need to handle columns that have inequality quals, where
    7763                 :             :                          * the skip array generates values from a range constrained by the
    7764                 :             :                          * quals (not every possible value).  We've been maintaining
    7765                 :             :                          * indexSkipQuals to help with this; it will now contain all of
    7766                 :             :                          * the prior column's quals (that is, indexcol's quals) when they
    7767                 :             :                          * might be used for this.
    7768                 :             :                          */
    7769         [ +  + ]:        8935 :                         if (found_row_compare)
    7770                 :             :                         {
    7771                 :             :                                 /*
    7772                 :             :                                  * Skip arrays can't be added after a RowCompare input qual
    7773                 :             :                                  * due to limitations in nbtree
    7774                 :             :                                  */
    7775                 :           4 :                                 break;
    7776                 :             :                         }
    7777         [ +  + ]:        8931 :                         if (eqQualHere)
    7778                 :             :                         {
    7779                 :             :                                 /*
    7780                 :             :                                  * Don't need to add a skip array for an indexcol that already
    7781                 :             :                                  * has an '=' qual/equality constraint
    7782                 :             :                                  */
    7783                 :        6490 :                                 indexcol++;
    7784                 :        6490 :                                 indexSkipQuals = NIL;
    7785                 :        6490 :                         }
    7786                 :        8931 :                         eqQualHere = false;
    7787                 :             : 
    7788         [ +  + ]:        8994 :                         while (indexcol < iclause->indexcol)
    7789                 :             :                         {
    7790                 :        2525 :                                 double          ndistinct;
    7791                 :        2525 :                                 bool            isdefault = true;
    7792                 :             : 
    7793                 :        2525 :                                 found_array = true;
    7794                 :             : 
    7795                 :             :                                 /*
    7796                 :             :                                  * A skipped attribute's ndistinct forms the basis of our
    7797                 :             :                                  * estimate of the total number of "array elements" used by
    7798                 :             :                                  * its skip array at runtime.  Look that up first.
    7799                 :             :                                  */
    7800                 :        2525 :                                 examine_indexcol_variable(root, index, indexcol, &vardata);
    7801                 :        2525 :                                 ndistinct = get_variable_numdistinct(&vardata, &isdefault);
    7802                 :             : 
    7803         [ +  + ]:        2525 :                                 if (indexcol == 0)
    7804                 :             :                                 {
    7805                 :             :                                         /*
    7806                 :             :                                          * Get an estimate of the leading column's correlation in
    7807                 :             :                                          * passing (avoids rereading variable stats below)
    7808                 :             :                                          */
    7809         [ +  + ]:        2439 :                                         if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple))
    7810                 :        1425 :                                                 correlation = btcost_correlation(index, &vardata);
    7811                 :        2439 :                                         have_correlation = true;
    7812                 :        2439 :                                 }
    7813                 :             : 
    7814         [ +  + ]:        2525 :                                 ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
    7815                 :             : 
    7816                 :             :                                 /*
    7817                 :             :                                  * If ndistinct is a default estimate, conservatively assume
    7818                 :             :                                  * that no skipping will happen at runtime
    7819                 :             :                                  */
    7820         [ +  + ]:        2525 :                                 if (isdefault)
    7821                 :             :                                 {
    7822                 :         841 :                                         num_sa_scans = num_sa_scans_prev_cols;
    7823                 :         841 :                                         break;          /* done building indexBoundQuals */
    7824                 :             :                                 }
    7825                 :             : 
    7826                 :             :                                 /*
    7827                 :             :                                  * Apply indexcol's indexSkipQuals selectivity to ndistinct
    7828                 :             :                                  */
    7829         [ +  + ]:        1684 :                                 if (indexSkipQuals != NIL)
    7830                 :             :                                 {
    7831                 :         110 :                                         List       *partialSkipQuals;
    7832                 :         110 :                                         Selectivity ndistinctfrac;
    7833                 :             : 
    7834                 :             :                                         /*
    7835                 :             :                                          * If the index is partial, AND the index predicate with
    7836                 :             :                                          * the index-bound quals to produce a more accurate idea
    7837                 :             :                                          * of the number of distinct values for prior indexcol
    7838                 :             :                                          */
    7839                 :         220 :                                         partialSkipQuals = add_predicate_to_index_quals(index,
    7840                 :         110 :                                                                                                                                         indexSkipQuals);
    7841                 :             : 
    7842                 :         220 :                                         ndistinctfrac = clauselist_selectivity(root, partialSkipQuals,
    7843                 :         110 :                                                                                                                    index->rel->relid,
    7844                 :             :                                                                                                                    JOIN_INNER,
    7845                 :             :                                                                                                                    NULL);
    7846                 :             : 
    7847                 :             :                                         /*
    7848                 :             :                                          * If ndistinctfrac is selective (on its own), the scan is
    7849                 :             :                                          * unlikely to benefit from repositioning itself using
    7850                 :             :                                          * later quals.  Do not allow iclause->indexcol's quals to
    7851                 :             :                                          * be added to indexBoundQuals (it would increase descent
    7852                 :             :                                          * costs, without lowering numIndexTuples costs by much).
    7853                 :             :                                          */
    7854         [ +  + ]:         110 :                                         if (ndistinctfrac < DEFAULT_RANGE_INEQ_SEL)
    7855                 :             :                                         {
    7856                 :          62 :                                                 num_sa_scans = num_sa_scans_prev_cols;
    7857                 :          62 :                                                 break;  /* done building indexBoundQuals */
    7858                 :             :                                         }
    7859                 :             : 
    7860                 :             :                                         /* Adjust ndistinct downward */
    7861                 :          48 :                                         ndistinct = rint(ndistinct * ndistinctfrac);
    7862         [ +  - ]:          48 :                                         ndistinct = Max(ndistinct, 1);
    7863         [ +  + ]:         110 :                                 }
    7864                 :             : 
    7865                 :             :                                 /*
    7866                 :             :                                  * When there's no inequality quals, account for the need to
    7867                 :             :                                  * find an initial value by counting -inf/+inf as a value.
    7868                 :             :                                  *
    7869                 :             :                                  * We don't charge anything extra for possible next/prior key
    7870                 :             :                                  * index probes, which are sometimes used to find the next
    7871                 :             :                                  * valid skip array element (ahead of using the located
    7872                 :             :                                  * element value to relocate the scan to the next position
    7873                 :             :                                  * that might contain matching tuples).  It seems hard to do
    7874                 :             :                                  * better here.  Use of the skip support infrastructure often
    7875                 :             :                                  * avoids most next/prior key probes.  But even when it can't,
    7876                 :             :                                  * there's a decent chance that most individual next/prior key
    7877                 :             :                                  * probes will locate a leaf page whose key space overlaps all
    7878                 :             :                                  * of the scan's keys (even the lower-order keys) -- which
    7879                 :             :                                  * also avoids the need for a separate, extra index descent.
    7880                 :             :                                  * Note also that these probes are much cheaper than non-probe
    7881                 :             :                                  * primitive index scans: they're reliably very selective.
    7882                 :             :                                  */
    7883         [ +  + ]:        1622 :                                 if (indexSkipQuals == NIL)
    7884                 :        1574 :                                         ndistinct += 1;
    7885                 :             : 
    7886                 :             :                                 /*
    7887                 :             :                                  * Update num_sa_scans estimate by multiplying by ndistinct.
    7888                 :             :                                  *
    7889                 :             :                                  * We make the pessimistic assumption that there is no
    7890                 :             :                                  * naturally occurring cross-column correlation.  This is
    7891                 :             :                                  * often wrong, but it seems best to err on the side of not
    7892                 :             :                                  * expecting skipping to be helpful...
    7893                 :             :                                  */
    7894                 :        1622 :                                 num_sa_scans *= ndistinct;
    7895                 :             : 
    7896                 :             :                                 /*
    7897                 :             :                                  * ...but back out of adding this latest group of 1 or more
    7898                 :             :                                  * skip arrays when num_sa_scans exceeds the total number of
    7899                 :             :                                  * index pages (revert to num_sa_scans from before indexcol).
    7900                 :             :                                  * This causes a sharp discontinuity in cost (as a function of
    7901                 :             :                                  * the indexcol's ndistinct), but that is representative of
    7902                 :             :                                  * actual runtime costs.
    7903                 :             :                                  *
    7904                 :             :                                  * Note that skipping is helpful when each primitive index
    7905                 :             :                                  * scan only manages to skip over 1 or 2 irrelevant leaf pages
    7906                 :             :                                  * on average.  Skip arrays bring savings in CPU costs due to
    7907                 :             :                                  * the scan not needing to evaluate indexquals against every
    7908                 :             :                                  * tuple, which can greatly exceed any savings in I/O costs.
    7909                 :             :                                  * This test is a test of whether num_sa_scans implies that
    7910                 :             :                                  * we're past the point where the ability to skip ceases to
    7911                 :             :                                  * lower the scan's costs (even qual evaluation CPU costs).
    7912                 :             :                                  */
    7913         [ +  + ]:        1622 :                                 if (index->pages < num_sa_scans)
    7914                 :             :                                 {
    7915                 :        1559 :                                         num_sa_scans = num_sa_scans_prev_cols;
    7916                 :        1559 :                                         break;          /* done building indexBoundQuals */
    7917                 :             :                                 }
    7918                 :             : 
    7919                 :          63 :                                 indexcol++;
    7920                 :          63 :                                 indexSkipQuals = NIL;
    7921      [ -  +  + ]:        2525 :                         }
    7922                 :             : 
    7923                 :             :                         /*
    7924                 :             :                          * Finished considering the need to add skip arrays to bridge an
    7925                 :             :                          * initial eqQualHere gap between the old and new index columns
    7926                 :             :                          * (or there was no initial eqQualHere gap in the first place).
    7927                 :             :                          *
    7928                 :             :                          * If an initial gap could not be bridged, then new column's quals
    7929                 :             :                          * (i.e. iclause->indexcol's quals) won't go into indexBoundQuals,
    7930                 :             :                          * and so won't affect our final numIndexTuples estimate.
    7931                 :             :                          */
    7932         [ +  + ]:        8931 :                         if (indexcol != iclause->indexcol)
    7933                 :        2462 :                                 break;                  /* done building indexBoundQuals */
    7934         [ +  + ]:        8935 :                 }
    7935                 :             : 
    7936         [ -  + ]:       48439 :                 Assert(indexcol == iclause->indexcol);
    7937                 :             : 
    7938                 :             :                 /* Examine each indexqual associated with this index clause */
    7939   [ +  -  +  +  :       97292 :                 foreach(lc2, iclause->indexquals)
                   +  + ]
    7940                 :             :                 {
    7941                 :       48853 :                         RestrictInfo *rinfo = lfirst_node(RestrictInfo, lc2);
    7942                 :       48853 :                         Expr       *clause = rinfo->clause;
    7943                 :       48853 :                         Oid                     clause_op = InvalidOid;
    7944                 :       48853 :                         int                     op_strategy;
    7945                 :             : 
    7946         [ +  + ]:       48853 :                         if (IsA(clause, OpExpr))
    7947                 :             :                         {
    7948                 :       47029 :                                 OpExpr     *op = (OpExpr *) clause;
    7949                 :             : 
    7950                 :       47029 :                                 clause_op = op->opno;
    7951                 :       47029 :                         }
    7952         [ +  + ]:        1824 :                         else if (IsA(clause, RowCompareExpr))
    7953                 :             :                         {
    7954                 :          66 :                                 RowCompareExpr *rc = (RowCompareExpr *) clause;
    7955                 :             : 
    7956                 :          66 :                                 clause_op = linitial_oid(rc->opnos);
    7957                 :          66 :                                 found_row_compare = true;
    7958                 :          66 :                         }
    7959         [ +  + ]:        1758 :                         else if (IsA(clause, ScalarArrayOpExpr))
    7960                 :             :                         {
    7961                 :        1391 :                                 ScalarArrayOpExpr *saop = (ScalarArrayOpExpr *) clause;
    7962                 :        1391 :                                 Node       *other_operand = (Node *) lsecond(saop->args);
    7963                 :        1391 :                                 double          alength = estimate_array_length(root, other_operand);
    7964                 :             : 
    7965                 :        1391 :                                 clause_op = saop->opno;
    7966                 :        1391 :                                 found_array = true;
    7967                 :             :                                 /* estimate SA descents by indexBoundQuals only */
    7968         [ +  + ]:        1391 :                                 if (alength > 1)
    7969                 :        1347 :                                         num_sa_scans *= alength;
    7970                 :        1391 :                         }
    7971         [ +  - ]:         367 :                         else if (IsA(clause, NullTest))
    7972                 :             :                         {
    7973                 :         367 :                                 NullTest   *nt = (NullTest *) clause;
    7974                 :             : 
    7975         [ +  + ]:         367 :                                 if (nt->nulltesttype == IS_NULL)
    7976                 :             :                                 {
    7977                 :          40 :                                         found_is_null_op = true;
    7978                 :             :                                         /* IS NULL is like = for selectivity/skip scan purposes */
    7979                 :          40 :                                         eqQualHere = true;
    7980                 :          40 :                                 }
    7981                 :         367 :                         }
    7982                 :             :                         else
    7983   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                                 elog(ERROR, "unsupported indexqual type: %d",
    7984                 :             :                                          (int) nodeTag(clause));
    7985                 :             : 
    7986                 :             :                         /* check for equality operator */
    7987         [ +  + ]:       48853 :                         if (OidIsValid(clause_op))
    7988                 :             :                         {
    7989                 :       96972 :                                 op_strategy = get_op_opfamily_strategy(clause_op,
    7990                 :       48486 :                                                                                                            index->opfamily[indexcol]);
    7991         [ -  + ]:       48486 :                                 Assert(op_strategy != 0);       /* not a member of opfamily?? */
    7992         [ +  + ]:       48486 :                                 if (op_strategy == BTEqualStrategyNumber)
    7993                 :       45063 :                                         eqQualHere = true;
    7994                 :       48486 :                         }
    7995                 :             : 
    7996                 :       48853 :                         indexBoundQuals = lappend(indexBoundQuals, rinfo);
    7997                 :             : 
    7998                 :             :                         /*
    7999                 :             :                          * We apply inequality selectivities to estimate index descent
    8000                 :             :                          * costs with scans that use skip arrays.  Save this indexcol's
    8001                 :             :                          * RestrictInfos if it looks like they'll be needed for that.
    8002                 :             :                          */
    8003   [ +  +  +  +  :       48853 :                         if (!eqQualHere && !found_row_compare &&
                   +  + ]
    8004                 :        3576 :                                 indexcol < index->nkeycolumns - 1)
    8005                 :         888 :                                 indexSkipQuals = lappend(indexSkipQuals, rinfo);
    8006                 :       48853 :                 }
    8007         [ +  + ]:       50905 :         }
    8008                 :             : 
    8009                 :             :         /*
    8010                 :             :          * If index is unique and we found an '=' clause for each column, we can
    8011                 :             :          * just assume numIndexTuples = 1 and skip the expensive
    8012                 :             :          * clauselist_selectivity calculations.  However, an array or NullTest
    8013                 :             :          * always invalidates that theory (even when eqQualHere has been set).
    8014                 :             :          */
    8015         [ +  + ]:       72755 :         if (index->unique &&
    8016         [ +  + ]:       55667 :                 indexcol == index->nkeycolumns - 1 &&
    8017         [ +  + ]:       38061 :                 eqQualHere &&
    8018   [ +  +  +  + ]:       18666 :                 !found_array &&
    8019                 :       18005 :                 !found_is_null_op)
    8020                 :       17997 :                 numIndexTuples = 1.0;
    8021                 :             :         else
    8022                 :             :         {
    8023                 :       54758 :                 List       *selectivityQuals;
    8024                 :       54758 :                 Selectivity btreeSelectivity;
    8025                 :             : 
    8026                 :             :                 /*
    8027                 :             :                  * If the index is partial, AND the index predicate with the
    8028                 :             :                  * index-bound quals to produce a more accurate idea of the number of
    8029                 :             :                  * rows covered by the bound conditions.
    8030                 :             :                  */
    8031                 :       54758 :                 selectivityQuals = add_predicate_to_index_quals(index, indexBoundQuals);
    8032                 :             : 
    8033                 :      109516 :                 btreeSelectivity = clauselist_selectivity(root, selectivityQuals,
    8034                 :       54758 :                                                                                                   index->rel->relid,
    8035                 :             :                                                                                                   JOIN_INNER,
    8036                 :             :                                                                                                   NULL);
    8037                 :       54758 :                 numIndexTuples = btreeSelectivity * index->rel->tuples;
    8038                 :             : 
    8039                 :             :                 /*
    8040                 :             :                  * btree automatically combines individual array element primitive
    8041                 :             :                  * index scans whenever the tuples covered by the next set of array
    8042                 :             :                  * keys are close to tuples covered by the current set.  That puts a
    8043                 :             :                  * natural ceiling on the worst case number of descents -- there
    8044                 :             :                  * cannot possibly be more than one descent per leaf page scanned.
    8045                 :             :                  *
    8046                 :             :                  * Clamp the number of descents to at most 1/3 the number of index
    8047                 :             :                  * pages.  This avoids implausibly high estimates with low selectivity
    8048                 :             :                  * paths, where scans usually require only one or two descents.  This
    8049                 :             :                  * is most likely to help when there are several SAOP clauses, where
    8050                 :             :                  * naively accepting the total number of distinct combinations of
    8051                 :             :                  * array elements as the number of descents would frequently lead to
    8052                 :             :                  * wild overestimates.
    8053                 :             :                  *
    8054                 :             :                  * We somewhat arbitrarily don't just make the cutoff the total number
    8055                 :             :                  * of leaf pages (we make it 1/3 the total number of pages instead) to
    8056                 :             :                  * give the btree code credit for its ability to continue on the leaf
    8057                 :             :                  * level with low selectivity scans.
    8058                 :             :                  *
    8059                 :             :                  * Note: num_sa_scans includes both ScalarArrayOp array elements and
    8060                 :             :                  * skip array elements whose qual affects our numIndexTuples estimate.
    8061                 :             :                  */
    8062         [ +  + ]:       54758 :                 num_sa_scans = Min(num_sa_scans, ceil(index->pages * 0.3333333));
    8063         [ +  + ]:       54758 :                 num_sa_scans = Max(num_sa_scans, 1);
    8064                 :             : 
    8065                 :             :                 /*
    8066                 :             :                  * As in genericcostestimate(), we have to adjust for any array quals
    8067                 :             :                  * included in indexBoundQuals, and then round to integer.
    8068                 :             :                  *
    8069                 :             :                  * It is tempting to make genericcostestimate behave as if array
    8070                 :             :                  * clauses work in almost the same way as scalar operators during
    8071                 :             :                  * btree scans, making the top-level scan look like a continuous scan
    8072                 :             :                  * (as opposed to num_sa_scans-many primitive index scans).  After
    8073                 :             :                  * all, btree scans mostly work like that at runtime.  However, such a
    8074                 :             :                  * scheme would badly bias genericcostestimate's simplistic approach
    8075                 :             :                  * to calculating numIndexPages through prorating.
    8076                 :             :                  *
    8077                 :             :                  * Stick with the approach taken by non-native SAOP scans for now.
    8078                 :             :                  * genericcostestimate will use the Mackert-Lohman formula to
    8079                 :             :                  * compensate for repeat page fetches, even though that definitely
    8080                 :             :                  * won't happen during btree scans (not for leaf pages, at least).
    8081                 :             :                  * We're usually very pessimistic about the number of primitive index
    8082                 :             :                  * scans that will be required, but it's not clear how to do better.
    8083                 :             :                  */
    8084                 :       54758 :                 numIndexTuples = rint(numIndexTuples / num_sa_scans);
    8085                 :       54758 :         }
    8086                 :             : 
    8087                 :             :         /*
    8088                 :             :          * Now do generic index cost estimation.
    8089                 :             :          */
    8090                 :       72755 :         costs.numIndexTuples = numIndexTuples;
    8091                 :       72755 :         costs.num_sa_scans = num_sa_scans;
    8092                 :             : 
    8093                 :       72755 :         genericcostestimate(root, path, loop_count, &costs);
    8094                 :             : 
    8095                 :             :         /*
    8096                 :             :          * Add a CPU-cost component to represent the costs of initial btree
    8097                 :             :          * descent.  We don't charge any I/O cost for touching upper btree levels,
    8098                 :             :          * since they tend to stay in cache, but we still have to do about log2(N)
    8099                 :             :          * comparisons to descend a btree of N leaf tuples.  We charge one
    8100                 :             :          * cpu_operator_cost per comparison.
    8101                 :             :          *
    8102                 :             :          * If there are SAOP or skip array keys, charge this once per estimated
    8103                 :             :          * index descent.  The ones after the first one are not startup cost so
    8104                 :             :          * far as the overall plan goes, so just add them to "total" cost.
    8105                 :             :          */
    8106         [ +  + ]:       72755 :         if (index->tuples > 1)            /* avoid computing log(0) */
    8107                 :             :         {
    8108                 :       68517 :                 descentCost = ceil(log(index->tuples) / log(2.0)) * cpu_operator_cost;
    8109                 :       68517 :                 costs.indexStartupCost += descentCost;
    8110                 :       68517 :                 costs.indexTotalCost += costs.num_sa_scans * descentCost;
    8111                 :       68517 :         }
    8112                 :             : 
    8113                 :             :         /*
    8114                 :             :          * Even though we're not charging I/O cost for touching upper btree pages,
    8115                 :             :          * it's still reasonable to charge some CPU cost per page descended
    8116                 :             :          * through.  Moreover, if we had no such charge at all, bloated indexes
    8117                 :             :          * would appear to have the same search cost as unbloated ones, at least
    8118                 :             :          * in cases where only a single leaf page is expected to be visited.  This
    8119                 :             :          * cost is somewhat arbitrarily set at 50x cpu_operator_cost per page
    8120                 :             :          * touched.  The number of such pages is btree tree height plus one (ie,
    8121                 :             :          * we charge for the leaf page too).  As above, charge once per estimated
    8122                 :             :          * SAOP/skip array descent.
    8123                 :             :          */
    8124                 :       72755 :         descentCost = (index->tree_height + 1) * DEFAULT_PAGE_CPU_MULTIPLIER * cpu_operator_cost;
    8125                 :       72755 :         costs.indexStartupCost += descentCost;
    8126                 :       72755 :         costs.indexTotalCost += costs.num_sa_scans * descentCost;
    8127                 :             : 
    8128         [ +  + ]:       72755 :         if (!have_correlation)
    8129                 :             :         {
    8130                 :       70316 :                 examine_indexcol_variable(root, index, 0, &vardata);
    8131         [ +  + ]:       70316 :                 if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple))
    8132                 :       44968 :                         costs.indexCorrelation = btcost_correlation(index, &vardata);
    8133         [ +  + ]:       70316 :                 ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
    8134                 :       70316 :         }
    8135                 :             :         else
    8136                 :             :         {
    8137                 :             :                 /* btcost_correlation already called earlier on */
    8138                 :        2439 :                 costs.indexCorrelation = correlation;
    8139                 :             :         }
    8140                 :             : 
    8141                 :       72755 :         *indexStartupCost = costs.indexStartupCost;
    8142                 :       72755 :         *indexTotalCost = costs.indexTotalCost;
    8143                 :       72755 :         *indexSelectivity = costs.indexSelectivity;
    8144                 :       72755 :         *indexCorrelation = costs.indexCorrelation;
    8145                 :       72755 :         *indexPages = costs.numIndexPages;
    8146                 :       72755 : }
    8147                 :             : 
    8148                 :             : void
    8149                 :          42 : hashcostestimate(PlannerInfo *root, IndexPath *path, double loop_count,
    8150                 :             :                                  Cost *indexStartupCost, Cost *indexTotalCost,
    8151                 :             :                                  Selectivity *indexSelectivity, double *indexCorrelation,
    8152                 :             :                                  double *indexPages)
    8153                 :             : {
    8154                 :          42 :         GenericCosts costs = {0};
    8155                 :             : 
    8156                 :          42 :         genericcostestimate(root, path, loop_count, &costs);
    8157                 :             : 
    8158                 :             :         /*
    8159                 :             :          * A hash index has no descent costs as such, since the index AM can go
    8160                 :             :          * directly to the target bucket after computing the hash value.  There
    8161                 :             :          * are a couple of other hash-specific costs that we could conceivably add
    8162                 :             :          * here, though:
    8163                 :             :          *
    8164                 :             :          * Ideally we'd charge spc_random_page_cost for each page in the target
    8165                 :             :          * bucket, not just the numIndexPages pages that genericcostestimate
    8166                 :             :          * thought we'd visit.  However in most cases we don't know which bucket
    8167                 :             :          * that will be.  There's no point in considering the average bucket size
    8168                 :             :          * because the hash AM makes sure that's always one page.
    8169                 :             :          *
    8170                 :             :          * Likewise, we could consider charging some CPU for each index tuple in
    8171                 :             :          * the bucket, if we knew how many there were.  But the per-tuple cost is
    8172                 :             :          * just a hash value comparison, not a general datatype-dependent
    8173                 :             :          * comparison, so any such charge ought to be quite a bit less than
    8174                 :             :          * cpu_operator_cost; which makes it probably not worth worrying about.
    8175                 :             :          *
    8176                 :             :          * A bigger issue is that chance hash-value collisions will result in
    8177                 :             :          * wasted probes into the heap.  We don't currently attempt to model this
    8178                 :             :          * cost on the grounds that it's rare, but maybe it's not rare enough.
    8179                 :             :          * (Any fix for this ought to consider the generic lossy-operator problem,
    8180                 :             :          * though; it's not entirely hash-specific.)
    8181                 :             :          */
    8182                 :             : 
    8183                 :          42 :         *indexStartupCost = costs.indexStartupCost;
    8184                 :          42 :         *indexTotalCost = costs.indexTotalCost;
    8185                 :          42 :         *indexSelectivity = costs.indexSelectivity;
    8186                 :          42 :         *indexCorrelation = costs.indexCorrelation;
    8187                 :          42 :         *indexPages = costs.numIndexPages;
    8188                 :          42 : }
    8189                 :             : 
    8190                 :             : void
    8191                 :         607 : gistcostestimate(PlannerInfo *root, IndexPath *path, double loop_count,
    8192                 :             :                                  Cost *indexStartupCost, Cost *indexTotalCost,
    8193                 :             :                                  Selectivity *indexSelectivity, double *indexCorrelation,
    8194                 :             :                                  double *indexPages)
    8195                 :             : {
    8196                 :         607 :         IndexOptInfo *index = path->indexinfo;
    8197                 :         607 :         GenericCosts costs = {0};
    8198                 :         607 :         Cost            descentCost;
    8199                 :             : 
    8200                 :         607 :         genericcostestimate(root, path, loop_count, &costs);
    8201                 :             : 
    8202                 :             :         /*
    8203                 :             :          * We model index descent costs similarly to those for btree, but to do
    8204                 :             :          * that we first need an idea of the tree height.  We somewhat arbitrarily
    8205                 :             :          * assume that the fanout is 100, meaning the tree height is at most
    8206                 :             :          * log100(index->pages).
    8207                 :             :          *
    8208                 :             :          * Although this computation isn't really expensive enough to require
    8209                 :             :          * caching, we might as well use index->tree_height to cache it.
    8210                 :             :          */
    8211         [ -  + ]:         607 :         if (index->tree_height < 0) /* unknown? */
    8212                 :             :         {
    8213         [ +  + ]:         607 :                 if (index->pages > 1)     /* avoid computing log(0) */
    8214                 :         298 :                         index->tree_height = (int) (log(index->pages) / log(100.0));
    8215                 :             :                 else
    8216                 :         309 :                         index->tree_height = 0;
    8217                 :         607 :         }
    8218                 :             : 
    8219                 :             :         /*
    8220                 :             :          * Add a CPU-cost component to represent the costs of initial descent. We
    8221                 :             :          * just use log(N) here not log2(N) since the branching factor isn't
    8222                 :             :          * necessarily two anyway.  As for btree, charge once per SA scan.
    8223                 :             :          */
    8224         [ -  + ]:         607 :         if (index->tuples > 1)            /* avoid computing log(0) */
    8225                 :             :         {
    8226                 :         607 :                 descentCost = ceil(log(index->tuples)) * cpu_operator_cost;
    8227                 :         607 :                 costs.indexStartupCost += descentCost;
    8228                 :         607 :                 costs.indexTotalCost += costs.num_sa_scans * descentCost;
    8229                 :         607 :         }
    8230                 :             : 
    8231                 :             :         /*
    8232                 :             :          * Likewise add a per-page charge, calculated the same as for btrees.
    8233                 :             :          */
    8234                 :         607 :         descentCost = (index->tree_height + 1) * DEFAULT_PAGE_CPU_MULTIPLIER * cpu_operator_cost;
    8235                 :         607 :         costs.indexStartupCost += descentCost;
    8236                 :         607 :         costs.indexTotalCost += costs.num_sa_scans * descentCost;
    8237                 :             : 
    8238                 :         607 :         *indexStartupCost = costs.indexStartupCost;
    8239                 :         607 :         *indexTotalCost = costs.indexTotalCost;
    8240                 :         607 :         *indexSelectivity = costs.indexSelectivity;
    8241                 :         607 :         *indexCorrelation = costs.indexCorrelation;
    8242                 :         607 :         *indexPages = costs.numIndexPages;
    8243                 :         607 : }
    8244                 :             : 
    8245                 :             : void
    8246                 :         296 : spgcostestimate(PlannerInfo *root, IndexPath *path, double loop_count,
    8247                 :             :                                 Cost *indexStartupCost, Cost *indexTotalCost,
    8248                 :             :                                 Selectivity *indexSelectivity, double *indexCorrelation,
    8249                 :             :                                 double *indexPages)
    8250                 :             : {
    8251                 :         296 :         IndexOptInfo *index = path->indexinfo;
    8252                 :         296 :         GenericCosts costs = {0};
    8253                 :         296 :         Cost            descentCost;
    8254                 :             : 
    8255                 :         296 :         genericcostestimate(root, path, loop_count, &costs);
    8256                 :             : 
    8257                 :             :         /*
    8258                 :             :          * We model index descent costs similarly to those for btree, but to do
    8259                 :             :          * that we first need an idea of the tree height.  We somewhat arbitrarily
    8260                 :             :          * assume that the fanout is 100, meaning the tree height is at most
    8261                 :             :          * log100(index->pages).
    8262                 :             :          *
    8263                 :             :          * Although this computation isn't really expensive enough to require
    8264                 :             :          * caching, we might as well use index->tree_height to cache it.
    8265                 :             :          */
    8266         [ +  + ]:         296 :         if (index->tree_height < 0) /* unknown? */
    8267                 :             :         {
    8268         [ +  - ]:         295 :                 if (index->pages > 1)     /* avoid computing log(0) */
    8269                 :         295 :                         index->tree_height = (int) (log(index->pages) / log(100.0));
    8270                 :             :                 else
    8271                 :           0 :                         index->tree_height = 0;
    8272                 :         295 :         }
    8273                 :             : 
    8274                 :             :         /*
    8275                 :             :          * Add a CPU-cost component to represent the costs of initial descent. We
    8276                 :             :          * just use log(N) here not log2(N) since the branching factor isn't
    8277                 :             :          * necessarily two anyway.  As for btree, charge once per SA scan.
    8278                 :             :          */
    8279         [ -  + ]:         296 :         if (index->tuples > 1)            /* avoid computing log(0) */
    8280                 :             :         {
    8281                 :         296 :                 descentCost = ceil(log(index->tuples)) * cpu_operator_cost;
    8282                 :         296 :                 costs.indexStartupCost += descentCost;
    8283                 :         296 :                 costs.indexTotalCost += costs.num_sa_scans * descentCost;
    8284                 :         296 :         }
    8285                 :             : 
    8286                 :             :         /*
    8287                 :             :          * Likewise add a per-page charge, calculated the same as for btrees.
    8288                 :             :          */
    8289                 :         296 :         descentCost = (index->tree_height + 1) * DEFAULT_PAGE_CPU_MULTIPLIER * cpu_operator_cost;
    8290                 :         296 :         costs.indexStartupCost += descentCost;
    8291                 :         296 :         costs.indexTotalCost += costs.num_sa_scans * descentCost;
    8292                 :             : 
    8293                 :         296 :         *indexStartupCost = costs.indexStartupCost;
    8294                 :         296 :         *indexTotalCost = costs.indexTotalCost;
    8295                 :         296 :         *indexSelectivity = costs.indexSelectivity;
    8296                 :         296 :         *indexCorrelation = costs.indexCorrelation;
    8297                 :         296 :         *indexPages = costs.numIndexPages;
    8298                 :         296 : }
    8299                 :             : 
    8300                 :             : 
    8301                 :             : /*
    8302                 :             :  * Support routines for gincostestimate
    8303                 :             :  */
    8304                 :             : 
    8305                 :             : typedef struct
    8306                 :             : {
    8307                 :             :         bool            attHasFullScan[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
    8308                 :             :         bool            attHasNormalScan[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
    8309                 :             :         double          partialEntries;
    8310                 :             :         double          exactEntries;
    8311                 :             :         double          searchEntries;
    8312                 :             :         double          arrayScans;
    8313                 :             : } GinQualCounts;
    8314                 :             : 
    8315                 :             : /*
    8316                 :             :  * Estimate the number of index terms that need to be searched for while
    8317                 :             :  * testing the given GIN query, and increment the counts in *counts
    8318                 :             :  * appropriately.  If the query is unsatisfiable, return false.
    8319                 :             :  */
    8320                 :             : static bool
    8321                 :         237 : gincost_pattern(IndexOptInfo *index, int indexcol,
    8322                 :             :                                 Oid clause_op, Datum query,
    8323                 :             :                                 GinQualCounts *counts)
    8324                 :             : {
    8325                 :         237 :         FmgrInfo        flinfo;
    8326                 :         237 :         Oid                     extractProcOid;
    8327                 :         237 :         Oid                     collation;
    8328                 :         237 :         int                     strategy_op;
    8329                 :         237 :         Oid                     lefttype,
    8330                 :             :                                 righttype;
    8331                 :         237 :         int32           nentries = 0;
    8332                 :         237 :         bool       *partial_matches = NULL;
    8333                 :         237 :         Pointer    *extra_data = NULL;
    8334                 :         237 :         bool       *nullFlags = NULL;
    8335                 :         237 :         int32           searchMode = GIN_SEARCH_MODE_DEFAULT;
    8336                 :         237 :         int32           i;
    8337                 :             : 
    8338         [ +  - ]:         237 :         Assert(indexcol < index->nkeycolumns);
    8339                 :             : 
    8340                 :             :         /*
    8341                 :             :          * Get the operator's strategy number and declared input data types within
    8342                 :             :          * the index opfamily.  (We don't need the latter, but we use
    8343                 :             :          * get_op_opfamily_properties because it will throw error if it fails to
    8344                 :             :          * find a matching pg_amop entry.)
    8345                 :             :          */
    8346                 :         237 :         get_op_opfamily_properties(clause_op, index->opfamily[indexcol], false,
    8347                 :             :                                                            &strategy_op, &lefttype, &righttype);
    8348                 :             : 
    8349                 :             :         /*
    8350                 :             :          * GIN always uses the "default" support functions, which are those with
    8351                 :             :          * lefttype == righttype == the opclass' opcintype (see
    8352                 :             :          * IndexSupportInitialize in relcache.c).
    8353                 :             :          */
    8354                 :         474 :         extractProcOid = get_opfamily_proc(index->opfamily[indexcol],
    8355                 :         237 :                                                                            index->opcintype[indexcol],
    8356                 :         237 :                                                                            index->opcintype[indexcol],
    8357                 :             :                                                                            GIN_EXTRACTQUERY_PROC);
    8358                 :             : 
    8359         [ +  - ]:         237 :         if (!OidIsValid(extractProcOid))
    8360                 :             :         {
    8361                 :             :                 /* should not happen; throw same error as index_getprocinfo */
    8362   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                 elog(ERROR, "missing support function %d for attribute %d of index \"%s\"",
    8363                 :             :                          GIN_EXTRACTQUERY_PROC, indexcol + 1,
    8364                 :             :                          get_rel_name(index->indexoid));
    8365                 :           0 :         }
    8366                 :             : 
    8367                 :             :         /*
    8368                 :             :          * Choose collation to pass to extractProc (should match initGinState).
    8369                 :             :          */
    8370         [ +  + ]:         237 :         if (OidIsValid(index->indexcollations[indexcol]))
    8371                 :          18 :                 collation = index->indexcollations[indexcol];
    8372                 :             :         else
    8373                 :         219 :                 collation = DEFAULT_COLLATION_OID;
    8374                 :             : 
    8375                 :         237 :         fmgr_info(extractProcOid, &flinfo);
    8376                 :             : 
    8377                 :         237 :         set_fn_opclass_options(&flinfo, index->opclassoptions[indexcol]);
    8378                 :             : 
    8379                 :         237 :         FunctionCall7Coll(&flinfo,
    8380                 :         237 :                                           collation,
    8381                 :         237 :                                           query,
    8382                 :         237 :                                           PointerGetDatum(&nentries),
    8383                 :         237 :                                           UInt16GetDatum(strategy_op),
    8384                 :         237 :                                           PointerGetDatum(&partial_matches),
    8385                 :         237 :                                           PointerGetDatum(&extra_data),
    8386                 :         237 :                                           PointerGetDatum(&nullFlags),
    8387                 :         237 :                                           PointerGetDatum(&searchMode));
    8388                 :             : 
    8389   [ +  +  +  + ]:         237 :         if (nentries <= 0 && searchMode == GIN_SEARCH_MODE_DEFAULT)
    8390                 :             :         {
    8391                 :             :                 /* No match is possible */
    8392                 :           2 :                 return false;
    8393                 :             :         }
    8394                 :             : 
    8395         [ +  + ]:         508 :         for (i = 0; i < nentries; i++)
    8396                 :             :         {
    8397                 :             :                 /*
    8398                 :             :                  * For partial match we haven't any information to estimate number of
    8399                 :             :                  * matched entries in index, so, we just estimate it as 100
    8400                 :             :                  */
    8401   [ +  +  +  + ]:         273 :                 if (partial_matches && partial_matches[i])
    8402                 :           7 :                         counts->partialEntries += 100;
    8403                 :             :                 else
    8404                 :         266 :                         counts->exactEntries++;
    8405                 :             : 
    8406                 :         273 :                 counts->searchEntries++;
    8407                 :         273 :         }
    8408                 :             : 
    8409         [ +  + ]:         235 :         if (searchMode == GIN_SEARCH_MODE_DEFAULT)
    8410                 :             :         {
    8411                 :         165 :                 counts->attHasNormalScan[indexcol] = true;
    8412                 :         165 :         }
    8413         [ +  + ]:          70 :         else if (searchMode == GIN_SEARCH_MODE_INCLUDE_EMPTY)
    8414                 :             :         {
    8415                 :             :                 /* Treat "include empty" like an exact-match item */
    8416                 :           7 :                 counts->attHasNormalScan[indexcol] = true;
    8417                 :           7 :                 counts->exactEntries++;
    8418                 :           7 :                 counts->searchEntries++;
    8419                 :           7 :         }
    8420                 :             :         else
    8421                 :             :         {
    8422                 :             :                 /* It's GIN_SEARCH_MODE_ALL */
    8423                 :          63 :                 counts->attHasFullScan[indexcol] = true;
    8424                 :             :         }
    8425                 :             : 
    8426                 :         235 :         return true;
    8427                 :         237 : }
    8428                 :             : 
    8429                 :             : /*
    8430                 :             :  * Estimate the number of index terms that need to be searched for while
    8431                 :             :  * testing the given GIN index clause, and increment the counts in *counts
    8432                 :             :  * appropriately.  If the query is unsatisfiable, return false.
    8433                 :             :  */
    8434                 :             : static bool
    8435                 :         235 : gincost_opexpr(PlannerInfo *root,
    8436                 :             :                            IndexOptInfo *index,
    8437                 :             :                            int indexcol,
    8438                 :             :                            OpExpr *clause,
    8439                 :             :                            GinQualCounts *counts)
    8440                 :             : {
    8441                 :         235 :         Oid                     clause_op = clause->opno;
    8442                 :         235 :         Node       *operand = (Node *) lsecond(clause->args);
    8443                 :             : 
    8444                 :             :         /* aggressively reduce to a constant, and look through relabeling */
    8445                 :         235 :         operand = estimate_expression_value(root, operand);
    8446                 :             : 
    8447         [ +  - ]:         235 :         if (IsA(operand, RelabelType))
    8448                 :           0 :                 operand = (Node *) ((RelabelType *) operand)->arg;
    8449                 :             : 
    8450                 :             :         /*
    8451                 :             :          * It's impossible to call extractQuery method for unknown operand. So
    8452                 :             :          * unless operand is a Const we can't do much; just assume there will be
    8453                 :             :          * one ordinary search entry from the operand at runtime.
    8454                 :             :          */
    8455         [ +  - ]:         235 :         if (!IsA(operand, Const))
    8456                 :             :         {
    8457                 :           0 :                 counts->exactEntries++;
    8458                 :           0 :                 counts->searchEntries++;
    8459                 :           0 :                 return true;
    8460                 :             :         }
    8461                 :             : 
    8462                 :             :         /* If Const is null, there can be no matches */
    8463         [ -  + ]:         235 :         if (((Const *) operand)->constisnull)
    8464                 :           0 :                 return false;
    8465                 :             : 
    8466                 :             :         /* Otherwise, apply extractQuery and get the actual term counts */
    8467                 :         470 :         return gincost_pattern(index, indexcol, clause_op,
    8468                 :         235 :                                                    ((Const *) operand)->constvalue,
    8469                 :         235 :                                                    counts);
    8470                 :         235 : }
    8471                 :             : 
    8472                 :             : /*
    8473                 :             :  * Estimate the number of index terms that need to be searched for while
    8474                 :             :  * testing the given GIN index clause, and increment the counts in *counts
    8475                 :             :  * appropriately.  If the query is unsatisfiable, return false.
    8476                 :             :  *
    8477                 :             :  * A ScalarArrayOpExpr will give rise to N separate indexscans at runtime,
    8478                 :             :  * each of which involves one value from the RHS array, plus all the
    8479                 :             :  * non-array quals (if any).  To model this, we average the counts across
    8480                 :             :  * the RHS elements, and add the averages to the counts in *counts (which
    8481                 :             :  * correspond to per-indexscan costs).  We also multiply counts->arrayScans
    8482                 :             :  * by N, causing gincostestimate to scale up its estimates accordingly.
    8483                 :             :  */
    8484                 :             : static bool
    8485                 :           1 : gincost_scalararrayopexpr(PlannerInfo *root,
    8486                 :             :                                                   IndexOptInfo *index,
    8487                 :             :                                                   int indexcol,
    8488                 :             :                                                   ScalarArrayOpExpr *clause,
    8489                 :             :                                                   double numIndexEntries,
    8490                 :             :                                                   GinQualCounts *counts)
    8491                 :             : {
    8492                 :           1 :         Oid                     clause_op = clause->opno;
    8493                 :           1 :         Node       *rightop = (Node *) lsecond(clause->args);
    8494                 :           1 :         ArrayType  *arrayval;
    8495                 :           1 :         int16           elmlen;
    8496                 :           1 :         bool            elmbyval;
    8497                 :           1 :         char            elmalign;
    8498                 :           1 :         int                     numElems;
    8499                 :           1 :         Datum      *elemValues;
    8500                 :           1 :         bool       *elemNulls;
    8501                 :           1 :         GinQualCounts arraycounts;
    8502                 :           1 :         int                     numPossible = 0;
    8503                 :           1 :         int                     i;
    8504                 :             : 
    8505         [ +  - ]:           1 :         Assert(clause->useOr);
    8506                 :             : 
    8507                 :             :         /* aggressively reduce to a constant, and look through relabeling */
    8508                 :           1 :         rightop = estimate_expression_value(root, rightop);
    8509                 :             : 
    8510         [ +  - ]:           1 :         if (IsA(rightop, RelabelType))
    8511                 :           0 :                 rightop = (Node *) ((RelabelType *) rightop)->arg;
    8512                 :             : 
    8513                 :             :         /*
    8514                 :             :          * It's impossible to call extractQuery method for unknown operand. So
    8515                 :             :          * unless operand is a Const we can't do much; just assume there will be
    8516                 :             :          * one ordinary search entry from each array entry at runtime, and fall
    8517                 :             :          * back on a probably-bad estimate of the number of array entries.
    8518                 :             :          */
    8519         [ +  - ]:           1 :         if (!IsA(rightop, Const))
    8520                 :             :         {
    8521                 :           0 :                 counts->exactEntries++;
    8522                 :           0 :                 counts->searchEntries++;
    8523                 :           0 :                 counts->arrayScans *= estimate_array_length(root, rightop);
    8524                 :           0 :                 return true;
    8525                 :             :         }
    8526                 :             : 
    8527                 :             :         /* If Const is null, there can be no matches */
    8528         [ -  + ]:           1 :         if (((Const *) rightop)->constisnull)
    8529                 :           0 :                 return false;
    8530                 :             : 
    8531                 :             :         /* Otherwise, extract the array elements and iterate over them */
    8532                 :           1 :         arrayval = DatumGetArrayTypeP(((Const *) rightop)->constvalue);
    8533                 :           1 :         get_typlenbyvalalign(ARR_ELEMTYPE(arrayval),
    8534                 :             :                                                  &elmlen, &elmbyval, &elmalign);
    8535                 :           2 :         deconstruct_array(arrayval,
    8536                 :           1 :                                           ARR_ELEMTYPE(arrayval),
    8537                 :           1 :                                           elmlen, elmbyval, elmalign,
    8538                 :             :                                           &elemValues, &elemNulls, &numElems);
    8539                 :             : 
    8540                 :           1 :         memset(&arraycounts, 0, sizeof(arraycounts));
    8541                 :             : 
    8542         [ +  + ]:           3 :         for (i = 0; i < numElems; i++)
    8543                 :             :         {
    8544                 :           2 :                 GinQualCounts elemcounts;
    8545                 :             : 
    8546                 :             :                 /* NULL can't match anything, so ignore, as the executor will */
    8547         [ -  + ]:           2 :                 if (elemNulls[i])
    8548                 :           0 :                         continue;
    8549                 :             : 
    8550                 :             :                 /* Otherwise, apply extractQuery and get the actual term counts */
    8551                 :           2 :                 memset(&elemcounts, 0, sizeof(elemcounts));
    8552                 :             : 
    8553         [ -  + ]:           2 :                 if (gincost_pattern(index, indexcol, clause_op, elemValues[i],
    8554                 :             :                                                         &elemcounts))
    8555                 :             :                 {
    8556                 :             :                         /* We ignore array elements that are unsatisfiable patterns */
    8557                 :           2 :                         numPossible++;
    8558                 :             : 
    8559   [ -  +  #  # ]:           2 :                         if (elemcounts.attHasFullScan[indexcol] &&
    8560                 :           0 :                                 !elemcounts.attHasNormalScan[indexcol])
    8561                 :             :                         {
    8562                 :             :                                 /*
    8563                 :             :                                  * Full index scan will be required.  We treat this as if
    8564                 :             :                                  * every key in the index had been listed in the query; is
    8565                 :             :                                  * that reasonable?
    8566                 :             :                                  */
    8567                 :           0 :                                 elemcounts.partialEntries = 0;
    8568                 :           0 :                                 elemcounts.exactEntries = numIndexEntries;
    8569                 :           0 :                                 elemcounts.searchEntries = numIndexEntries;
    8570                 :           0 :                         }
    8571                 :           2 :                         arraycounts.partialEntries += elemcounts.partialEntries;
    8572                 :           2 :                         arraycounts.exactEntries += elemcounts.exactEntries;
    8573                 :           2 :                         arraycounts.searchEntries += elemcounts.searchEntries;
    8574                 :           2 :                 }
    8575      [ -  -  + ]:           2 :         }
    8576                 :             : 
    8577         [ +  - ]:           1 :         if (numPossible == 0)
    8578                 :             :         {
    8579                 :             :                 /* No satisfiable patterns in the array */
    8580                 :           0 :                 return false;
    8581                 :             :         }
    8582                 :             : 
    8583                 :             :         /*
    8584                 :             :          * Now add the averages to the global counts.  This will give us an
    8585                 :             :          * estimate of the average number of terms searched for in each indexscan,
    8586                 :             :          * including contributions from both array and non-array quals.
    8587                 :             :          */
    8588                 :           1 :         counts->partialEntries += arraycounts.partialEntries / numPossible;
    8589                 :           1 :         counts->exactEntries += arraycounts.exactEntries / numPossible;
    8590                 :           1 :         counts->searchEntries += arraycounts.searchEntries / numPossible;
    8591                 :             : 
    8592                 :           1 :         counts->arrayScans *= numPossible;
    8593                 :             : 
    8594                 :           1 :         return true;
    8595                 :           1 : }
    8596                 :             : 
    8597                 :             : /*
    8598                 :             :  * GIN has search behavior completely different from other index types
    8599                 :             :  */
    8600                 :             : void
    8601                 :         207 : gincostestimate(PlannerInfo *root, IndexPath *path, double loop_count,
    8602                 :             :                                 Cost *indexStartupCost, Cost *indexTotalCost,
    8603                 :             :                                 Selectivity *indexSelectivity, double *indexCorrelation,
    8604                 :             :                                 double *indexPages)
    8605                 :             : {
    8606                 :         207 :         IndexOptInfo *index = path->indexinfo;
    8607                 :         207 :         List       *indexQuals = get_quals_from_indexclauses(path->indexclauses);
    8608                 :         207 :         List       *selectivityQuals;
    8609                 :         207 :         double          numPages = index->pages,
    8610                 :         207 :                                 numTuples = index->tuples;
    8611                 :         207 :         double          numEntryPages,
    8612                 :             :                                 numDataPages,
    8613                 :             :                                 numPendingPages,
    8614                 :             :                                 numEntries;
    8615                 :         207 :         GinQualCounts counts;
    8616                 :         207 :         bool            matchPossible;
    8617                 :         207 :         bool            fullIndexScan;
    8618                 :         207 :         double          partialScale;
    8619                 :         207 :         double          entryPagesFetched,
    8620                 :             :                                 dataPagesFetched,
    8621                 :             :                                 dataPagesFetchedBySel;
    8622                 :         207 :         double          qual_op_cost,
    8623                 :             :                                 qual_arg_cost,
    8624                 :             :                                 spc_random_page_cost,
    8625                 :             :                                 outer_scans;
    8626                 :         207 :         Cost            descentCost;
    8627                 :         207 :         Relation        indexRel;
    8628                 :         207 :         GinStatsData ginStats;
    8629                 :         207 :         ListCell   *lc;
    8630                 :         207 :         int                     i;
    8631                 :             : 
    8632                 :             :         /*
    8633                 :             :          * Obtain statistical information from the meta page, if possible.  Else
    8634                 :             :          * set ginStats to zeroes, and we'll cope below.
    8635                 :             :          */
    8636         [ -  + ]:         207 :         if (!index->hypothetical)
    8637                 :             :         {
    8638                 :             :                 /* Lock should have already been obtained in plancat.c */
    8639                 :         207 :                 indexRel = index_open(index->indexoid, NoLock);
    8640                 :         207 :                 ginGetStats(indexRel, &ginStats);
    8641                 :         207 :                 index_close(indexRel, NoLock);
    8642                 :         207 :         }
    8643                 :             :         else
    8644                 :             :         {
    8645                 :           0 :                 memset(&ginStats, 0, sizeof(ginStats));
    8646                 :             :         }
    8647                 :             : 
    8648                 :             :         /*
    8649                 :             :          * Assuming we got valid (nonzero) stats at all, nPendingPages can be
    8650                 :             :          * trusted, but the other fields are data as of the last VACUUM.  We can
    8651                 :             :          * scale them up to account for growth since then, but that method only
    8652                 :             :          * goes so far; in the worst case, the stats might be for a completely
    8653                 :             :          * empty index, and scaling them will produce pretty bogus numbers.
    8654                 :             :          * Somewhat arbitrarily, set the cutoff for doing scaling at 4X growth; if
    8655                 :             :          * it's grown more than that, fall back to estimating things only from the
    8656                 :             :          * assumed-accurate index size.  But we'll trust nPendingPages in any case
    8657                 :             :          * so long as it's not clearly insane, ie, more than the index size.
    8658                 :             :          */
    8659         [ +  - ]:         207 :         if (ginStats.nPendingPages < numPages)
    8660                 :         207 :                 numPendingPages = ginStats.nPendingPages;
    8661                 :             :         else
    8662                 :           0 :                 numPendingPages = 0;
    8663                 :             : 
    8664   [ +  -  +  - ]:         207 :         if (numPages > 0 && ginStats.nTotalPages <= numPages &&
    8665         [ +  + ]:         207 :                 ginStats.nTotalPages > numPages / 4 &&
    8666   [ +  -  +  + ]:         200 :                 ginStats.nEntryPages > 0 && ginStats.nEntries > 0)
    8667                 :             :         {
    8668                 :             :                 /*
    8669                 :             :                  * OK, the stats seem close enough to sane to be trusted.  But we
    8670                 :             :                  * still need to scale them by the ratio numPages / nTotalPages to
    8671                 :             :                  * account for growth since the last VACUUM.
    8672                 :             :                  */
    8673                 :         159 :                 double          scale = numPages / ginStats.nTotalPages;
    8674                 :             : 
    8675                 :         159 :                 numEntryPages = ceil(ginStats.nEntryPages * scale);
    8676                 :         159 :                 numDataPages = ceil(ginStats.nDataPages * scale);
    8677                 :         159 :                 numEntries = ceil(ginStats.nEntries * scale);
    8678                 :             :                 /* ensure we didn't round up too much */
    8679         [ +  + ]:         159 :                 numEntryPages = Min(numEntryPages, numPages - numPendingPages);
    8680         [ +  + ]:         159 :                 numDataPages = Min(numDataPages,
    8681                 :             :                                                    numPages - numPendingPages - numEntryPages);
    8682                 :         159 :         }
    8683                 :             :         else
    8684                 :             :         {
    8685                 :             :                 /*
    8686                 :             :                  * We might get here because it's a hypothetical index, or an index
    8687                 :             :                  * created pre-9.1 and never vacuumed since upgrading (in which case
    8688                 :             :                  * its stats would read as zeroes), or just because it's grown too
    8689                 :             :                  * much since the last VACUUM for us to put our faith in scaling.
    8690                 :             :                  *
    8691                 :             :                  * Invent some plausible internal statistics based on the index page
    8692                 :             :                  * count (and clamp that to at least 10 pages, just in case).  We
    8693                 :             :                  * estimate that 90% of the index is entry pages, and the rest is data
    8694                 :             :                  * pages.  Estimate 100 entries per entry page; this is rather bogus
    8695                 :             :                  * since it'll depend on the size of the keys, but it's more robust
    8696                 :             :                  * than trying to predict the number of entries per heap tuple.
    8697                 :             :                  */
    8698         [ +  + ]:          48 :                 numPages = Max(numPages, 10);
    8699                 :          48 :                 numEntryPages = floor((numPages - numPendingPages) * 0.90);
    8700                 :          48 :                 numDataPages = numPages - numPendingPages - numEntryPages;
    8701                 :          48 :                 numEntries = floor(numEntryPages * 100);
    8702                 :             :         }
    8703                 :             : 
    8704                 :             :         /* In an empty index, numEntries could be zero.  Avoid divide-by-zero */
    8705         [ +  - ]:         207 :         if (numEntries < 1)
    8706                 :           0 :                 numEntries = 1;
    8707                 :             : 
    8708                 :             :         /*
    8709                 :             :          * If the index is partial, AND the index predicate with the index-bound
    8710                 :             :          * quals to produce a more accurate idea of the number of rows covered by
    8711                 :             :          * the bound conditions.
    8712                 :             :          */
    8713                 :         207 :         selectivityQuals = add_predicate_to_index_quals(index, indexQuals);
    8714                 :             : 
    8715                 :             :         /* Estimate the fraction of main-table tuples that will be visited */
    8716                 :         414 :         *indexSelectivity = clauselist_selectivity(root, selectivityQuals,
    8717                 :         207 :                                                                                            index->rel->relid,
    8718                 :             :                                                                                            JOIN_INNER,
    8719                 :             :                                                                                            NULL);
    8720                 :             : 
    8721                 :             :         /* fetch estimated page cost for tablespace containing index */
    8722                 :         207 :         get_tablespace_page_costs(index->reltablespace,
    8723                 :             :                                                           &spc_random_page_cost,
    8724                 :             :                                                           NULL);
    8725                 :             : 
    8726                 :             :         /*
    8727                 :             :          * Generic assumption about index correlation: there isn't any.
    8728                 :             :          */
    8729                 :         207 :         *indexCorrelation = 0.0;
    8730                 :             : 
    8731                 :             :         /*
    8732                 :             :          * Examine quals to estimate number of search entries & partial matches
    8733                 :             :          */
    8734                 :         207 :         memset(&counts, 0, sizeof(counts));
    8735                 :         207 :         counts.arrayScans = 1;
    8736                 :         207 :         matchPossible = true;
    8737                 :             : 
    8738   [ +  -  +  +  :         443 :         foreach(lc, path->indexclauses)
                   +  + ]
    8739                 :             :         {
    8740                 :         236 :                 IndexClause *iclause = lfirst_node(IndexClause, lc);
    8741                 :         236 :                 ListCell   *lc2;
    8742                 :             : 
    8743   [ +  -  +  +  :         472 :                 foreach(lc2, iclause->indexquals)
                   +  + ]
    8744                 :             :                 {
    8745                 :         236 :                         RestrictInfo *rinfo = lfirst_node(RestrictInfo, lc2);
    8746                 :         236 :                         Expr       *clause = rinfo->clause;
    8747                 :             : 
    8748         [ +  + ]:         236 :                         if (IsA(clause, OpExpr))
    8749                 :             :                         {
    8750                 :         470 :                                 matchPossible = gincost_opexpr(root,
    8751                 :         235 :                                                                                            index,
    8752                 :         235 :                                                                                            iclause->indexcol,
    8753                 :         235 :                                                                                            (OpExpr *) clause,
    8754                 :             :                                                                                            &counts);
    8755         [ +  + ]:         235 :                                 if (!matchPossible)
    8756                 :           2 :                                         break;
    8757                 :         233 :                         }
    8758         [ -  + ]:           1 :                         else if (IsA(clause, ScalarArrayOpExpr))
    8759                 :             :                         {
    8760                 :           2 :                                 matchPossible = gincost_scalararrayopexpr(root,
    8761                 :           1 :                                                                                                                   index,
    8762                 :           1 :                                                                                                                   iclause->indexcol,
    8763                 :           1 :                                                                                                                   (ScalarArrayOpExpr *) clause,
    8764                 :           1 :                                                                                                                   numEntries,
    8765                 :             :                                                                                                                   &counts);
    8766         [ +  - ]:           1 :                                 if (!matchPossible)
    8767                 :           0 :                                         break;
    8768                 :           1 :                         }
    8769                 :             :                         else
    8770                 :             :                         {
    8771                 :             :                                 /* shouldn't be anything else for a GIN index */
    8772   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                                 elog(ERROR, "unsupported GIN indexqual type: %d",
    8773                 :             :                                          (int) nodeTag(clause));
    8774                 :             :                         }
    8775         [ +  + ]:         236 :                 }
    8776                 :         236 :         }
    8777                 :             : 
    8778                 :             :         /* Fall out if there were any provably-unsatisfiable quals */
    8779         [ +  + ]:         207 :         if (!matchPossible)
    8780                 :             :         {
    8781                 :           2 :                 *indexStartupCost = 0;
    8782                 :           2 :                 *indexTotalCost = 0;
    8783                 :           2 :                 *indexSelectivity = 0;
    8784                 :           2 :                 return;
    8785                 :             :         }
    8786                 :             : 
    8787                 :             :         /*
    8788                 :             :          * If attribute has a full scan and at the same time doesn't have normal
    8789                 :             :          * scan, then we'll have to scan all non-null entries of that attribute.
    8790                 :             :          * Currently, we don't have per-attribute statistics for GIN.  Thus, we
    8791                 :             :          * must assume the whole GIN index has to be scanned in this case.
    8792                 :             :          */
    8793                 :         205 :         fullIndexScan = false;
    8794         [ +  + ]:         396 :         for (i = 0; i < index->nkeycolumns; i++)
    8795                 :             :         {
    8796   [ +  +  +  + ]:         243 :                 if (counts.attHasFullScan[i] && !counts.attHasNormalScan[i])
    8797                 :             :                 {
    8798                 :          52 :                         fullIndexScan = true;
    8799                 :          52 :                         break;
    8800                 :             :                 }
    8801                 :         191 :         }
    8802                 :             : 
    8803   [ +  +  +  - ]:         205 :         if (fullIndexScan || indexQuals == NIL)
    8804                 :             :         {
    8805                 :             :                 /*
    8806                 :             :                  * Full index scan will be required.  We treat this as if every key in
    8807                 :             :                  * the index had been listed in the query; is that reasonable?
    8808                 :             :                  */
    8809                 :          52 :                 counts.partialEntries = 0;
    8810                 :          52 :                 counts.exactEntries = numEntries;
    8811                 :          52 :                 counts.searchEntries = numEntries;
    8812                 :          52 :         }
    8813                 :             : 
    8814                 :             :         /* Will we have more than one iteration of a nestloop scan? */
    8815                 :         205 :         outer_scans = loop_count;
    8816                 :             : 
    8817                 :             :         /*
    8818                 :             :          * Compute cost to begin scan, first of all, pay attention to pending
    8819                 :             :          * list.
    8820                 :             :          */
    8821                 :         205 :         entryPagesFetched = numPendingPages;
    8822                 :             : 
    8823                 :             :         /*
    8824                 :             :          * Estimate number of entry pages read.  We need to do
    8825                 :             :          * counts.searchEntries searches.  Use a power function as it should be,
    8826                 :             :          * but tuples on leaf pages usually is much greater. Here we include all
    8827                 :             :          * searches in entry tree, including search of first entry in partial
    8828                 :             :          * match algorithm
    8829                 :             :          */
    8830                 :         205 :         entryPagesFetched += ceil(counts.searchEntries * rint(pow(numEntryPages, 0.15)));
    8831                 :             : 
    8832                 :             :         /*
    8833                 :             :          * Add an estimate of entry pages read by partial match algorithm. It's a
    8834                 :             :          * scan over leaf pages in entry tree.  We haven't any useful stats here,
    8835                 :             :          * so estimate it as proportion.  Because counts.partialEntries is really
    8836                 :             :          * pretty bogus (see code above), it's possible that it is more than
    8837                 :             :          * numEntries; clamp the proportion to ensure sanity.
    8838                 :             :          */
    8839                 :         205 :         partialScale = counts.partialEntries / numEntries;
    8840         [ +  - ]:         205 :         partialScale = Min(partialScale, 1.0);
    8841                 :             : 
    8842                 :         205 :         entryPagesFetched += ceil(numEntryPages * partialScale);
    8843                 :             : 
    8844                 :             :         /*
    8845                 :             :          * Partial match algorithm reads all data pages before doing actual scan,
    8846                 :             :          * so it's a startup cost.  Again, we haven't any useful stats here, so
    8847                 :             :          * estimate it as proportion.
    8848                 :             :          */
    8849                 :         205 :         dataPagesFetched = ceil(numDataPages * partialScale);
    8850                 :             : 
    8851                 :         205 :         *indexStartupCost = 0;
    8852                 :         205 :         *indexTotalCost = 0;
    8853                 :             : 
    8854                 :             :         /*
    8855                 :             :          * Add a CPU-cost component to represent the costs of initial entry btree
    8856                 :             :          * descent.  We don't charge any I/O cost for touching upper btree levels,
    8857                 :             :          * since they tend to stay in cache, but we still have to do about log2(N)
    8858                 :             :          * comparisons to descend a btree of N leaf tuples.  We charge one
    8859                 :             :          * cpu_operator_cost per comparison.
    8860                 :             :          *
    8861                 :             :          * If there are ScalarArrayOpExprs, charge this once per SA scan.  The
    8862                 :             :          * ones after the first one are not startup cost so far as the overall
    8863                 :             :          * plan is concerned, so add them only to "total" cost.
    8864                 :             :          */
    8865         [ -  + ]:         205 :         if (numEntries > 1)                  /* avoid computing log(0) */
    8866                 :             :         {
    8867                 :         205 :                 descentCost = ceil(log(numEntries) / log(2.0)) * cpu_operator_cost;
    8868                 :         205 :                 *indexStartupCost += descentCost * counts.searchEntries;
    8869                 :         205 :                 *indexTotalCost += counts.arrayScans * descentCost * counts.searchEntries;
    8870                 :         205 :         }
    8871                 :             : 
    8872                 :             :         /*
    8873                 :             :          * Add a cpu cost per entry-page fetched. This is not amortized over a
    8874                 :             :          * loop.
    8875                 :             :          */
    8876                 :         205 :         *indexStartupCost += entryPagesFetched * DEFAULT_PAGE_CPU_MULTIPLIER * cpu_operator_cost;
    8877                 :         205 :         *indexTotalCost += entryPagesFetched * counts.arrayScans * DEFAULT_PAGE_CPU_MULTIPLIER * cpu_operator_cost;
    8878                 :             : 
    8879                 :             :         /*
    8880                 :             :          * Add a cpu cost per data-page fetched. This is also not amortized over a
    8881                 :             :          * loop. Since those are the data pages from the partial match algorithm,
    8882                 :             :          * charge them as startup cost.
    8883                 :             :          */
    8884                 :         205 :         *indexStartupCost += DEFAULT_PAGE_CPU_MULTIPLIER * cpu_operator_cost * dataPagesFetched;
    8885                 :             : 
    8886                 :             :         /*
    8887                 :             :          * Since we add the startup cost to the total cost later on, remove the
    8888                 :             :          * initial arrayscan from the total.
    8889                 :             :          */
    8890                 :         205 :         *indexTotalCost += dataPagesFetched * (counts.arrayScans - 1) * DEFAULT_PAGE_CPU_MULTIPLIER * cpu_operator_cost;
    8891                 :             : 
    8892                 :             :         /*
    8893                 :             :          * Calculate cache effects if more than one scan due to nestloops or array
    8894                 :             :          * quals.  The result is pro-rated per nestloop scan, but the array qual
    8895                 :             :          * factor shouldn't be pro-rated (compare genericcostestimate).
    8896                 :             :          */
    8897   [ +  -  +  + ]:         205 :         if (outer_scans > 1 || counts.arrayScans > 1)
    8898                 :             :         {
    8899                 :           1 :                 entryPagesFetched *= outer_scans * counts.arrayScans;
    8900                 :           2 :                 entryPagesFetched = index_pages_fetched(entryPagesFetched,
    8901                 :           1 :                                                                                                 (BlockNumber) numEntryPages,
    8902                 :           1 :                                                                                                 numEntryPages, root);
    8903                 :           1 :                 entryPagesFetched /= outer_scans;
    8904                 :           1 :                 dataPagesFetched *= outer_scans * counts.arrayScans;
    8905                 :           2 :                 dataPagesFetched = index_pages_fetched(dataPagesFetched,
    8906                 :           1 :                                                                                            (BlockNumber) numDataPages,
    8907                 :           1 :                                                                                            numDataPages, root);
    8908                 :           1 :                 dataPagesFetched /= outer_scans;
    8909                 :           1 :         }
    8910                 :             : 
    8911                 :             :         /*
    8912                 :             :          * Here we use random page cost because logically-close pages could be far
    8913                 :             :          * apart on disk.
    8914                 :             :          */
    8915                 :         205 :         *indexStartupCost += (entryPagesFetched + dataPagesFetched) * spc_random_page_cost;
    8916                 :             : 
    8917                 :             :         /*
    8918                 :             :          * Now compute the number of data pages fetched during the scan.
    8919                 :             :          *
    8920                 :             :          * We assume every entry to have the same number of items, and that there
    8921                 :             :          * is no overlap between them. (XXX: tsvector and array opclasses collect
    8922                 :             :          * statistics on the frequency of individual keys; it would be nice to use
    8923                 :             :          * those here.)
    8924                 :             :          */
    8925                 :         205 :         dataPagesFetched = ceil(numDataPages * counts.exactEntries / numEntries);
    8926                 :             : 
    8927                 :             :         /*
    8928                 :             :          * If there is a lot of overlap among the entries, in particular if one of
    8929                 :             :          * the entries is very frequent, the above calculation can grossly
    8930                 :             :          * under-estimate.  As a simple cross-check, calculate a lower bound based
    8931                 :             :          * on the overall selectivity of the quals.  At a minimum, we must read
    8932                 :             :          * one item pointer for each matching entry.
    8933                 :             :          *
    8934                 :             :          * The width of each item pointer varies, based on the level of
    8935                 :             :          * compression.  We don't have statistics on that, but an average of
    8936                 :             :          * around 3 bytes per item is fairly typical.
    8937                 :             :          */
    8938                 :         410 :         dataPagesFetchedBySel = ceil(*indexSelectivity *
    8939                 :         205 :                                                                  (numTuples / (BLCKSZ / 3)));
    8940         [ +  + ]:         205 :         if (dataPagesFetchedBySel > dataPagesFetched)
    8941                 :         155 :                 dataPagesFetched = dataPagesFetchedBySel;
    8942                 :             : 
    8943                 :             :         /* Add one page cpu-cost to the startup cost */
    8944                 :         205 :         *indexStartupCost += DEFAULT_PAGE_CPU_MULTIPLIER * cpu_operator_cost * counts.searchEntries;
    8945                 :             : 
    8946                 :             :         /*
    8947                 :             :          * Add once again a CPU-cost for those data pages, before amortizing for
    8948                 :             :          * cache.
    8949                 :             :          */
    8950                 :         205 :         *indexTotalCost += dataPagesFetched * counts.arrayScans * DEFAULT_PAGE_CPU_MULTIPLIER * cpu_operator_cost;
    8951                 :             : 
    8952                 :             :         /* Account for cache effects, the same as above */
    8953   [ +  -  +  + ]:         205 :         if (outer_scans > 1 || counts.arrayScans > 1)
    8954                 :             :         {
    8955                 :           1 :                 dataPagesFetched *= outer_scans * counts.arrayScans;
    8956                 :           2 :                 dataPagesFetched = index_pages_fetched(dataPagesFetched,
    8957                 :           1 :                                                                                            (BlockNumber) numDataPages,
    8958                 :           1 :                                                                                            numDataPages, root);
    8959                 :           1 :                 dataPagesFetched /= outer_scans;
    8960                 :           1 :         }
    8961                 :             : 
    8962                 :             :         /* And apply random_page_cost as the cost per page */
    8963                 :         410 :         *indexTotalCost += *indexStartupCost +
    8964                 :         205 :                 dataPagesFetched * spc_random_page_cost;
    8965                 :             : 
    8966                 :             :         /*
    8967                 :             :          * Add on index qual eval costs, much as in genericcostestimate. We charge
    8968                 :             :          * cpu but we can disregard indexorderbys, since GIN doesn't support
    8969                 :             :          * those.
    8970                 :             :          */
    8971                 :         205 :         qual_arg_cost = index_other_operands_eval_cost(root, indexQuals);
    8972                 :         205 :         qual_op_cost = cpu_operator_cost * list_length(indexQuals);
    8973                 :             : 
    8974                 :         205 :         *indexStartupCost += qual_arg_cost;
    8975                 :         205 :         *indexTotalCost += qual_arg_cost;
    8976                 :             : 
    8977                 :             :         /*
    8978                 :             :          * Add a cpu cost per search entry, corresponding to the actual visited
    8979                 :             :          * entries.
    8980                 :             :          */
    8981                 :         205 :         *indexTotalCost += (counts.searchEntries * counts.arrayScans) * (qual_op_cost);
    8982                 :             :         /* Now add a cpu cost per tuple in the posting lists / trees */
    8983                 :         205 :         *indexTotalCost += (numTuples * *indexSelectivity) * (cpu_index_tuple_cost);
    8984                 :         205 :         *indexPages = dataPagesFetched;
    8985         [ -  + ]:         207 : }
    8986                 :             : 
    8987                 :             : /*
    8988                 :             :  * BRIN has search behavior completely different from other index types
    8989                 :             :  */
    8990                 :             : void
    8991                 :        1791 : brincostestimate(PlannerInfo *root, IndexPath *path, double loop_count,
    8992                 :             :                                  Cost *indexStartupCost, Cost *indexTotalCost,
    8993                 :             :                                  Selectivity *indexSelectivity, double *indexCorrelation,
    8994                 :             :                                  double *indexPages)
    8995                 :             : {
    8996                 :        1791 :         IndexOptInfo *index = path->indexinfo;
    8997                 :        1791 :         List       *indexQuals = get_quals_from_indexclauses(path->indexclauses);
    8998                 :        1791 :         double          numPages = index->pages;
    8999                 :        1791 :         RelOptInfo *baserel = index->rel;
    9000         [ +  - ]:        1791 :         RangeTblEntry *rte = planner_rt_fetch(baserel->relid, root);
    9001                 :        1791 :         Cost            spc_seq_page_cost;
    9002                 :        1791 :         Cost            spc_random_page_cost;
    9003                 :        1791 :         double          qual_arg_cost;
    9004                 :        1791 :         double          qualSelectivity;
    9005                 :        1791 :         BrinStatsData statsData;
    9006                 :        1791 :         double          indexRanges;
    9007                 :        1791 :         double          minimalRanges;
    9008                 :        1791 :         double          estimatedRanges;
    9009                 :        1791 :         double          selec;
    9010                 :        1791 :         Relation        indexRel;
    9011                 :        1791 :         ListCell   *l;
    9012                 :        1791 :         VariableStatData vardata;
    9013                 :             : 
    9014         [ +  - ]:        1791 :         Assert(rte->rtekind == RTE_RELATION);
    9015                 :             : 
    9016                 :             :         /* fetch estimated page cost for the tablespace containing the index */
    9017                 :        1791 :         get_tablespace_page_costs(index->reltablespace,
    9018                 :             :                                                           &spc_random_page_cost,
    9019                 :             :                                                           &spc_seq_page_cost);
    9020                 :             : 
    9021                 :             :         /*
    9022                 :             :          * Obtain some data from the index itself, if possible.  Otherwise invent
    9023                 :             :          * some plausible internal statistics based on the relation page count.
    9024                 :             :          */
    9025         [ -  + ]:        1791 :         if (!index->hypothetical)
    9026                 :             :         {
    9027                 :             :                 /*
    9028                 :             :                  * A lock should have already been obtained on the index in plancat.c.
    9029                 :             :                  */
    9030                 :        1791 :                 indexRel = index_open(index->indexoid, NoLock);
    9031                 :        1791 :                 brinGetStats(indexRel, &statsData);
    9032                 :        1791 :                 index_close(indexRel, NoLock);
    9033                 :             : 
    9034                 :             :                 /* work out the actual number of ranges in the index */
    9035         [ +  + ]:        1791 :                 indexRanges = Max(ceil((double) baserel->pages /
    9036                 :             :                                                            statsData.pagesPerRange), 1.0);
    9037                 :        1791 :         }
    9038                 :             :         else
    9039                 :             :         {
    9040                 :             :                 /*
    9041                 :             :                  * Assume default number of pages per range, and estimate the number
    9042                 :             :                  * of ranges based on that.
    9043                 :             :                  */
    9044         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 indexRanges = Max(ceil((double) baserel->pages /
    9045                 :             :                                                            BRIN_DEFAULT_PAGES_PER_RANGE), 1.0);
    9046                 :             : 
    9047                 :           0 :                 statsData.pagesPerRange = BRIN_DEFAULT_PAGES_PER_RANGE;
    9048                 :           0 :                 statsData.revmapNumPages = (indexRanges / REVMAP_PAGE_MAXITEMS) + 1;
    9049                 :             :         }
    9050                 :             : 
    9051                 :             :         /*
    9052                 :             :          * Compute index correlation
    9053                 :             :          *
    9054                 :             :          * Because we can use all index quals equally when scanning, we can use
    9055                 :             :          * the largest correlation (in absolute value) among columns used by the
    9056                 :             :          * query.  Start at zero, the worst possible case.  If we cannot find any
    9057                 :             :          * correlation statistics, we will keep it as 0.
    9058                 :             :          */
    9059                 :        1791 :         *indexCorrelation = 0;
    9060                 :             : 
    9061   [ +  -  +  +  :        3582 :         foreach(l, path->indexclauses)
                   +  + ]
    9062                 :             :         {
    9063                 :        1791 :                 IndexClause *iclause = lfirst_node(IndexClause, l);
    9064                 :        1791 :                 AttrNumber      attnum = index->indexkeys[iclause->indexcol];
    9065                 :             : 
    9066                 :             :                 /* attempt to lookup stats in relation for this index column */
    9067         [ +  - ]:        1791 :                 if (attnum != 0)
    9068                 :             :                 {
    9069                 :             :                         /* Simple variable -- look to stats for the underlying table */
    9070   [ -  +  #  # ]:        1791 :                         if (get_relation_stats_hook &&
    9071                 :           0 :                                 (*get_relation_stats_hook) (root, rte, attnum, &vardata))
    9072                 :             :                         {
    9073                 :             :                                 /*
    9074                 :             :                                  * The hook took control of acquiring a stats tuple.  If it
    9075                 :             :                                  * did supply a tuple, it'd better have supplied a freefunc.
    9076                 :             :                                  */
    9077   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                                 if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple) && !vardata.freefunc)
    9078   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                                         elog(ERROR,
    9079                 :             :                                                  "no function provided to release variable stats with");
    9080                 :           0 :                         }
    9081                 :             :                         else
    9082                 :             :                         {
    9083                 :        1791 :                                 vardata.statsTuple =
    9084                 :        1791 :                                         SearchSysCache3(STATRELATTINH,
    9085                 :        1791 :                                                                         ObjectIdGetDatum(rte->relid),
    9086                 :        1791 :                                                                         Int16GetDatum(attnum),
    9087                 :        1791 :                                                                         BoolGetDatum(false));
    9088                 :        1791 :                                 vardata.freefunc = ReleaseSysCache;
    9089                 :             :                         }
    9090                 :        1791 :                 }
    9091                 :             :                 else
    9092                 :             :                 {
    9093                 :             :                         /*
    9094                 :             :                          * Looks like we've found an expression column in the index. Let's
    9095                 :             :                          * see if there's any stats for it.
    9096                 :             :                          */
    9097                 :             : 
    9098                 :             :                         /* get the attnum from the 0-based index. */
    9099                 :           0 :                         attnum = iclause->indexcol + 1;
    9100                 :             : 
    9101   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                         if (get_index_stats_hook &&
    9102                 :           0 :                                 (*get_index_stats_hook) (root, index->indexoid, attnum, &vardata))
    9103                 :             :                         {
    9104                 :             :                                 /*
    9105                 :             :                                  * The hook took control of acquiring a stats tuple.  If it
    9106                 :             :                                  * did supply a tuple, it'd better have supplied a freefunc.
    9107                 :             :                                  */
    9108   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                                 if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple) &&
    9109                 :           0 :                                         !vardata.freefunc)
    9110   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                                         elog(ERROR, "no function provided to release variable stats with");
    9111                 :           0 :                         }
    9112                 :             :                         else
    9113                 :             :                         {
    9114                 :           0 :                                 vardata.statsTuple = SearchSysCache3(STATRELATTINH,
    9115                 :           0 :                                                                                                          ObjectIdGetDatum(index->indexoid),
    9116                 :           0 :                                                                                                          Int16GetDatum(attnum),
    9117                 :           0 :                                                                                                          BoolGetDatum(false));
    9118                 :           0 :                                 vardata.freefunc = ReleaseSysCache;
    9119                 :             :                         }
    9120                 :             :                 }
    9121                 :             : 
    9122         [ +  + ]:        1791 :                 if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple))
    9123                 :             :                 {
    9124                 :           9 :                         AttStatsSlot sslot;
    9125                 :             : 
    9126         [ -  + ]:           9 :                         if (get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata.statsTuple,
    9127                 :             :                                                                  STATISTIC_KIND_CORRELATION, InvalidOid,
    9128                 :             :                                                                  ATTSTATSSLOT_NUMBERS))
    9129                 :             :                         {
    9130                 :           9 :                                 double          varCorrelation = 0.0;
    9131                 :             : 
    9132         [ -  + ]:           9 :                                 if (sslot.nnumbers > 0)
    9133                 :           9 :                                         varCorrelation = fabs(sslot.numbers[0]);
    9134                 :             : 
    9135         [ -  + ]:           9 :                                 if (varCorrelation > *indexCorrelation)
    9136                 :           9 :                                         *indexCorrelation = varCorrelation;
    9137                 :             : 
    9138                 :           9 :                                 free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
    9139                 :           9 :                         }
    9140                 :           9 :                 }
    9141                 :             : 
    9142         [ +  + ]:        1791 :                 ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
    9143                 :        1791 :         }
    9144                 :             : 
    9145                 :        3582 :         qualSelectivity = clauselist_selectivity(root, indexQuals,
    9146                 :        1791 :                                                                                          baserel->relid,
    9147                 :             :                                                                                          JOIN_INNER, NULL);
    9148                 :             : 
    9149                 :             :         /*
    9150                 :             :          * Now calculate the minimum possible ranges we could match with if all of
    9151                 :             :          * the rows were in the perfect order in the table's heap.
    9152                 :             :          */
    9153                 :        1791 :         minimalRanges = ceil(indexRanges * qualSelectivity);
    9154                 :             : 
    9155                 :             :         /*
    9156                 :             :          * Now estimate the number of ranges that we'll touch by using the
    9157                 :             :          * indexCorrelation from the stats. Careful not to divide by zero (note
    9158                 :             :          * we're using the absolute value of the correlation).
    9159                 :             :          */
    9160         [ +  + ]:        1791 :         if (*indexCorrelation < 1.0e-10)
    9161                 :        1782 :                 estimatedRanges = indexRanges;
    9162                 :             :         else
    9163         [ +  + ]:           9 :                 estimatedRanges = Min(minimalRanges / *indexCorrelation, indexRanges);
    9164                 :             : 
    9165                 :             :         /* we expect to visit this portion of the table */
    9166                 :        1791 :         selec = estimatedRanges / indexRanges;
    9167                 :             : 
    9168   [ -  +  +  - ]:        3582 :         CLAMP_PROBABILITY(selec);
    9169                 :             : 
    9170                 :        1791 :         *indexSelectivity = selec;
    9171                 :             : 
    9172                 :             :         /*
    9173                 :             :          * Compute the index qual costs, much as in genericcostestimate, to add to
    9174                 :             :          * the index costs.  We can disregard indexorderbys, since BRIN doesn't
    9175                 :             :          * support those.
    9176                 :             :          */
    9177                 :        1791 :         qual_arg_cost = index_other_operands_eval_cost(root, indexQuals);
    9178                 :             : 
    9179                 :             :         /*
    9180                 :             :          * Compute the startup cost as the cost to read the whole revmap
    9181                 :             :          * sequentially, including the cost to execute the index quals.
    9182                 :             :          */
    9183                 :        1791 :         *indexStartupCost =
    9184                 :        1791 :                 spc_seq_page_cost * statsData.revmapNumPages * loop_count;
    9185                 :        1791 :         *indexStartupCost += qual_arg_cost;
    9186                 :             : 
    9187                 :             :         /*
    9188                 :             :          * To read a BRIN index there might be a bit of back and forth over
    9189                 :             :          * regular pages, as revmap might point to them out of sequential order;
    9190                 :             :          * calculate the total cost as reading the whole index in random order.
    9191                 :             :          */
    9192                 :        3582 :         *indexTotalCost = *indexStartupCost +
    9193                 :        1791 :                 spc_random_page_cost * (numPages - statsData.revmapNumPages) * loop_count;
    9194                 :             : 
    9195                 :             :         /*
    9196                 :             :          * Charge a small amount per range tuple which we expect to match to. This
    9197                 :             :          * is meant to reflect the costs of manipulating the bitmap. The BRIN scan
    9198                 :             :          * will set a bit for each page in the range when we find a matching
    9199                 :             :          * range, so we must multiply the charge by the number of pages in the
    9200                 :             :          * range.
    9201                 :             :          */
    9202                 :        3582 :         *indexTotalCost += 0.1 * cpu_operator_cost * estimatedRanges *
    9203                 :        1791 :                 statsData.pagesPerRange;
    9204                 :             : 
    9205                 :        1791 :         *indexPages = index->pages;
    9206                 :        1791 : }
        

Generated by: LCOV version 2.3.2-1